{"id":"sr:road-safety-vehicles-regulations-2021","name":"Road Safety (Vehicles) Regulations 2021","slug":"road-safety-vehicles-regulations-2021","collection":"regulation","jurisdiction":"vic","status":"in_force","isInForce":true,"actNumber":null,"makingDate":null,"administeringDepartment":null,"currentVersion":{"id":181435,"registerId":"vic-sr:road-safety-vehicles-regulations-2021-current","compilationNumber":null,"startDate":"2026-04-05","status":"InForce","reasons":null,"registeredAt":null},"sections":[{"sectionNumber":"2","sectionType":"section","heading":"Authorising provision","content":"\t2 Authorising provision\n\nThese Regulations are made under section 95 of the **Road Safety Act 1986**.\n\n","sortOrder":0},{"sectionNumber":"3","sectionType":"section","heading":"Commencement","content":"\t3 Commencement\n\nThese Regulations come into operation on 30 September 2021.\n\n","sortOrder":1},{"sectionNumber":"4","sectionType":"section","heading":"Revocation","content":"\t4 Revocation\n\nThe Road Safety (Vehicles) Interim Regulations 2020[[1]](#endnote-2) are **revoked**.\n\n","sortOrder":2},{"sectionNumber":"Div 2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Interpretation","content":"Division 2—Interpretation\n\n","sortOrder":3},{"sectionNumber":"5","sectionType":"section","heading":"Definitions","content":"\t5 Definitions\n\nIn these Regulations—\n\n***administrative fee*** means a fee charged by the Secretary under section 97A of the Act;\n\n***adopted standard*** means a standard, other than an ADR, that is adopted, applied or incorporated by the Vehicle Standards;\n\nClause 51(2)(c)(i) of Schedule 1 applies Australian Standard AS 1973–1976 Retreaded Pneumatic Passenger Car and Light Truck Tyre.\n\n***ADR 83/00*** means the third edition ADR titled \"Vehicle Standard (Australian Design Rule 83/00—External Noise) 2005\" made under the Motor Vehicle Standards Act and published from time to time by the Commonwealth Department of Infrastructure, Transport, Regional Development and Communications;\n\nThe ADR 83/00 is available from www.infrastructure.gov.au/vehicles/design/adr_online.aspx.\n\n***ADR 13/00*** means the third edition ADR titled \"Vehicle Standard (Australian Design Rule 13/00—Installation of Lighting and Light Signalling Devices on other than  \nL-Group Vehicles) 2005\" made under the Motor Vehicle Standards Act and published from time to time by the Commonwealth Department of Infrastructure, Transport, Regional Development and Communications;\n\nThe ADR 13/00 is available from www.infrastructure.gov.au/vehicles/design/adr_online.aspx.\n\n***ADR (Definitions and Vehicle Categories)*** means the third edition ADR titled \"Vehicle Standard (Australian Design Rule—Definitions and Vehicle Categories) 2005\" made under the Motor Vehicle Standards Act and published from time to time by the Commonwealth Department of Infrastructure, Transport, Regional Development and Communications;\n\nThe ADR (Definitions and Vehicle  \nCategories) is available from www.legislation.gov.au/Details/F2021C00095.\n\n***AFSA certificate*** means an alternative fuel systems assessment certificate issued by an authorised vehicle inspector that—\n\n(a) specifies the components of the vehicle inspected; and\n\n(b) certifies that—\n\n(i) the vehicle has been inspected; and\n\n(ii) the vehicle complies with the applicable standards for registration;\n\n***agricultural combination*** means a combination that includes at least one agricultural vehicle;\n\n***agricultural implement*** means—\n\n(a) a vehicle without its own motive power, not designed to carry a load and used exclusively to perform agricultural tasks; or\n\n(b) an agricultural trailer;\n\n***agricultural machine*** means a vehicle with its own motive power, built to perform agricultural tasks;\n\n***agricultural task*** includes the following—\n\n(a) the cultivation of land, including the growing and harvesting of crops;\n\n(b) the rearing of livestock;\n\n(c) commercial fishing;\n\n***agricultural trailer*** means a trailer designed to carry a load and used exclusively to perform agricultural tasks, but does not include—\n\n(a) a semi-trailer; or\n\n(b) a trailer to which regulation 22(g) applies;\n\n***agricultural vehicle*** means an agricultural implement or agricultural machine;\n\n***agricultural vehicle area of operation*** means an area declared under regulation 8(1)(a) as an agricultural vehicle area of operation;\n\n***air brake*** means an air-operated or air-assisted brake;\n\n***air storage tank***, of a vehicle, means a tank fitted to the vehicle for storing compressed air;\n\n***Airservices Australia*** means the body called Airservices Australia established under section 7 of the Air Services Act 1995 of the Commonwealth;  \n\n***annual adjustment factor*** means the factor calculated in accordance with  clause 10 of Schedule 3;\n\n***annual registration fee***, in relation to a vehicle to which Schedule 3 applies, means the fee which is payable in respect of a particular financial year for the registration or renewal of registration of the vehicle;\n\n***approved application form*** means a form approved by the Secretary under regulation 16;\n\n***approved body*** means a body declared under regulation 8(1)(e);\n\n***approved club*** means a  vehicle club approved under regulation 170;\n\n***approved form*** means a form approved by the Secretary under regulation 19;\n\n***articulated bus*** means a bus consisting of more than one rigid section with passenger access between the sections and the sections connected to one another so as to allow rotary movement between the sections;\n\n***association***  means an association incorporated under the **Associations Incorporation Reform Act 2012**;\n\n***ATM*** (aggregate trailer mass), of a trailer, means the total maximum mass of the trailer, as stated by the manufacturer, together with the trailer's load and the mass imposed on the towing vehicle by the trailer when the towing vehicle and trailer are on a horizontal surface;\n\n***Australian Border Force*** has the same meaning as in section 4(1) of the Australian Border Force Act 2015 of the Commonwealth;\n\n***Australian Border Force vehicle*** means a vehicle driven by an Immigration and Border Protection worker in the course of that person's work for the Australian Border Force;\n\n***Australian court*** means any court or tribunal of a State or a Territory;\n\n***Australian Design Rule*** ***(ADR)*** means national rules in relation to the design and construction of vehicles that are incorporated in a document described as an Australian Design Rule and includes—\n\n(a) a second edition ADR; and\n\n(b) a third edition ADR;\n\n***authorised officer*** has the same meaning as ***authorised officer for the purposes of this section*** has in section 13(6) of the Act;\n\n***authorised person*** means a person authorised under regulation 10;\n\n***authorised vehicle inspector*** means a person authorised under regulation 11;\n\n***axle group*** means—\n\n(a) a single axle group; or\n\n(b) a tandem axle group; or\n\n(c) a twinsteer axle group; or\n\n(d) a tri-axle group; or\n\n(e) a quad-axle group; or\n\n(f) an oversize tri-axle group;\n\n***B-double combination*** means a combination consisting of a prime mover towing 2 semi‑trailers;\n\n***B-double lead trailer*** means a semi-trailer that is nominated for use as the lead trailer in a B‑double combination;\n\n***B-triple combination*** means a combination consisting of a prime mover towing 3 semi‑trailers;\n\n***B-triple lead trailer*** means a semi-trailer that is nominated for use as the lead trailer in a B‑triple combination;\n\n***B-triple middle trailer*** means a semi-trailer that is nominated for use as the second trailer in a B-triple combination;\n\n***base fee*** means*—*\n\n(a) in the case of a vehicle to which Schedule 3 applies, the annual registration fee (within the meaning of that Schedule) applicable to that kind of vehicle; or\n\n(b) in the case of any other vehicle, the base registration fee imposed by section 9(2) of the Act;\n\n***benevolent organisation*** means—\n\n(a) a benevolent or religious institution; or\n\n(b) a charitable association or corporation—\n\nthe principal purpose of which is to provide assistance to the community or animals but does not include an organisation that operates for profit;\n\n***bicycle carrier*** means a device that can be attached to the rear of a motor vehicle to enable one or more bicycles to be carried by the vehicle, but does not include a trailer;\n\n***braking system***,  of a vehicle, means all the brakes of the vehicle and all the components of the mechanisms by which they are operated;\n\n***British Standard*** means a standard approved for publication on behalf of the British Standards Institution;\n\nCopies of British Standards are available for purchase from Standards Australia at www.standards.org.au.\n\n***British Standards Institution*** means the institution of that name established under Royal Charter in the United Kingdom;\n\n***bus*** means a motor vehicle built mainly to carry people and that seats over 9 adults (including the driver);\n\n***bus (type 1)*** means a rigid bus that has 2 axles and an MRC not exceeding 12 tonnes;\n\n***bus (type 2)*** means—\n\n(a) a rigid bus that has 2 axles and an MRC exceeding 12 tonnes; or\n\n(b) a rigid bus that has 3 or 4 axles;\n\n***car*** means a motor vehicle built mainly to carry people that—\n\n(a) seats not more than 9 adults (including the driver); and\n\n(b) has a body commonly known as a sedan, station wagon, coupe, convertible or roadster; and\n\n(c) has 4 or more wheels;\n\n***centre line***, in relation to an axle, means—\n\n(a) in the case of an axle consisting of one shaft, a line parallel to the length of the axle and passing through its centre; or\n\n(b) in the case of an axle consisting of 2 shafts, a line that is in the vertical plane passing through the centre of both shafts and that passes through the centres of the wheels on the shafts;\n\n***centre of the axle group*** means—\n\n(a) a line located midway between the centre lines of the outermost axles of the group; or\n\n(b) if the group consists of 2 axles, one of which is fitted with twice the number of tyres as the other axle—a line located one third of the way from the centre line of the axle with more tyres towards the centre line of the axle with fewer tyres;\n\nFigure 1: Illustration showing the centre of a typical tandem axle group fitted with equal numbers of tyres on each axle.\n\nFigure 2: Illustration showing the centre of a typical tandem axle group fitted with unequal numbers of tyres on each axle.\n\nFigure 3: Illustration showing the centre of a tri-axle group.\n\n***certificate of approved operations*** means a certificate issued in respect of a vehicle in accordance with regulation 33 or 187;\n\n***certificate of roadworthiness*** means a certificate issued under Division 5 of Part 6;\n\n***certificate of vehicle identity*** means a certificate issued by an authorised vehicle inspector in respect of a vehicle—\n\n(a) certifying that the vehicle has been inspected; and\n\n(b) verifying the vehicle particulars for the vehicle;\n\n***class O field bin combination*** means a class O field bin that is being towed by a light vehicle or a tractor that has a GVM of less than 4⋅5 tonnes;\n\n***class O notice***  means a notice published by the Secretary under regulation 221;\n\n***class O permit*** means a permit issued by the Secretary under regulation 223;\n\n***class O vehicle*** has the meaning given in regulation 219;\n\n***club eligible vehicle*** means—\n\n(a) a vehicle manufactured more than 25 years before the date of an application under regulation 175(2); or\n\n(b) a replica of a vehicle described in paragraph (a);\n\n***club log book*** means a log book issued by the Secretary under regulation 181(b);\n\n***club member*** means a current member of an approved club;\n\n***club permit*** means a permit issued by the Secretary under regulation 177;\n\n***club permit label*** means a label issued by the Secretary under regulation 181(a);\n\n***club permit period*** means the period specified in regulation 180(1);\n\n***conspicuity marking*** has the same meaning as in ADR 13/00;\n\n***converter dolly*** means a trailer with one axle group or single axle and a fifth wheel coupling, designed to convert a semi-trailer into a dog trailer;\n\n***corporation*** ***particulars***, of a corporation, means—\n\n(a) the name of the corporation; and\n\n(b) the Australian Company Number or Australian Registered Body Number (if applicable); and\n\n(c) the Indigenous Corporation Number (if applicable); and\n\n(d) evidence of incorporation (if applicable); and\n\n(e) the business address of the corporation; and\n\n(f) the address for service of notices, if this is different from the business address; and\n\n(g) the corporation's telephone number and email address;\n\n***corresponding registration authority*** means a person or body appointed under the law of another jurisdiction that has responsibility for the registration of vehicles in that jurisdiction;\n\n***Council*** means the Transport and Infrastructure Council (which consists of Ministers) or any successor body;\n\n***current certificate of roadworthiness*** means a certificate of roadworthiness issued not more than 30 days previously;\n\n***customer number***, in relation to a registered operator, means a numeric identifier specified by the Secretary that uniquely identifies the registered operator;\n\n***daylight*** means the period in a day from sunrise to sunset;\n\n***dealer*** means a licensed motor car trader within the meaning of the **Motor Car Traders Act 1986**;\n\n***diesel engine*** means an engine that works on the compression-ignition principle, and which operates on automotive diesel fuel;\n\n***dog trailer*** means a trailer, including a trailer consisting of a semi-trailer and converter dolly, with—\n\n(a) one axle group or single axle at the front that is steered by connection to the towing vehicle by a drawbar; and\n\n(b) one axle group or single axle at the rear;\n\n***drawbar*** means a part of a trailer, other than a semi-trailer, that connects the trailer body to a coupling for towing purposes;\n\n***electric-powered vehicle*** means a vehicle that is powered by one or more electric motors or traction motors that are—\n\n(a) the only propulsion system for the vehicle; or\n\n(b) used in conjunction with another propulsion system for the vehicle;\n\n***electric vehicle*** means a motor vehicle that—\n\n(a) uses one or more electric motors for propulsion; and\n\n(b) is fuelled from an off-vehicle electrical power source, a battery or an electric generator; and\n\n(c) is not fitted with an internal combustion engine that provides—\n\n(i) propulsion; or\n\n(ii) a fuel source for an electric propulsion system;\n\nReg. 5 def. of *electronic identity credential* inserted by S.R. No. 67/2023 reg. 5(2).\n\n***electronic identity credential*** has the same meaning as in section 3 of the **Service Victoria Act 2018**;\n\n***eligible beneficiary*** means a person who is an eligible beneficiary within the meaning of the **State Concessions Act 2004**;\n\nReg. 5 def. of *eligible veteran* inserted by S.R. No. 67/2023 reg. 5(2).\n\n***eligible veteran*** means a person who is—\n\n(a) the holder of an electronic identity credential known as the Veterans Card—Victoria; or\n\n(b) the holder of a Gold Card, being a card issued to a person who is eligible for treatment under Part V or section 104 of the Veterans' Entitlements Act 1986 of the Commonwealth; or\n\n(c) assessed pursuant to Part 2 of Chapter 4 of the Military Rehabilitation and Compensation Act 2004 of the Commonwealth as a veteran who has suffered an impairment resulting from one or more service injuries or diseases, the degree of which constitutes 40 impairment points or more;\n\n***emergency brake*** means a brake designed to be used if a service brake fails;\n\nReg. 5 def. of *emergency vehicle* amended by S.R. No. 36/2025 reg. 11(a).\n\n***emergency vehicle*** means any of the following—\n\n(a) a vehicle operated by or on behalf of and under the control of—\n\n(i) an ambulance service created under section 23 of the **Ambulance Services Act 1986** or listed in Schedule 1 to that Act; or\n\n(ii) an ambulance service created under a law in force in another jurisdiction;\n\n(b) a vehicle operated as an ambulance by the Australian Defence Force;\n\n(c) a vehicle operated by or on behalf of and under the control of—\n\n(i) Fire Rescue Victoria established under section 6 of the **Fire Rescue Victoria Act 1958**; or\n\n(ii) the Country Fire Authority appointed under section 6 of the **Country Fire Authority Act 1958**; or\n\n(iii) a fire service established under a law in force in another jurisdiction;\n\n(d) a fire service unit under the control of—\n\n(i) the Department of Energy, Environment and Climate Action; or\n\n(ii) the Australian Defence Force;\n\n(e) a vehicle under the control of the Emergency Management Commissioner;\n\n(f) a vehicle under the control of the Victoria State Emergency Service established by section 28 of the **Victoria State Emergency Service Act 2005**;\n\n(g) a vehicle being used to convey a member of the Australian Army engaged in connection with emergency ordnance disposal procedures;\n\n(h) a vehicle under the control of the Shepparton Search and Rescue Squad Inc. or the Echuca and Moama Search and Rescue Squad Inc.;\n\n(i) a vehicle under the control of Airservices Australia;\n\n***escort vehicle*** means a motor vehicle that is being used for the purpose of—\n\n(a) transporting an authorised officer, a police officer or another person authorised to direct traffic; and\n\n(b) warning other highway users of the presence of a class O vehicle;\n\n***examining mechanic***, in relation to a licensed tester, means a person employed, engaged or authorised by the licensed tester to examine and test vehicles under Part 6;\n\nReg. 5 def. of *exempt vehicle* amended by S.R. No. 36/2025 reg. 11(b).\n\n***exempt vehicle***,  for the purposes of Schedule 1,  means a light vehicle that is—\n\n(a) a police vehicle; or\n\n(b) an emergency vehicle; or\n\n(c) being used to convey a person employed in Safe Transport Victoria, the Department or the Victorian Fisheries Authority or a member of staff of the Regulator engaged in connection with the enforcement of one or more of the following Acts, as applicable—\n\n(i) the **Accident Towing Services Act 2007**;\n\n  (ii) the **Bus Safety Act 2009**;\n\n  (iii) the **Commercial Passenger Vehicle Industry Act 2017**;\n\n  (iv)  the **Fisheries Act 1995**;\n\n  (v)  the Heavy Vehicle National Law (Victoria);\n\n  (vi)  the **Road Safety Act 1986**;\n\n(vii) the **Road Management Act 2004**;\n\n(viii) the **Transport (Compliance and Miscellaneous) Act 1983**; or\n\n(d) an Australian Border Force vehicle; or\n\n(e) a Victorian Fisheries Authority vehicle; or\n\n(f) operating in accordance with a permit issued to a person under section 99B of the Act  to conduct a non-road activity on a highway;\n\n***field bin*** means a type of bulk bin used for the short-term storage of grain;\n\n***fifth wheel coupling*** means a device, other than an upper rotating element and a kingpin, used with a prime mover, semi-trailer or converter dolly to—\n\n(a) permit quick coupling and uncoupling; and\n\n(b) provide for articulation;\n\n***fleet owner*** means an owner of more than 50 vehicles;\n\n***45 day club permit*** has the meaning given by regulation 174(1);\n\n***front fog light*** means a light used to improve the illumination of the road in case of fog, snowfall, heavy rain or a dust storm;\n\n***general identification mark*** means a unique identifier issued by the Secretary under Subdivision 2 of Division 3 of Part 3;\n\n***ground clearance***, in relation to a vehicle, means the minimum distance to the ground, measured with the vehicle fully laden, from a point on the underside of the vehicle, except a point on a tyre, wheel, wheel hub, brake backing plate or flexible mudguard or mudflap of the vehicle;\n\n***GTM*** (gross trailer mass) means the mass transmitted to the ground by the axles of a trailer when the trailer is loaded to its GVM and connected to the vehicle towing it;\n\n***GTMR*** means gross trailer mass rating;\n\n***guidelines*** means guidelines made by the Secretary under regulation 9;\n\n***heavy trailer*** means a trailer or semi-trailer which is a heavy vehicle;\n\n***high-beam***, in relation to a headlight or front fog light fitted to a vehicle, means the light is built or adjusted so that, when the vehicle is standing on level ground, the top of the main beam of light projected is above the low‑beam position;\n\n***hydrogen-powered vehicle*** means a vehicle that—\n\n(a) is powered by a hydrogen fuel system; and\n\n(b) has one or more hydrogen fuel containers fitted to the vehicle as part of the system;\n\n***illegally imported***, in relation to a motor vehicle or vehicle part, means that the motor vehicle or vehicle part—\n\n(a) is not permitted to be imported into Australia unless it has an approval under—\n\n(i) the Motor Vehicle Standards Act (as in force before its repeal); or\n\n(ii) the Road Vehicle Standards Act; and\n\n(b) has been imported without that approval or in contravention of a condition of that approval;\n\n***Immigration and Border Protection worker*** has the same meaning as in section 4(1) of the Australian Border Force Act 2015 of the Commonwealth;\n\n***indivisible item*** means an item that cannot be divided without extreme effort, expense or risk of damage to it;\n\n***jinker*** means an axle or axle group that is—\n\n(a) built to support part of a load; and\n\n(b) connected to the vehicle in front of it by the load or a pole or cable;\n\n***jurisdiction*** means an Australian State or Territory;\n\n***large indivisible item*** means an indivisible item that cannot be carried on any vehicle without the vehicle exceeding a dimension limit relevant to the vehicle under Division 1 of Part 5;\n\n***lead trailer***, in a combination, means the trailer that is, or that is to be, attached to the prime mover;\n\n***left***,  for a vehicle, means to the left of the centre of the vehicle when viewed by a person in the vehicle who is facing towards the front of the vehicle;\n\n***legal personal representative*** means the executor original or by representation or administrator for the time being of a deceased person;\n\n***licensed tester*** means a person who holds a tester's licence;\n\n***light combination*** means a combination that does not include a heavy vehicle;\n\n***light motor vehicle*** means a motor vehicle with an MRC not exceeding 4⋅5 tonnes;\n\n***light trailer*** means a trailer with an MRC not exceeding 4⋅5 tonnes;\n\n***light vehicle*** means a light motor vehicle or light trailer;\n\n***load-carrying vehicle*** means a vehicle that is carrying, or is built to carry, a load;\n\n***loaded mass***, in relation to a vehicle, means the sum of the mass of the vehicle and the mass of the load on the vehicle that is imposed on the surface on which the vehicle is standing or running;\n\n***local zone*** in respect of a vehicle means the area within a radius of 100 metres from the entrance of the vehicle's garage address on a public road (within the meaning of the **Road Management Act 2004**);\n\n***long combination truck*** means a truck nominated to haul 2 or more trailers;\n\n***low-beam***, in relation to a headlight or front fog light fitted to a vehicle, means the headlight or front fog light is built or adjusted so that, when the vehicle is standing on level ground, the top of the main beam of light projected is—\n\n(a) not higher than the centre of the headlight or fog light, when measured at a point 8 metres in front of the vehicle; and\n\n(b) not more than 1 metre higher than the level on which the motor vehicle is standing, when measured at a point 25 metres in front of the vehicle;\n\nFigure 4: Illustration of a low-beam headlight.\n\n***low loader*** means a semi-trailer with a loading deck that is no higher than 1 metre above the ground or, if the semi-trailer has more than one loading deck, with its longest loading deck no higher than 1 metre above the ground;\n\n***low loader dolly*** means a mass-distributing trailer that—\n\n(a) is usually coupled between a prime mover and a low loader; and\n\n(b) consists of a rigid frame; and\n\n(c) does not directly carry any load on itself; and\n\n(d) is equipped with one or more axles, a kingpin and a fifth wheel coupling;\n\n***major road*** means a highway declared under regulation 8(1)(b) as a major road;\n\n***manufacturer*** has the same meaning as in the Australian Consumer Law (Victoria);\n\n***medium combination truck*** means a truck, other than a short combination truck, nominated to haul one trailer;\n\n***mobile plant*** means a motor vehicle with an MRC not exceeding 4⋅5 tonnes (including a tractor) that is—\n\n(a) not designed solely for carrying passengers; and\n\n(b) constructed for the incidental purpose of carrying a load (other than water in the case of concrete pumps and fire engines); and\n\n(c) not a tow truck;\n\n***moped*** means—\n\n(a) a motor cycle or motor trike with an engine cylinder capacity of not over 50 millilitres and a maximum speed of not over 50 kilometres per hour; or\n\n(b) a motor cycle or motor trike with a power source other than a piston engine and a maximum speed of not over 50 kilometres per hour;\n\n***motor car trader*** has the same meaning as in the **Motor Car Traders Act** **1986**;\n\n***Motor Vehicle Standards Act*** means the Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989 of the Commonwealth;\n\n***Motor Vehicle Standards Regulations*** means the Motor Vehicle Standards Regulations 1989 of the Commonwealth;\n\n***MRC*** (mass rating for charging), in relation to a vehicle, means—\n\n(a) the maximum mass of the vehicle, including any load, recorded on the compliance plate as the GVM, GTMR or ATM of the vehicle; or\n\n(b) if the vehicle has no compliance plate—its operating mass;\n\n***mudguard*** means a fitting or device, with or without a mudflap, that is built and fitted to a vehicle in a way that will, as far as practicable, catch or deflect downwards any stone, mud, water or other substance thrown up by the rotation of the wheel to which the fitting or device is fitted;\n\n***multi-combination prime mover*** means a prime mover nominated to haul 2 or more trailers;\n\n***national heavy vehicle number plate*** means a number plate assigned to a heavy vehicle;\n\n***National Transport Commission*** means the National Transport Commission established by the National Transport Commission Act 2003 of the Commonwealth;\n\n***nearer side of the vehicle***, in relation to a light or reflector fitted to a vehicle, means the side of the vehicle that is closest to where the light or reflector is fitted;\n\n***night*** means the period beginning at sunset and ending at sunrise;\n\n***90 day club permit*** has the meaning given by regulation 174(2);\n\n***operating condition*** means a condition imposed on a club permit under regulation 187;\n\n***operating mass****,* in relation to a vehicle, means the maximum mass of the vehicle, including any load;\n\n***operations plate*** means a plate installed on a vehicle in accordance with regulation 33;\n\n***oversize tri-axle group*** means a group of 3 axles in which the horizontal distance between the centre lines of each axle is 1⋅8 metres;\n\n***parking brake****,*  of a vehicle, means the brake usually used to keep the vehicle stationary while the vehicle is parked;\n\n***passenger car (MA)*** has the same meaning as in the ADR (Definitions and Vehicle Categories);\n\n***personal particulars*** has the same meaning as in regulation 5 of the Road Safety (Drivers) Regulations 2019[[2]](#endnote-3);\n\n***pig trailer*** means a trailer—\n\n(a) with one axle group or single axle near the middle of its load-carrying surface; and\n\n(b) that connects to the vehicle towing it by a drawbar;\n\n***pilot vehicle*** means a motor vehicle, other than an escort vehicle, being used to warn other highway users of the presence of a class O vehicle;\n\n***plug-in hybrid electric vehicle*** means a motor vehicle that—\n\n(a) uses one or more electric motors for propulsion; and\n\n(b) is fuelled from an off-vehicle electrical power source, a battery, a fuel cell or an electric generator; and\n\n(c) is fitted with an internal combustion engine that provides—\n\n(i) propulsion; or\n\n(ii) a fuel source for an electric propulsion system;\n\n***point of articulation*** means—\n\n(a) the axis of a kingpin for a fifth wheel; or\n\n(b) the vertical axis of rotation of a fifth wheel coupling; or\n\n(c) the vertical axis of rotation of a turntable assembly; or\n\n(d) the vertical axis of rotation of the front axle group, or single axle, of a dog trailer; or\n\n(e) the coupling pivot point of a semi‑trailer;\n\nFigure 5: Illustration of point of articulation—fifth wheel coupling on a converter dolly (forming the front axle group of a dog trailer).\n\nFigure 6: Illustration of point of articulation—fifth wheel on a prime mover.\n\nFigure 7: Illustration of point of articulation—kingpin for fifth wheel.\n\n***pole-type trailer*** means a trailer that is—\n\n(a) attached to the vehicle towing it by means of a pole or an attachment fitted to a pole; and\n\n(b) ordinarily used for transporting loads, such as logs, pipes, structural members or other long objects that are generally capable of supporting themselves like beams between supports;\n\n***police vehicle*** means a vehicle driven by a police officer in the course of the officer's duty;\n\n***primary producer*** means a person—\n\n(a) engaged solely or substantially in agricultural, horticultural, viticultural, dairying, pastoral or other like activities; or\n\n(b) who is the holder of a licence under the **Fisheries Act 1995** to take fish for sale;\n\n***primary producer vehicle*** means a vehicle referred to in item 4 of the Table in Schedule 2;\n\n***principal grooves***, in relation to a tyre, means the wide grooves—\n\n(a) positioned in the central zone of the tyre tread; and\n\n(b) in which tread wear indicators are located;\n\n***public auction*** means an auction that is open to the general public;\n\n***quad-axle group*** means a group of 4 axles, in which the horizontal distance between the centre lines of the outermost axles is more than 3⋅2 metres but not more than 4⋅9 metres;\n\n***RAV*** means the Register of Approved Vehicles kept under section 14(1) of the Road Vehicle Standards Act;\n\n***rear fog light*** means a light used on a vehicle to make it more easily visible from the rear in dense fog;\n\n***rear marking plates*** means rear marking plates that comply with VSB 12;  \n\n***rear overhang*** has the meaning given in clause 60 of Schedule 1;\n\n***rear overhang line***, in relation to a vehicle, has the meaning given in clause 60 of Schedule 1;\n\n***recreation motor cycle*** means a motor cycle with 2 wheels that—\n\n(a) is generally constructed so that it will not cause, or be likely to cause, a danger to its driver or to any person on a highway; and\n\n(b) is so constructed that its driver has a sufficient view of traffic to its front and rear and to both sides to enable the driver to drive it safely; and\n\n(c) has a braking system comprising brakes fitted to both wheels of the vehicle; and\n\n(d) has fixed to it—\n\n(i) one headlamp; and\n\n(ii) one rear red lamp; and\n\n(iii) one rear red brake lamp; and\n\n(e) if fitted with an internal combustion engine, has securely fixed to its engine a silencing device constructed so that—\n\n(i) all the exhaust gases from the engine pass through the silencer in a manner which prevents undue noise; and\n\n(ii) there is no attached cut-out or device capable of producing an open exhaust; and\n\n(f) is not used to carry goods or passengers;\n\n***registered vehicle*** means—\n\n(a) a vehicle registered under Part 2 of the Act; or\n\n(b) a vehicle that is not currently registered under Part 2 of the Act but that was so registered—\n\n(i) in the case of a heavy vehicle with seasonal registration, within the preceding 12 months; or\n\n(ii) in any other case, within the preceding 3 months;\n\nReg. 5 def. of *registration fee* amended by S.R. No. 67/2023 reg. 5(1).\n\n***registration fee*** means the fee (if any) for registration or renewal of registration of a vehicle as determined under section 9 of the Act or regulation 116, 117, 118, 119, 120 or 120A;\n\n***registration period*** means the period during which a motor vehicle is registered;\n\n***relevant date*** means—\n\n(a) for a vehicle that is written off by an insurer or self-insurer, the date on which the insurer or self-insurer made a determination under section 16C(1)(b) of the Act in respect of the vehicle; or\n\n(b) for a vehicle that is being demolished or dismantled by a motor wrecker, the date on which the motor wrecker began to demolish or dismantle the vehicle; or\n\n(c) for a vehicle that is in the care, custody or control of a motor car trader, the date on which the vehicle came into the care, custody or control of the motor car trader;\n\n***relevant identification information***, for a motor vehicle, means—\n\n(a) the registration number of the vehicle (if any); and\n\n(b) the vehicle identifier of the vehicle; and\n\n(c) the make and model of the vehicle; and\n\n(d) whether the vehicle is—\n\n(i) a light motor vehicle other than a motor cycle; or\n\n(ii) a motor cycle;\n\n***replica*** means a light motor vehicle that is an individually constructed vehicle that resembles, as closely as practicable, the appearance and dimensions of the production vehicle on which its design is based;\n\n***Individually constructed vehicle*** and ***production vehicle*** are defined in VSB 14.\n\n***right***, for a vehicle, means to the right of the centre of the vehicle when viewed by a person in the vehicle who is facing towards the front of the vehicle;\n\n***Road Vehicle Standards Act*** means the Road Vehicle Standards Act 2018 of the Commonwealth;\n\n***Road Vehicle Standards Rules*** means the Road Vehicle Standards Rules 2019 of the Commonwealth;\n\n***seasonal registration*** means the registration of a heavy vehicle for a period referred to in regulation 58(1)(a)(ii) or 83(2)(b);\n\n***second edition ADR*** means a national standard under the Motor Vehicle Standards Act (as in force immediately before its repeal) incorporated in the Australian Design Rules for Motor Vehicle Safety, Second Edition, originally published by the Commonwealth Department of Transport;\n\nThe second edition ADR is available from www.infrastructure.gov.au/vehicles/design/second_edition_adrs.aspx.\n\n***service brake***, for a vehicle, means the brake normally used to decelerate the vehicle;\n\n***short combination prime mover***  means a prime mover nominated to haul one semi-trailer;\n\n***short combination truck***  means a truck nominated to haul one trailer where, according to the nomination—\n\n(a) the combination has 6 axles or fewer; and\n\n(b) the maximum total mass that is legally allowable for the combination is 42·5 tonnes or less;\n\n***side marker light*** means a light fitted to the side of a vehicle indicating the presence and length of the vehicle when viewed on that side;\n\n***single axle*** means an axle not forming part of an axle group;\n\n***single axle group*** means a group of 2 or more axles, in which the horizontal distance between the centre lines of the outermost axles is less than 1 metre;\n\n***slimline club permit number plate*** means a club permit number plate that has a height of not more than 120 millimetres and a width of not more than 375 millimetres;\n\n***slimline number plate*** means a number plate, other than one issued for a motor cycle or for affixing to a bicycle carrier, that has a height of not more than 120 millimetres and a width of not more than 375 millimetres;\n\n***special purpose vehicle*** means—\n\n(a) a vehicle (other than a caravan, a mobile home, a mobile library, a mobile workshop, a mobile laboratory or a mobile billboard) built, or permanently modified, for a primary purpose other than the carriage of goods or passengers; or\n\n(b) any of the following vehicles—\n\n(i) a forklift;\n\n(ii) a straddle carrier;\n\n(iii) a mobile cherry picker;\n\n(iv) a mobile crane;\n\n***special work vehicle*** means a motor vehicle that—\n\n(a) is a light motor vehicle not constructed as a tractor; and\n\n(b) is primarily constructed and used for off-road transportation; and\n\n(c) is undertaking agricultural, maintenance or service tasks; and\n\n(d) does not comply with an ADR;\n\n***specially constructed motor vehicle*** means a vehicle that is—\n\n(a) not designed primarily for carrying passengers or goods on a highway; and\n\n(b) determined by the Secretary to be a specially constructed motor vehicle;\n\n***sport device and associated equipment*** includes, but is not limited to, the following and any associated equipment—\n\n(a) a glider;\n\n(b) a yacht;\n\n(c) a rowing shell;\n\n(d) a dragon boat;\n\n(e) surf skis;\n\n(f) a canoe;\n\n(g) a kayak;\n\n***sporting body*** means an association or corporation the principal purpose of which is to facilitate and coordinate the sporting activities of its members;\n\n***spring brake*** means a brake using one or more springs to store the energy needed to operate the brake;\n\n***standard number plate*** means a number plate that, at the time of issue, is of the design, size, colour and material of number plates generally issued by the Secretary;\n\n***standards for registration*** means—\n\n(a) in relation to a heavy vehicle—the heavy vehicle standards within the meaning of the Heavy Vehicle National Law (Victoria) and, if the heavy vehicle is a bus, Division 19 of Part 7 of Schedule 1; or\n\n(b) in relation to any other vehicle—the Vehicle Standards, other than Division 19 of Part 7 of Schedule 1;\n\n***street rod vehicle*** means a vehicle that has been modified for safe road use and that—\n\n(a) has a body and frame that were built before 1949; or\n\n(b) is a replica of a vehicle the body and frame of which were built before 1949;\n\n***tandem axle group*** means a group of at least 2 axles in which the horizontal distance between the centre lines of the outermost axles is at least 1 metre but not more than 2 metres;\n\n***temporary club log book*** means a form for recording vehicle use issued by the Secretary under regulation 178;\n\n***temporary club permit*** means a permit issued by the Secretary under regulation 178;\n\n***tester's licence*** means a licence issued by the Secretary under regulation 233;\n\n***the Act*** means the **Road Safety Act 1986**;\n\n***third edition ADR*** means—\n\n(a) a national standard under the Motor Vehicle Standards Act as in force before the repeal of that Act; or\n\n(b) a national road vehicle standard made under section 12 of the Road Vehicle Standards Act as in force from time to time;\n\nThe third edition ADR is available from www.infrastructure.gov.au/vehicles/design/adr_online.aspx.\n\n***towing vehicle***, for a trailer, means the motor vehicle towing the trailer;\n\n***trade plate*** means a plate supplied by the Secretary under Subdivision 2 of Division 3 of Part 3;\n\n***transfer fee*** means the fee (if any) for transfer of registration of a vehicle payable under regulation 121;\n\n***transport accident charge*** means a charge payable under Part 7 of the **Transport Accident Act 1986**;\n\n***tread wear indicators***, in relation to a tyre, means projections within a groove of the tyre that indicate the degree of wear on the tyre's tread;\n\n***tri-axle group*** means a group of at least 3 axles in which the horizontal distance between the centre lines of the outermost axles is more than 2 metres but not more than 3⋅2 metres;\n\n***truck (type 1)*** means a truck that has—\n\n(a) 2 axles and an MRC not exceeding 12 tonnes; or\n\n(b) 3 axles and an MRC not exceeding 16·5 tonnes; or\n\n(c) 4 or more axles and an MRC not exceeding 20 tonnes;\n\n***truck (type 2)*** means a truck that has—\n\n(a) 2 axles and an MRC exceeding 12 tonnes; or\n\n(b) 3 axles and an MRC exceeding 16·5 tonnes; or\n\n(c) 4 or more axles and an MRC exceeding 20 tonnes;\n\n***turntable*** means a bearing built to carry vertical and horizontal loads (other than a bearing that allows quick separation of its upper and lower rotating elements) that is used to connect and allow articulation between—\n\n(a) a prime mover and a semi-trailer; or\n\n(b) the steering axle or axle group of a dog trailer and the body of the trailer; or\n\n(c) a fifth wheel coupling and the vehicle to which it is mounted;\n\n***twinsteer axle group*** means a group of 2 axles—\n\n(a) with single tyres; and\n\n(b) fitted to a motor vehicle; and\n\n(c) connected to the same steering mechanism; and\n\n(d) the horizontal distance between the centre lines of which is at least 1 metre, but not more than 2 metres;\n\n***unladen mass*** means the mass of a vehicle without any load;\n\n***unregistered vehicle permit*** means a permit issued by the Secretary under regulation 149;\n\n***urban area*** means an area declared under regulation 8(1)(c);\n\n***used***, in relation to a vehicle referred to in regulation 44(g), means—\n\n(a) previously registered in Victoria or elsewhere; or\n\n(b) used in Victoria or elsewhere in circumstances in which it was not required to be registered, otherwise than in connection with the delivery and sale of the vehicle;\n\n***usual information*** means—\n\n(a) the relevant identification information for the vehicle; and\n\n(b) the relevant date for the vehicle; and\n\n(c) any other information required by the Secretary by notice in writing; and\n\n(d) the date on which the information in paragraphs (a) to (c) is given to the Secretary;\n\n***vacuum brakes*** means vacuum-operated or vacuum-assisted brakes;\n\n***vacuum storage tank***, of a vehicle, means a tank fitted to the vehicle for storing air at low pressure;\n\n***VASS approval certificate*** means a vehicle assessment signatory scheme certificate issued by an authorised vehicle inspector—\n\n(a) specifying the components of the vehicle inspected; and\n\n(b) certifying that—\n\n(i) the construction of or a modification to the vehicle has been inspected; and\n\n(ii) the vehicle complies with—\n\n(A) the standards for registration; or\n\n(B) the applicable Vehicle Standards; or\n\n(C) an applicable VSB; or\n\n(D) the applicable guidelines;\n\n***vehicle club*** includes a vehicle association but excludes a club or association which solely or primarily conducts its operations over the Internet;\n\n***vehicle defect label*** means a label affixed to a vehicle which has been issued with a vehicle defect notice;\n\n***vehicle defect notice*** means a notice issued under Part 7;\n\n***vehicle defect notice clearance certificate*** means a certificate issued by an authorised vehicle inspector, certifying that—\n\n(a) the vehicle has been inspected; and\n\n(b) the defects set out in the vehicle defect notice issued in relation to the vehicle have been rectified;\n\n***vehicle inspection centre*** means a place specified in an authorisation under regulation 11;\n\n***vehicle particulars***, in relation to a vehicle, means the following details*—*\n\n(a) the make, model and year of the vehicle;\n\n(b) the registration number or registration permit number of the vehicle (if any);\n\n(c) the vehicle identifier;\n\n(d) the engine identification number of the vehicle (if any);\n\n(e) the colour of the vehicle;\n\n(f) the body type of the vehicle;\n\n***Vehicle Standards*** means the standards set out in Schedule 1;\n\n***Victorian Fisheries Authority*** means the Victorian Fisheries Authority established under Part 2 of the **Victorian Fisheries Authority Act 2016**;\n\nReg. 5 def. of *VIV certificate* amended by S.R. No. 129/2022 reg. 6.\n\n***VIV certificate*** means a vehicle identity validation certificate issued by an authorised vehicle inspector, certifying that—\n\n(a) the vehicle is the original vehicle to which the relevant vehicle identifier was assigned; and\n\n(b) any damage, condition or damaged part or component which caused the vehicle to be recorded on the register of written-off vehicles has been repaired, restored or replaced in accordance with—\n\n(i) manufacturer standards for the vehicle; or\n\n(ii) if there are no manufacturer standards for the vehicle, in accordance with industry standards; and\n\n(c) any other damaged part or component which is safety related but did not form the basis for the vehicle to be recorded on the register of written-off vehicles has been repaired, restored or replaced in accordance with—\n\n(i) manufacturer standards for the vehicle; or\n\n(ii) if there are no manufacturer standards for the vehicle, in accordance with industry standards;\n\n***VSB*** means Vehicle Standards Bulletin;\n\n***VSB 14*** means the VSB titled \"VSB 14—National Code of Practice for Light Vehicle Construction and Modification\", as published from time to time by the Commonwealth Department of Infrastructure, Transport, Regional Development and Communications;  \n\nVSB 14 is available from www.infrastructure.gov.au/  \nvehicles/vehicle_regulation/bulletin/index.aspx.\n\n***VSB 6*** means the VSB titled \"VSB 6—National Code of Practice for Heavy Vehicle Modifications\", as published from time to time by the Commonwealth Department of Infrastructure, Transport, Regional Development and Communications;\n\nVSB 6 is available from www.nhvr.gov.au.\n\n***VSB 12*** means the VSB titled \"VSB 12—National Code of Practice Rear Marking Plates for all motor vehicles over 12 tonnes GVM and all trailers over 10 tonnes GTM\", as published from time to time by the Commonwealth Department of Infrastructure, Transport, Regional Development and Communications;  \n\nVSB 12 is available from www.infrastructure.gov.au/  \nvehicles/vehicle_regulation/bulletin/index.aspx.\n\n***warning light*** means a light fitted to a vehicle designed specifically to warn road users of the vehicle's presence on a road;\n\n***wheelbase***, in relation to a vehicle, means the distance from the centre line of the vehicle's foremost axle to the vehicle's rear overhang line;\n\n***yellow*** includes amber;\n\n***zero and low emission vehicle*** means any of the following that is not a mobile plant, a motor cycle or a heavy vehicle—\n\n(a) an electric vehicle;\n\n(b) a hydrogen-powered vehicle;\n\n(c) a plug-in hybrid electric vehicle.\n\n","sortOrder":4},{"sectionNumber":"6","sectionType":"section","heading":"Interpretation—vehicles, combinations and loads","content":"\t6 Interpretation—vehicles, combinations and loads\n\n(1) In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires, a reference to a vehicle includes a reference to a combination.\n\n(2) In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires, a reference to a vehicle includes a reference to any load carried by that vehicle while on a highway.\n\n","sortOrder":5},{"sectionNumber":"7","sectionType":"section","heading":"Interpretation—distance between parallel lines","content":"\t7 Interpretation—distance between parallel lines\n\nIn these Regulations, a reference to a distance between 2 lines that are parallel means the distance measured at right angles between the lines.\n\n","sortOrder":6},{"sectionNumber":"Div 3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Powers of the Secretary","content":"Division 3—Powers of the Secretary\n\n","sortOrder":7},{"sectionNumber":"8","sectionType":"section","heading":"Secretary may declare matters for the purposes of Regulations","content":"\t8 Secretary may declare matters for the purposes of Regulations\n\n(1) The Secretary, by notice published in the Government Gazette, may declare the following—\n\n(a) an area to be an agricultural vehicle area of operation for the purposes of these Regulations;\n\n(b) a highway to be a major road for the purposes of these Regulations;\n\n(c) an area to be an urban area for the purposes of these Regulations;\n\n(d) a modification to a light vehicle to be an approved modification for the purposes of regulation 35;\n\n(e) a body to be an approved body for the purposes of regulation 245(1)(b);\n\n(f) the operating mass of a light vehicle for the purposes of these Regulations.\n\n(2) A declaration under subregulation (1)(a) may designate an agricultural vehicle area of operation to be one of the following zones—\n\n(a) Zone 1;\n\n(b) Zone 2;\n\n(c) Zone 3;\n\n(d) Zone 4.\n\n","sortOrder":8},{"sectionNumber":"9","sectionType":"section","heading":"Secretary may make guidelines","content":"\t9 Secretary may make guidelines\n\n(1) The Secretary may from time to time make guidelines for the purposes of these Regulations.\n\n(2) The Secretary may from time to time make guidelines for authorised vehicle inspectors for the purposes of the following regulations—\n\n(a) regulation 25(2)—inspection and certification of vehicles for the purposes of verifying compliance with the standards for registration;\n\n(b) regulation 35—inspection and certification of modified vehicles;\n\n(c) regulation 37—installation and certification of alternative fuel systems;\n\n(d) regulation 42(2)—inspection and certification of vehicles for the purposes of verifying the identity of vehicles;\n\n(e) regulation 113—inspection and certification of written-off vehicles;\n\n(f) regulation 275—inspection and certification for clearance of vehicle defect notices.\n\n(3) The Secretary may from time to time make guidelines for licensed testers for the purposes of the following regulations—\n\n(a) regulation 262—examination, testing and certification of vehicles;\n\n(b) regulation 263—completion of test reports.\n\n(4) The guidelines must not be inconsistent with—\n\n(a) the Act; or\n\n(b) these Regulations.\n\n","sortOrder":9},{"sectionNumber":"10","sectionType":"section","heading":"Authorised persons","content":"\t10 Authorised persons\n\n(1) The Secretary may authorise an eligible person to be an authorised person for the purposes of carrying out functions under the following regulations—\n\n(a) regulation 244(3);\n\n(b) regulation 246;\n\n(c) regulation 264.\n\n(2) For the purposes of subregulation (1), the following are eligible persons—\n\n(a) an authorised officer;\n\n(b) a person who is an authorized officer within the meaning of the **Environment Protection Act 1970**.\n\n(3) If an authorised person is authorised to carry out inspections under subregulation (1), the Secretary must give the person a paper document that specifies the inspections that the person has been authorised to conduct.\n\n(4) An authorised person may enter the premises of a licensed tester during business hours for the purpose of ensuring the licensed tester's compliance with these Regulations and the terms and conditions of the tester's licence.\n\n(5) An authorised person who carries out a function in accordance with subregulation (1) must produce an identity card on request.\n\n","sortOrder":10},{"sectionNumber":"11","sectionType":"section","heading":"Secretary may authorise vehicle inspectors","content":"\t11 Secretary may authorise vehicle inspectors\n\n(1) The Secretary may authorise in writing a person to be an authorised vehicle inspector for the purposes of these Regulations.\n\n(2) An authorisation under subregulation (1) is subject to the terms and conditions specified by the Secretary.\n\n(3) An authorisation under subregulation (1) may specify that a place is a vehicle inspection centre at which an authorised vehicle inspector may conduct vehicle inspections.\n\n(4) The Secretary must ensure that the location of a vehicle inspection centre is published on an Internet website maintained by the Department.\n\n(5) An authorisation under subregulation (1) is personal and cannot be transferred.\n\n","sortOrder":11},{"sectionNumber":"12","sectionType":"section","heading":"Secretary may give written directions to authorised vehicle inspectors","content":"\t12 Secretary may give written directions to authorised vehicle inspectors\n\n(1) The Secretary may give written directions to authorised vehicle inspectors for the issue of—\n\n(a) a certificate of approved operations; and\n\n(b) a certificate of vehicle identity; and\n\n(c) a VASS approval certificate; and\n\n(d) an AFSA certificate; and\n\n(e) a VIV certificate; and\n\n(f) a vehicle defect notice clearance certificate.\n\n(2) A written direction must not be inconsistent with—\n\n(a) the Act; or\n\n(b) these Regulations.\n\n","sortOrder":12},{"sectionNumber":"13","sectionType":"section","heading":"Secretary may require authorised vehicle inspectors to comply with guidelines and written directions","content":"\t13 Secretary may require authorised vehicle inspectors to comply with guidelines and written directions\n\nThe Secretary may require authorised vehicle inspectors to comply with guidelines and written directions for the issue of—\n\n(a) a certificate of approved operations; and\n\n(b) a certificate of vehicle identity; and\n\n(c) a VASS approval certificate; and\n\n(d) an AFSA certificate; and\n\n(e) a VIV certificate; and\n\n(f) a certificate of roadworthiness; and\n\n(g) a vehicle defect notice clearance certificate.\n\n","sortOrder":13},{"sectionNumber":"14","sectionType":"section","heading":"Secretary may revoke an authorisation","content":"\t14 Secretary may revoke an authorisation\n\n(1) The Secretary may revoke an authorisation under regulation 11 if the Secretary believes on reasonable grounds that the authorised vehicle inspector has—\n\n(a) been charged with or found guilty of an offence of dishonesty; or\n\n(b) engaged in conduct that indicates—\n\n(i) a pattern of incompetence; or\n\n(ii) negligence in a particular matter; or\n\n(c) not complied with the terms and conditions specified in the authorisation under regulation 11; or\n\n(d) not complied with any relevant guidelines made under regulation 9; or\n\n(e) not complied with a written direction given by the Secretary under regulation 12.\n\n(2) Before the Secretary revokes an authorisation under subregulation (1), the Secretary must give the authorised vehicle inspector a written notice stating—\n\n(a) the reasons for the decision to revoke; and\n\n(b) the date on which the decision takes effect; and\n\n(c) the authorised vehicle inspector's rights to an internal and external review of the decision under Division 12 of Part 2.\n\n(3) If the Secretary gives a notice under subregulation (2), the authorisation is suspended from the date specified in the notice.\n\n","sortOrder":14},{"sectionNumber":"15","sectionType":"section","heading":"Action on revocation of authorisation","content":"\t15 Action on revocation of authorisation\n\n(1) If a person's authorisation under regulation 11 is revoked, the person must advise the Secretary of any unused certificate serial numbers given to the person by the Secretary.\n\n(2) The Secretary must refund the fee paid by the person for each unused certificate serial number of which the Secretary is advised.\n\n","sortOrder":15},{"sectionNumber":"16","sectionType":"section","heading":"Approved application forms","content":"\t16 Approved application forms\n\n(1) The Secretary may approve application forms for the purposes of regulations 41, 71, 73, 89, 91, 92, 93, 94, 101, 102, 103, 148, 154, 169, 175, 189, 198, 224, 232 and 237.\n\n(2) The Secretary must ensure that approved application forms under subregulation (1) are—\n\n(a) available at the offices of the Department; or\n\n(b) published on an Internet website maintained by the Department.\n\n","sortOrder":16},{"sectionNumber":"17","sectionType":"section","heading":"Information to be provided in or with approved application forms","content":"\t17 Information to be provided in or with approved application forms\n\nThe Secretary may require the following information to be included in or to accompany an approved application form under regulation 16(1)—\n\n(a) the vehicle particulars;\n\n(b) the personal particulars or corporation particulars of the applicant;\n\n(c) the customer number of the applicant, if known;\n\n(d) evidence verifying the information in the approved application form;\n\n(e) any additional information the Secretary considers necessary to enable the Secretary to decide whether or not to grant the application.\n\n","sortOrder":17},{"sectionNumber":"18","sectionType":"section","heading":"Incomplete applications","content":"\t18 Incomplete applications\n\n(1) The Secretary may return an application to the applicant if—\n\n(a) the information in the application is incomplete; or\n\n(b) the evidence accompanying the application is—\n\n(i) incomplete, or\n\n(ii) inadequate; or\n\n(iii) not in a form acceptable to the Secretary; or\n\n(c) the Secretary requires additional information to decide the application or verify the information in the application; or\n\n(d) the relevant fee or charge was—\n\n(i) not paid; or\n\n(ii) not paid in full.\n\n(2) If the Secretary returns an application under subregulation (1), the Secretary must—\n\n(a) advise the applicant of the reasons for returning the application; and\n\n(b) return or refund any fee or charge that accompanied the application (if applicable).\n\n(3) The return of an application to the applicant by the Secretary under subregulation (1) does not constitute a refusal of the application or give the applicant rights to an internal and external review under Division 12 of Part 2.\n\n","sortOrder":18},{"sectionNumber":"19","sectionType":"section","heading":"Approved forms of notices, reports, labels and certificates","content":"\t19 Approved forms of notices, reports, labels and certificates\n\nThe Secretary may approve forms of—\n\n(a) notices for the purposes of regulations 81, 147 and 268; and\n\n(b) reports for the purposes of regulation 254; and\n\n(c) labels for the purposes of regulations 67, 68, 69, 105, 106, 181 and 269 and clauses 144A and 144B of Schedule 1; and\n\n(d) certificates for the purposes of regulations 25, 33, 36, 38, 43, 56, 113, 187, 253 and 275.\n\n","sortOrder":19},{"sectionNumber":"20","sectionType":"section","heading":"Information to be included in notices, reports, labels and certificates","content":"\t20 Information to be included in notices, reports, labels and certificates\n\nIf the Secretary approves a form of notice, report, label or certificate under regulation 19, the Secretary may—\n\n(a) specify information to be included in the notice, report, label or certificate; and\n\n(b) require evidence to accompany and verify the information in the notice, report, label or certificate; and\n\n(c) specify a number or range of numbers, or other relevant details, sufficient to identify the notice, report, label or certificate.\n\n","sortOrder":20},{"sectionNumber":"21","sectionType":"section","heading":"Supply of certificates","content":"\t21 Supply of certificates\n\n(1) On the payment of the relevant fee specified in Schedule 4, the Secretary must give to an authorised vehicle inspector—\n\n(a) original forms of certificate; or\n\n(b) electronic forms of certificate.\n\n(2) Forms given by the Secretary under subregulation (1) remain the property of the Secretary.\n\nPart 2—Vehicle registration\n\nDivision 1—Exemption from registration\n\n\t22 Exemptions from registration\n\nFor the purposes of section 7(1) of the Act, the following motor vehicles and trailers are exempt from registration under Part 2 of the Act—\n\n(a) a motor vehicle being towed;\n\n(b) a trailer that is used exclusively—\n\n(i) as an agricultural implement; or\n\n(ii) to transport the combs of a grain header;\n\n(c) a trailer that is a bulk bin used exclusively to hold grain;\n\n(d) a trailer that is constructed and used exclusively to carry bulk fruit bins;\n\n(e) a trailer towed by an agricultural machine operating as an agricultural machine;\n\n(f) a trailer under tow by a tow truck;\n\n(g) a trailer (other than a trailer specifically constructed to carry a boat) that is not used in the course of trade and that—\n\n(i) weighs less than 200 kilograms unladen; and\n\n(ii) is not wider than the width of its towing vehicle as produced by the manufacturer; and\n\n(iii) is not more than 3 metres long, including its drawbar and any load;\n\n(h) a trailer operated by Lifesaving Victoria Limited ACN 102 927 364 to transport inflatable rescue boats to the water's edge that is not intended for use on public roads.\n\nSee also regulation 147, which provides for the Secretary to give an exemption from the requirement to be registered in certain circumstances.\n\nDivision 2—Eligibility for registration\n\n","sortOrder":21},{"sectionNumber":"23","sectionType":"section","heading":"Registered operators","content":"\t23 Registered operators\n\nA person is eligible to be the registered operator of a vehicle if—\n\n(a) the person is—\n\n(i) an individual who—\n\n(A) in the case of a heavy vehicle, is aged 18 years or older; or\n\n(B) in the case of a motor cycle, is aged 18 years or older; or\n\n(C) in the case of any other vehicle, is aged 16 years or older; or\n\n(ii) a corporation; and\n\n(b) that person owns or manages the vehicle.\n\n","sortOrder":22},{"sectionNumber":"24","sectionType":"section","heading":"Eligible vehicles","content":"\t24 Eligible vehicles\n\n(1) A vehicle is eligible to be registered without conditions if—\n\n(a) the vehicle complies with the standards for registration that apply to the vehicle; and\n\n(b) the requirements of the **Transport Accident Act 1986**, the **Duties Act 2000** and the **Zero and Low Emission Vehicle Distance-based Charge Act 2021** are complied with in relation to the vehicle.\n\n(2) Despite subregulation (1), the Secretary may refuse to register a vehicle if the Secretary is satisfied that—\n\n(a) the vehicle has been registered in another State or a Territory; and\n\n(b) the registration in that State or Territory has been cancelled or suspended; and\n\n(c) the reasons for the cancellation or suspension still exist.\n\n(3) If the Secretary refuses to register a vehicle under subregulation (2), the Secretary must give the applicant for registration written notice of the applicant's rights to internal and external review of the decision under Division 12 of this Part.\n\nDivision 3—Vehicle Standards and certification\n\n","sortOrder":23},{"sectionNumber":"25","sectionType":"section","heading":"Compliance with standards for registration","content":"\t25 Compliance with standards for registration\n\n(1) The Secretary may accept as evidence that a vehicle complies with the standards for registration—\n\n(a) an identification plate relating to the vehicle; or\n\n(b) a letter to that effect issued by the manufacturer of the vehicle; or\n\n(c) a certificate issued by an authorised vehicle inspector; or\n\n(d) that the vehicle is entered on the RAV.\n\n(2) In the absence of evidence referred to in subregulation (1), the Secretary may require an authorised vehicle inspector to—\n\n(a) inspect the vehicle; and\n\n(b) issue a VASS approval certificate, if the authorised vehicle inspector is satisfied that the vehicle complies with the standards for registration.\n\n","sortOrder":24},{"sectionNumber":"26","sectionType":"section","heading":"Secretary may require new vehicle identifiers and engine identification numbers to be stamped or displayed","content":"\t26 Secretary may require new vehicle identifiers and engine identification numbers to be stamped or displayed\n\n(1) This regulation applies if it appears to the Secretary or a police officer that the vehicle identifier or engine identification number appears to have been altered, defaced, removed, substituted or tampered with.\n\nSection 3(1) of the Act defines ***police officer***.\n\n(2) The Secretary may require—\n\n(a) the applicant for registration of the vehicle; or\n\n(b) if the vehicle is already registered, the registered operator of the vehicle—\n\nto cause a new vehicle identifier or engine identification number, specified by the Secretary, to be stamped or displayed in accordance with the standards for registration.\n\n","sortOrder":25},{"sectionNumber":"27","sectionType":"section","heading":"Duplicate vehicle identifiers and engine identification numbers on vehicles to be registered","content":"\t27 Duplicate vehicle identifiers and engine identification numbers on vehicles to be registered\n\n(1) This regulation applies if a vehicle identifier or an engine identification number on a vehicle for which registration is sought is the same as a vehicle identifier or an engine identification number of another vehicle that is already registered by the Secretary or registered in another jurisdiction.\n\n(2) The Secretary may require the applicant for registration of the vehicle to cause the duplicated vehicle identifier or engine identification number to be overstruck and a new vehicle identifier or engine identification number, specified by the Secretary, to be stamped or displayed on the vehicle in accordance with the standards for registration.\n\n","sortOrder":26},{"sectionNumber":"28","sectionType":"section","heading":"Duplicate vehicle identifiers on registered motor vehicles","content":"\t28 Duplicate vehicle identifiers on registered motor vehicles\n\n(1) This regulation applies if a vehicle identifier on a registered motor vehicle is the same as a vehicle identifier of another vehicle registered by the Secretary or registered in another jurisdiction.\n\n(2) The Secretary may require the registered operator of the vehicle to cause the duplicated vehicle identifier to be overstruck and a new vehicle identifier, specified by the Secretary, to be stamped or displayed on the vehicle in accordance with the standards for registration.\n\n","sortOrder":27},{"sectionNumber":"29","sectionType":"section","heading":"Duplicate engine identification numbers—engine substitution","content":"\t29 Duplicate engine identification numbers—engine substitution\n\n(1) This regulation applies if an engine identification number on an engine substituted for the engine of a registered motor vehicle is the same as an engine identification number of another vehicle registered by the Secretary or registered in another jurisdiction.\n\n(2) The Secretary may require the registered operator of the vehicle in which the engine has been substituted to cause the duplicated engine identification number to be overstruck and a new engine identification number, specified by the Secretary, to be stamped or displayed on the vehicle in accordance with the standards for registration.\n\n","sortOrder":28},{"sectionNumber":"30","sectionType":"section","heading":"Offence to alter, deface, remove, substitute or tamper with a vehicle identifier or engine identification number","content":"\t30 Offence to alter, deface, remove, substitute or tamper with a vehicle identifier or engine identification number\n\nA person must not alter, deface, remove, substitute or tamper with a vehicle identifier or an engine identification number of a vehicle other than with the Secretary's written permission.\n\n","sortOrder":29},{"sectionNumber":"31","sectionType":"section","heading":"Inspection of vehicle identifiers and engine identification numbers","content":"\t31 Inspection of vehicle identifiers and engine identification numbers\n\n(a) the vehicle identifier or engine identification number of a registered vehicle is altered, defaced, removed, substituted or tampered with; or\n\n(b) the engine of a registered motor vehicle is removed and another engine substituted.\n\n(2) Within 7 days of an incident referred to in subregulation (1), the registered operator of the vehicle must inform the Secretary about the incident.\n\n(3) The registered operator of the vehicle must present the vehicle to the Secretary or an authorised vehicle inspector for inspection, if requested by the Secretary.\n\n","sortOrder":30},{"sectionNumber":"32","sectionType":"section","heading":"Non-complying and non-standard vehicles","content":"\t32 Non-complying and non-standard vehicles\n\nA vehicle that does not comply with the standards for registration may be conditionally registered if—\n\n(a) the vehicle has an operations plate attached to it in accordance with regulation 33; or\n\n(b) the vehicle is entered on the RAV; or\n\n(c) a certificate of approved operations has been issued in relation to the vehicle in accordance with regulation 33; or\n\n(d) an identification plate has been affixed to the vehicle.\n\n","sortOrder":31},{"sectionNumber":"33","sectionType":"section","heading":"Installation of operations plate and issue of certificate of approved operations","content":"\t33 Installation of operations plate and issue of certificate of approved operations\n\n(1) If a vehicle does not comply with the standards for registration, the Secretary, an authorised officer or an authorised vehicle inspector may—\n\n(a) install an operations plate on the vehicle; or\n\n(b) issue a certificate of approved operations in relation to the vehicle.\n\n(2) For the purposes of subregulation (1), an operations plate or a certificate of approved operations must indicate—\n\n(a) any deficiencies in the vehicle's operating characteristics; and\n\n  (b) any conditions imposed, or to be imposed, by the Secretary on the vehicle's registration.\n\n","sortOrder":32},{"sectionNumber":"34","sectionType":"section","heading":"Vehicles equipped with camera mounts","content":"\t34 Vehicles equipped with camera mounts\n\n(1) A vehicle that does not comply with the standards for registration only because it is equipped with a camera mount is taken to comply with the standards for registration if—\n\n(a) the vehicle is solely used for filming—\n\n(i) on a highway that is closed to the general public; or\n\n(ii) under the supervision of a police officer; and\n\n(b) any side projection caused by the camera mount and camera does not exceed 1 metre; and\n\n(c) any front or rear projection caused by the camera mount and camera does not exceed 1·2 metres; and\n\n(d) the total height of the vehicle, including the camera mount and camera, complies with regulation 203; and\n\n(e) the camera mount does not move relative to the vehicle during filming.\n\n(2) In this regulation—\n\n***camera mount*** means a structure temporarily fixed to the exterior of a vehicle that is used to support a camera.\n\n","sortOrder":33},{"sectionNumber":"35","sectionType":"section","heading":"Requirements for modified vehicles","content":"\t35 Requirements for modified vehicles\n\nA person who modifies a vehicle must ensure that—\n\n(a) if the vehicle complied with the standards for registration immediately before the modification, the vehicle continues to comply with those standards; and\n\n(b) for a heavy vehicle—\n\n(i) the modification is certified by an authorised officer or an authorised vehicle inspector as complying with VSB 6; or\n\n(ii) the modification is otherwise acceptable to the Regulator; and\n\n(c) for a light vehicle—\n\n(i) the modification complies with any relevant guidelines made under regulation 9(1); or\n\n(ii) an authorised vehicle inspector has issued a VASS approval certificate for the vehicle; or\n\n(iii) the modification is otherwise acceptable to the Secretary.\n\n","sortOrder":34},{"sectionNumber":"36","sectionType":"section","heading":"Form and issue of VASS approval certificate","content":"\t36 Form and issue of VASS approval certificate\n\n(1) A VASS approval certificate must be in the approved form.\n\n(2) An authorised vehicle inspector must not issue a VASS approval certificate for the purposes of regulation 35 unless—\n\n(a) the vehicle has been inspected in accordance with the guidelines made under regulation 9(2) and written directions given under regulation 12; and\n\n(b) records of the inspection of the vehicle are kept in accordance with the guidelines made under regulation 9(2) and written directions given under regulation 12.\n\n","sortOrder":35},{"sectionNumber":"37","sectionType":"section","heading":"Requirements for motor vehicles installed with alternative fuel systems","content":"\t37 Requirements for motor vehicles installed with alternative fuel systems\n\nA person who modifies a motor vehicle to install an alternative fuel system must ensure that—\n\n(a) if the motor vehicle complied with the standards for registration immediately before the modification, the motor vehicle continues to comply with those standards; and\n\n(b) the motor vehicle complies with Part 11 of Schedule 1; and\n\n(c) an authorised vehicle inspector has issued an AFSA certificate for the vehicle.\n\n","sortOrder":36},{"sectionNumber":"38","sectionType":"section","heading":"Form and issue of AFSA certificate","content":"\t38 Form and issue of AFSA certificate\n\n(1) An AFSA certificate must be in the approved form.\n\n(2) An authorised vehicle inspector must not issue an AFSA certificate for the purposes of regulation 37 unless—\n\n(a) the motor vehicle has been inspected in accordance with the guidelines made under regulation 9(2) and written directions given under regulation 12; and\n\n(b) records of the inspection of the motor vehicle are kept in accordance with the guidelines made under regulation 9(2) and written directions given under regulation 12.\n\n","sortOrder":37},{"sectionNumber":"Div 4","sectionType":"division","heading":"Application for registration","content":"Division 4—Application for registration\n\n","sortOrder":38},{"sectionNumber":"39","sectionType":"section","heading":"Names in which vehicles must not be registered","content":"\t39 Names in which vehicles must not be registered\n\nA motor vehicle or trailer must not be registered in—\n\n(a) a business name; or\n\n(b) the names of more than one person; or\n\n(c) the name of an unincorporated body or group.\n\n","sortOrder":39},{"sectionNumber":"40","sectionType":"section","heading":"Who may apply for registration","content":"\t40 Who may apply for registration\n\n(1) An application for registration of a vehicle may be made by—\n\n(a) an individual who is eligible to be the registered operator of the vehicle; or\n\n(b) an agent of—\n\n(i) an individual who is eligible to be the registered operator of the vehicle; or\n\n(ii) a corporation.\n\n(2) If it appears to the Secretary that an application for registration of a vehicle is made by an agent, the Secretary must not grant the application unless the agent produces—\n\n(a) evidence of the agent's identity in a form acceptable to the Secretary; and\n\n(b) written evidence of appointment as the agent of the applicant.\n\n","sortOrder":40},{"sectionNumber":"41","sectionType":"section","heading":"Form of application","content":"\t41 Form of application\n\n(1) An application for registration of a vehicle must be in the approved application form.\n\n(2) An applicant must provide the following information—\n\n(a) the personal particulars or the corporation particulars of the person seeking registration as the registered operator of the vehicle;\n\n(c) the proposed garage address of the vehicle.\n\n","sortOrder":41},{"sectionNumber":"42","sectionType":"section","heading":"Supporting evidence","content":"\t42 Supporting evidence\n\n(1) The Secretary may require an applicant for registration of a vehicle to submit evidence, in a form acceptable to the Secretary, verifying the following—\n\n(a) the identity of the applicant;\n\n(c) the means by which the vehicle came into the ownership, or under the management, of the applicant;\n\n(d) if the vehicle is a heavy vehicle, that the proposed garage address of the vehicle will be the principal depot or base of operations of the vehicle;\n\n(e) if the vehicle is not a heavy vehicle, that the proposed garage address of the vehicle will be the place where the vehicle is normally kept;\n\n(f) that the vehicle complies with the standards for registration;\n\n(g) the vehicle's intended use;\n\n(h) the applicant's entitlement to pay a concessional fee for registration;\n\n(i) any other information required in the form approved for the purposes of regulation 41 or 43 or in a certificate referred to in regulation 44.\n\n(2) If the applicant is unable to submit evidence in a form acceptable to the Secretary to verify the vehicle particulars of the vehicle, the Secretary may require an authorised vehicle inspector to—\n\n(a) inspect the vehicle; and\n\n(b) issue a certificate of vehicle identity for the vehicle in accordance with regulation 43.\n\n","sortOrder":42},{"sectionNumber":"43","sectionType":"section","heading":"Form and issue of certificate of vehicle identity","content":"\t43 Form and issue of certificate of vehicle identity\n\n(1) A certificate of vehicle identity must be in the approved form.\n\n(2) An authorised vehicle inspector must not issue a certificate of vehicle identity for the purposes of regulation 42(2) unless—\n\n(a) the vehicle has been inspected in accordance with the guidelines made under regulation 9(2) and written directions given under regulation 12; and\n\n(b) records of the inspection of the vehicle are kept in accordance with the guidelines made under regulation 9(2) and written directions issued under regulation 12.\n\n","sortOrder":43},{"sectionNumber":"44","sectionType":"section","heading":"Secretary may require certificates etc. to accompany application for registration","content":"\t44 Secretary may require certificates etc. to accompany application for registration\n\nFor the purposes of regulation 42(1)(f), the Secretary may require an applicant for registration of a vehicle to submit any of the following to verify that the vehicle complies with the standards for registration—\n\n(a) a letter from the manufacturer of the vehicle stating that the vehicle complies with the standards for registration;\n\n(b) a VASS approval certificate under regulation 25(2);\n\n(c) a certificate of vehicle identity under regulation 43;\n\n(d) if the vehicle is individually constructed, personally imported or modified—a VASS approval certificate under regulation 36;\n\n(e) if the vehicle has an alternative fuel system—an AFSA certificate under regulation 38;\n\n(f) if the vehicle is entered on the register of written-off vehicles—a VIV certificate under regulation 113;\n\n(g) if the vehicle is—\n\n(i) a used vehicle that is not a specially constructed motor vehicle; or\n\n(ii) a used vehicle that is not a recreation motor cycle; or\n\n(iii) a used heavy trailer—\n\na certificate of roadworthiness under regulation 258;\n\n(h) if a vehicle defect notice has been issued for the vehicle—a vehicle defect notice clearance certificate under regulation 275.\n\n","sortOrder":44},{"sectionNumber":"45","sectionType":"section","heading":"Inspection of vehicles and verification of supporting evidence for registration","content":"\t45 Inspection of vehicles and verification of supporting evidence for registration\n\n(1) For the purpose of verifying any of the matters specified in regulation 42, the Secretary may require an applicant for registration of a vehicle to make an appointment—\n\n(a) to submit the vehicle for inspection by the Secretary or an authorised vehicle inspector; or\n\n(b) to provide the supporting evidence under regulation 42 and any documents required under regulation 44 to the Secretary.\n\n(2) An applicant who is required to make an appointment under subregulation (1) must pay the following fees, specified in Schedule 4, as the case requires—\n\n(a) the fee to make an appointment under this regulation;\n\n(b) the fee to change the time or place of an appointment under this regulation;\n\n(c) the relevant fee for the inspection of the vehicle.\n\n","sortOrder":45},{"sectionNumber":"46","sectionType":"section","heading":"Payment for application for registration","content":"\t46 Payment for application for registration\n\nAn applicant for registration of a vehicle must lodge the following with the Secretary—\n\n(a) any applicable duty for the vehicle under the **Duties Act 2000**;\n\n(b) the registration fee;\n\n(c) the appropriate transport accident charge for the vehicle;\n\n(d) the relevant administrative fee (if any);\n\n(e) the relevant fee specified in Schedule 4 for number plates to be issued under regulation 60 (if required);\n\n(f) the relevant fee specified in Schedule 4 for labels to be issued under regulation 69 (if required);\n\n(g) the relevant fee fixed by the Secretary under section 5AE of the Act (if any).\n\n","sortOrder":46},{"sectionNumber":"47","sectionType":"section","heading":"Inspection of vehicles generally","content":"\t47 Inspection of vehicles generally\n\n(1) The Secretary, by written notice given to a person, may require the person to present a vehicle for inspection by the Secretary, an authorised officer or an authorised vehicle inspector at a time and place specified in the notice if—\n\n(a) in the case of an unregistered vehicle, the person has control over the vehicle and an application for registration of the vehicle was previously refused; or\n\n(b) in the case of a registered vehicle, the person is the registered operator of the vehicle.\n\n(2) At least 24 hours before the date specified in the notice, a person given a notice under subregulation (1) may request the Secretary to change the time or place of inspection.\n\n(3) If requested under subregulation (2) to change the time or place of an inspection, the Secretary must consider the request and—\n\n(a) if it is reasonable to do so, change the time or place of inspection as requested; and\n\n(b) give the person who made the request written notice—\n\n(i) specifying the new time or place for the inspection; or\n\n(ii) confirming the original time or place for the inspection.\n\n(4) A person must comply with a notice given under subregulation (1) or (3), as the case requires.\n\n(5) The Secretary may require a person to pay the following relevant fees specified in Schedule 4—\n\n(a) a fee to change the time or place of a vehicle inspection required under this regulation;\n\n(b) the fee for a vehicle inspection to be conducted under this regulation.\n\n","sortOrder":47},{"sectionNumber":"48","sectionType":"section","heading":"Decision about application","content":"\t48 Decision about application\n\n(1) The Secretary must refuse an application for registration of a vehicle if—\n\n(a) the vehicle is not eligible to be registered under regulation 24; or\n\n(b) a provision of the Act or these Regulations prevents approval of the application; or\n\n(c) it appears to the Secretary that a vehicle identifier of the vehicle is a copy or has been altered, defaced, removed, substituted or tampered with without lawful authorisation.\n\n(2) The Secretary may refuse an application for registration of a vehicle if—\n\n(a) the applicant is not adequately identified in the application; or\n\n(b) the applicant has not complied with a provision of the Act, these Regulations, the **Transport Accident Act 1986**, the **Duties Act 2000** or the **Zero and Low Emission Vehicle Distance-based Charge Act 2021** in relation to the registration of the vehicle, including the payment of any fees or charges required to be paid under the Act, these Regulations or the **Zero and Low Emission Vehicle Distance-based Charge Act 2021** in relation to the registration or inspection of the vehicle; or\n\n(c) the vehicle is not—\n\n(i) fitted with an identification plate; or\n\n(ii) entered on the RAV; or\n\n(d) the Secretary reasonably believes that—\n\n(i) the vehicle or a part of the vehicle is or may be stolen; or\n\n(ii) information given in the application is false or misleading; or\n\n(iii) there are unpaid fines or pecuniary penalties arising out of the use of the vehicle in Australia; or\n\n(iv) the vehicle or a part of the vehicle has or may have been illegally imported.\n\n(3) If the Secretary approves an application for registration of a vehicle, the Secretary must register the vehicle in the name of the proposed registered operator specified in the application.\n\n(4) If the Secretary refuses an application for registration of a vehicle, the Secretary must give the applicant written notice of—\n\n","sortOrder":48},{"sectionNumber":"49","sectionType":"section","heading":"Conditional registration","content":"\t49 Conditional registration\n\n(1) If a vehicle does not comply with the standards for registration and any circumstance in regulation 32(a) to (d) applies, the Secretary may register the vehicle conditionally.\n\n(2) The Secretary may refuse to register a vehicle conditionally if—\n\n(a) the vehicle does not bear an operations plate or identification plate relating to the vehicle; or\n\n(b) a certificate of approved operations has not been issued for the vehicle; or\n\n(c) the vehicle is not entered on the RAV.\n\n(3) In determining any conditions to impose on the registration of a vehicle, the Secretary must take into account the nature and extent of the vehicle's non-compliance with the standards for registration.\n\n(4) The Secretary may vary any conditions that the Secretary has imposed on the conditional registration of a vehicle.\n\n(5) The Secretary must give the registered operator of a conditionally registered vehicle written notice of the conditions and any variation of the conditions imposed under this regulation.\n\n(6) If the Secretary refuses to register a vehicle conditionally, the Secretary must give the applicant for registration written notice of—\n\n(7) If the Secretary imposes or varies conditions on the registration of a vehicle, the Secretary must give the applicant for registration written notice of—\n\n(8) A person must not use, or permit the use of, a vehicle that is conditionally registered under this regulation (other than a recreation motor cycle or a vehicle that has been fitted with an operations plate) without carrying a certificate of approved operations in the vehicle.\n\n","sortOrder":49},{"sectionNumber":"50","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of registered recreation motor cycles","content":"\t50 Use of registered recreation motor cycles\n\nA recreation motor cycle that is a registered vehicle must only be used—\n\n(a) on highways that are—\n\n(i) located outside built-up areas, as defined by speed zones of less than 100 kilometres per hour; and\n\n(ii) not declared as freeways or arterial roads under the **Road Management Act 2004**; or\n\n(b) in an area that is not a road solely for the training and assessment of a holder of a motor cycle learner permit by an organisation approved by the Secretary for that purpose.\n\n","sortOrder":50},{"sectionNumber":"51","sectionType":"section","heading":"Dealer certification scheme","content":"\t51 Dealer certification scheme\n\n(1) The Secretary may enter into an arrangement with a person engaged in the sale, distribution or management of vehicles under which the Secretary agrees to delegate to that person, or specified employees of that person, specified powers of the Secretary in relation to the registration of vehicles.\n\n(2) An arrangement may be made subject to and in accordance with conditions imposed by the Secretary.\n\n(3) The Secretary may require the person to pay the following fees for each vehicle to be registered—\n\n(a) the relevant fee specified in Schedule 4 for the inspection of the vehicle by a dealer;\n\n(b) the relevant administrative fee.\n\nDivision 5—Registration\n\nSubdivision 1—Register\n\n\t52 Information to be recorded in the register\n\n(1) For the purposes of the definition of ***the register*** in section 3(1) of the Act, the register is maintained by the Secretary in accordance with this Subdivision.\n\n(2) If the Secretary registers a vehicle, the Secretary must record in the register the following details in relation to the vehicle—\n\n(a) the name of the vehicle's registered operator;\n\n(b) the customer number of the vehicle's registered operator;\n\n(c) the vehicle particulars;\n\n(d) any other identification details for the vehicle the Secretary considers appropriate;\n\n(e) the vehicle's garage address;\n\n(f) the residential address or business address of the vehicle's registered operator;\n\n(g) the postal or email address for the service of notices on the vehicle's registered operator;\n\n(h) the start date and expiry date of the vehicle's registration;\n\n(i) if the vehicle is conditionally registered, information designating the conditions of registration.\n\n(3) The Secretary may record in the register other information in respect of a vehicle for the purposes of—\n\n(a) registration; or\n\n(b) the Act and these Regulations; or\n\n(c) the **Zero and Low Emission Vehicle Distance-based Charge Act 2021**; or\n\n(d) the Heavy Vehicle National Law (Victoria).\n\n(4) The Secretary must ensure the register contains details required under this regulation for all vehicles—\n\n(a) that are currently registered; or\n\n(b) that have been registered within the previous 24 months.\n\n","sortOrder":51},{"sectionNumber":"53","sectionType":"section","heading":"Changes to be recorded in the register","content":"\t53 Changes to be recorded in the register\n\n(1) If the Secretary is notified under the Act or these Regulations of a change in the information recorded in the register about a vehicle, the Secretary must alter the register accordingly.\n\n(2) The Secretary may require evidence in a form acceptable to the Secretary verifying that the changes referred to in subregulation (1) are correct.\n\n","sortOrder":52},{"sectionNumber":"54","sectionType":"section","heading":"Power to correct an error or omission in the register","content":"\t54 Power to correct an error or omission in the register\n\n(1) The Secretary may alter the register to correct an error or omission if the Secretary is satisfied on reasonable grounds that the alteration is necessary to ensure the accuracy of the information in the register.\n\n(2) If the Secretary alters the register in accordance with subregulation (1), the Secretary—\n\n(a) must not erase, delete or render illegible the original entry in the register that is altered; and\n\n(b) must record in the register the date on which the alteration was made.\n\n(3) The Secretary may require evidence in a form acceptable to the Secretary for the purposes of subregulation (1).\n\n","sortOrder":53},{"sectionNumber":"55","sectionType":"section","heading":"Registered operator may search the register","content":"\t55 Registered operator may search the register\n\nThe registered operator of a vehicle is entitled, on payment of the relevant fee payable under regulation 122—\n\n(a) to search the register in relation to the registered operator's vehicle; and\n\n(b) to obtain from the Secretary a certificate as to any matter appearing in the register in relation to the vehicle.\n\n","sortOrder":54},{"sectionNumber":"Subdiv 2","sectionType":"subdivision","heading":"Certificates","content":"Subdivision 2—Certificates\n\n","sortOrder":55},{"sectionNumber":"56","sectionType":"section","heading":"Certificates of registration","content":"\t56 Certificates of registration\n\n(1) If the Secretary registers a vehicle, the Secretary must issue to the applicant a certificate of registration for the vehicle that includes the following—\n\n(a) the name of the vehicle's registered operator;\n\n(b) the address for the service of notices on the vehicle's registered operator;\n\n(c) the vehicle's registration number;\n\n(d) the make of the vehicle;\n\n(e) the vehicle's vehicle identifier or, if the vehicle does not have a vehicle identifier, the vehicle's engine identification number;\n\n(f) if the vehicle is a heavy vehicle, the applicable vehicle charging category under Schedule 3;\n\n(g) the expiry date of the vehicle's registration;\n\n(h) if the vehicle has seasonal registration, the start date of the registration.\n\n(2) The Secretary may include in a certificate of registration any other information the Secretary considers appropriate.\n\n","sortOrder":56},{"sectionNumber":"57","sectionType":"section","heading":"Replacement of certificate of registration","content":"\t57 Replacement of certificate of registration\n\nOn payment of the relevant fee specified in Schedule 4, the Secretary may issue a replacement certificate of registration to a vehicle's registered operator if the Secretary is satisfied the original certificate is lost, damaged, destroyed or stolen.\n\n","sortOrder":57},{"sectionNumber":"Subdiv 3","sectionType":"subdivision","heading":"Registration period","content":"Subdivision 3—Registration period\n\n","sortOrder":58},{"sectionNumber":"58","sectionType":"section","heading":"Period of registration","content":"\t58 Period of registration\n\n(1) A vehicle may be registered—\n\n(a) in the case of a heavy vehicle—\n\n(i) for a period of 3 months, 6 months or 12 months, as nominated by the applicant for registration; or\n\n(ii) for seasonal registration for a period or periods of not less than 3 months and not more than 9 months, as nominated by the applicant for registration; or\n\n(b) in the case of a light trailer, for a period of 12 months; or\n\n(c) in the case of a light motor vehicle, for a period of 3 months, 6 months or 12 months, as nominated by the applicant for registration.\n\n(2) An applicant for registration of a vehicle may nominate, and the Secretary may approve, a period of registration for the vehicle different from the period specified in subregulation (1) so that the expiry date for the vehicle's registration is the same as, or different from, the expiry date of registration for one or more other vehicles registered, or to be registered, in the name of—\n\n(a) the applicant; or\n\n(b) the applicant's spouse or domestic partner.\n\n","sortOrder":59},{"sectionNumber":"Subdiv 4","sectionType":"subdivision","heading":"Registration numbers","content":"Subdivision 4—Registration numbers\n\n","sortOrder":60},{"sectionNumber":"59","sectionType":"section","heading":"Registration numbers","content":"\t59 Registration numbers\n\n(1) If the Secretary registers a vehicle, the Secretary must assign a distinguishing registration number to the vehicle.\n\n(2) A registration number may consist of one or more numbers or letters or a combination of both.\n\n(3) A person who is the registered operator of a vehicle, or who is seeking registration as the registered operator of a vehicle, may apply to the Secretary for the assignment to the vehicle of—\n\n(a) a registration number that is or was the registration number of another vehicle that is or was registered in the person's name; or\n\n(b) a registration number for which the person is the owner of the registration number rights; or\n\n(c) a registration number that is displayed on a national heavy vehicle number plate assigned to the vehicle in another jurisdiction.\n\n(4) The Secretary may assign a number under subregulation (3), and do everything necessary to make the assignment effective, if, subject to subregulation (5), the person pays the relevant fee specified in Schedule 4.\n\n(5) A person does not have to pay the fee referred to in subregulation (4) if—\n\nReg. 59(5)(a) substituted by S.R. No. 67/2023 reg. 6.\n\n(a) the vehicle is a consular vehicle to which item 15 of the Table in Schedule 2 applies; or\n\n(b) the vehicle is a commercial passenger vehicle and is compliant (within the meaning of regulation 9(4) of the Commercial Passenger Vehicle Industry Regulations 2018[[3]](#endnote-4)); or\n\n(c) the vehicle is a licensed tow truck within the meaning of section 3(1) of the **Accident Towing Services Act 2007**; or\n\n(d) the registration number to be assigned is displayed on a national heavy vehicle number plate assigned to the vehicle in another jurisdiction.\n\n","sortOrder":61},{"sectionNumber":"Subdiv 5","sectionType":"subdivision","heading":"Number plates","content":"Subdivision 5—Number plates\n\n","sortOrder":62},{"sectionNumber":"60","sectionType":"section","heading":"Number plates","content":"\t60 Number plates\n\n(1) On payment by the registered operator of a vehicle of the relevant fee specified in Schedule 4, the Secretary must issue to the registered operator—\n\n(a) in the case of a vehicle other than a motor cycle or trailer, 2 number plates bearing the registration number assigned to the vehicle; or\n\n(b) in the case of a motor cycle or trailer, one number plate bearing the registration number assigned to the motor cycle or trailer.\n\n(2) If the Secretary cancels registration number rights under regulation 74(a) and assigns a new registration number to the vehicle  under regulation 75(2)(b), the Secretary must issue—\n\n(a) in the case of a vehicle other than a motor cycle or trailer, 2 number plates bearing the registration number assigned to the vehicle; or\n\n(b) in the case of a motor cycle or trailer, one number plate bearing the registration number assigned to the motor cycle or trailer.\n\n","sortOrder":63},{"sectionNumber":"61","sectionType":"section","heading":"Replacement of lost, stolen etc. number plates","content":"\t61 Replacement of lost, stolen etc. number plates\n\n(1) The registered operator of a vehicle must apply to the Secretary for a replacement number plate within 14 days after the registered operator of the vehicle—\n\n(a) informs a police officer or an authorised officer that the vehicle's number plate has been lost, damaged, destroyed or stolen; or\n\n(b) is informed by the Secretary, a police officer or an authorised officer that the vehicle's number plate has been lost, damaged, destroyed or stolen.\n\n(2) On receiving an application under subregulation (1), the Secretary may issue to the registered operator of the vehicle a replacement number plate on payment of—\n\n(a) for the replacement of the number plate with a standard number plate, the relevant fee specified in Schedule 4; or\n\n(b) for the replacement of a national heavy vehicle number plate, the relevant fee specified in Schedule 4; or\n\n(c) for the replacement of the number plate with a non-standard number plate, the relevant fee specified in Schedule 4 and the fee fixed by the Secretary under section 5AE of the Act (if any).\n\nSection 3(1) of the Act defines ***non-standard number plate***.\n\n","sortOrder":64},{"sectionNumber":"62","sectionType":"section","heading":"Number plates are property of the State","content":"\t62 Number plates are property of the State\n\n(1) A number plate issued by the Secretary remains the property of the State.\n\n(2) Subregulation (1) does not apply if—\n\n(a) the number plate is a national heavy vehicle number plate; and\n\n(b) the number plate is issued in another jurisdiction; and\n\n(c) the vehicle is registered in that jurisdiction.\n\n(3) A national heavy vehicle number plate issued in another jurisdiction becomes the property of the State when the vehicle is registered in Victoria.\n\n","sortOrder":65},{"sectionNumber":"63","sectionType":"section","heading":"Affixing and maintaining number plates","content":"\t63 Affixing and maintaining number plates\n\n(1) The registered operator of a vehicle must ensure each number plate issued by the Secretary for the vehicle is permanently affixed to the vehicle and maintained in accordance with this regulation.\n\n(2) The registered operator of a vehicle must ensure that each number plate is affixed to the vehicle so that, when the vehicle is on level ground—\n\n(a) the number plate is at all times in an upright position parallel to the vehicle's axles; and\n\n(b) the number plate is at all times not more than 1⋅3 metres above ground level; and\n\n(c) in the case of a motor cycle, the centre of the number plate is at all times at least 30 centimetres above ground level; and\n\n(d) any numbers or letters on the number plate are clearly visible from a distance of 20 metres from the number plate at any point within the space produced by a horizontal arc of 90 degrees and a vertical arc of 45 degrees, as indicated by the shaded areas in Figure 8.\n\n(3) The registered operator of a vehicle must ensure that—\n\n(a) in the case of a vehicle other than a motor cycle, trailer or agricultural machine, one number plate is affixed to the front of the vehicle and another to its rear; or\n\n(b) in the case of a motor cycle or trailer, the number plate is affixed to the rear of the motor cycle or trailer; or\n\n(c) in the case of an agricultural machine—\n\n(i) one number plate is affixed to the rear of the vehicle; and\n\n(ii) one number plate is affixed to the front of the vehicle, if practicable.\n\n(4) The requirements in subregulation (2) do not apply to a number plate for a vehicle if—\n\n(a) due to the construction of the vehicle it is not practicable to comply with the requirements; and\n\n(b) the number plate is affixed in a way that complies as far as practicable with the requirements.\n\n(5) The registered operator of a vehicle must ensure that any cover on a number plate—\n\n(a) is clear, clean, untinted and flat over its entire surface; and\n\n(b) has no reflective or other characteristics that would prevent the successful operation of a device approved for use under a law relating to the detection of traffic offences; and\n\n(c) does not prevent the number plate from being legible.\n\n(6) The registered operator of a vehicle must ensure that no substance or object is applied or fixed to a number plate of the vehicle if the substance or object would prevent the production of a clear photograph of the number plate by a photographic or electronic detection device.\n\n(7) If a vehicle is fitted with a bicycle carrier, any number plate required to be affixed to the rear of the vehicle may instead be securely affixed to the bicycle carrier.\n\nFigure 8: Number plates must be clearly visible from 20 metres at all points within the shaded arcs marked \"A\".\n\n","sortOrder":66},{"sectionNumber":"64","sectionType":"section","heading":"Obligation if towing another vehicle","content":"\t64 Obligation if towing another vehicle\n\n(a) a motor vehicle (the ***towing vehicle***) is towing another vehicle (the ***towed vehicle***) that is not required to be registered; and\n\n(b) the towed vehicle is obscuring the rear number plate of the towing vehicle.\n\n(2) The requirement under regulation 63(1) to have a number plate affixed to a vehicle to which this regulation applies includes a requirement that the registration number of the towing vehicle is displayed, by painting or otherwise, on the rear of the towed vehicle, as required by regulation 63(2)(d).\n\n(3) For the purposes of section 72(3) of the Act, a person who complies with subregulation (2) is using an identifying number in prescribed circumstances.\n\n","sortOrder":67},{"sectionNumber":"65","sectionType":"section","heading":"Offence—use of vehicles and number plates","content":"\t65 Offence—use of vehicles and number plates\n\n(1) A driver of a vehicle must not use the vehicle on a highway unless—\n\n(a) the vehicle bears number plates affixed and displayed in accordance with this Division; or\n\n(b) an authority under regulation 66 applies to the vehicle.\n\n(2) Unless exempt under these Regulations or under any other law, the registered operator of a vehicle must ensure that the vehicle is not used on a highway without bearing number plates that—\n\n(a) have been issued by the Secretary or, in the case of a national heavy vehicle number plate, issued in another jurisdiction; and\n\n(b) display a registration number properly assigned to the vehicle; and\n\n(c) are affixed and displayed in accordance with this Division.\n\n(3) For the purposes of subregulation (2), a registered operator of a vehicle is exempt if the vehicle bears number plates affixed and displayed in accordance with an authority under regulation 66.\n\n","sortOrder":68},{"sectionNumber":"66","sectionType":"section","heading":"Authority given by Secretary","content":"\t66 Authority given by Secretary\n\n(1) The Secretary may authorise the affixture and display of multiple number plates on a vehicle for the purpose of testing the ability of equipment used for road safety enforcement or tolling purposes to read number plates under various weather and light conditions.\n\n(2) The authority must be in writing and may—\n\n(a) apply in respect of a particular case or a class of cases as specified in the authority; and\n\n(b) specify the manner in which number plates may be affixed and displayed; and\n\n(c) be subject to any specified conditions.\n\n","sortOrder":69},{"sectionNumber":"Subdiv 6","sectionType":"subdivision","heading":"Labels for vehicles with alternative fuel systems","content":"Subdivision 6—Labels for vehicles with alternative fuel systems\n\n","sortOrder":70},{"sectionNumber":"67","sectionType":"section","heading":"Label to be affixed to hydrogen-powered vehicle","content":"\t67 Label to be affixed to hydrogen-powered vehicle\n\nA hydrogen-powered vehicle must have fixed conspicuously to each number plate—\n\n(a) in the case of a heavy vehicle, a label that complies with Vehicle Standards Guide 27—Labelling requirements for Hydrogen and Electric-powered vehicles, published from time to time by the National Heavy Vehicle Regulator; or\n\n(b) in the case of a light vehicle, a label that complies with clause 144A of Schedule 1.\n\n","sortOrder":71},{"sectionNumber":"68","sectionType":"section","heading":"Label to be affixed to electric-powered vehicle","content":"\t68 Label to be affixed to electric-powered vehicle\n\nAn electric-powered vehicle must have fixed conspicuously to each number plate—\n\n(a) in the case of a heavy vehicle, a label that complies with Vehicle Standards Guide 27—Labelling requirements for Hydrogen and Electric-powered vehicles, published from time to time by the National Heavy Vehicle Regulator; or\n\n(b) in the case of a light vehicle, a label that complies with clause 144B of Schedule 1.\n\nRegulations 47A and 47B of the Road Safety (Vehicles) Interim Regulations 2020 continue to have effect in relation to labels that were affixed to the front and rear number plates of electric powered passenger cars and hybrid vehicles before the revocation of those Regulations—see section 28(2)(e) of the **Interpretation of Legislation Act 1984**.\n\n","sortOrder":72},{"sectionNumber":"69","sectionType":"section","heading":"Issue of labels for light vehicles with alternative fuel systems","content":"\t69 Issue of labels for light vehicles with alternative fuel systems\n\nOn payment by the registered operator of a light vehicle of the relevant fee specified in Schedule 4, the Secretary must issue to the registered operator—\n\n(a) if the vehicle is a hydrogen-powered vehicle, labels that comply with clause 144A of Schedule 1; or\n\n(b) if the vehicle is an electric-powered vehicle, labels that comply with clause 144B of Schedule 1.\n\n","sortOrder":73},{"sectionNumber":"Subdiv 7","sectionType":"subdivision","heading":"Obligations","content":"Subdivision 7—Obligations\n\n","sortOrder":74},{"sectionNumber":"70","sectionType":"section","heading":"Obligations of registered operators","content":"\t70 Obligations of registered operators\n\n(1) The registered operator of a vehicle must notify the Secretary within 14 days after a change in—\n\n(a) the vehicle's garage address; or\n\n(b) the operator's name, residential address or postal or email address for service of notices.\n\n(2) If a change is made to a vehicle that affects its details as recorded in the register, the registered operator must notify the Secretary of the change within 14 days.\n\n(3) If a change is made to a vehicle, or to its use, that would incur liability for an additional fee or charge, the registered operator must ensure the vehicle is not used until—\n\n(a) the Secretary has been notified of the change; and\n\n(b) the additional fee or charge has been paid.\n\nA change from rigid truck to prime mover.\n\n(4) Subregulations (2) and (3) do not apply to a primary producer vehicle that is being used to carry primary produce, without fee or reward, to a primary producer—\n\n(a) to assist in the relief of an emergency within the meaning of section 3 of the **Emergency Management Act 2013**; or\n\n(b) to assist a benevolent organisation or sporting body.\n\n(5) If requested by the Secretary, the registered operator of a vehicle must give the Secretary information to demonstrate that the garage address recorded in the register for the vehicle is the vehicle's actual garage address.\n\n(6) If requested by the Secretary, a registered operator must give the Secretary evidence acceptable to the Secretary of—\n\n(a) the correct tare mass of the vehicle; and\n\n(b) the proportion of the correct tare mass carried on each tyre of the vehicle and on each axle of the vehicle.\n\nRegulation 129 sets out grounds on which the Secretary may suspend the registration of a vehicle. The grounds for suspension include failure by the registered operator to give the Secretary information or evidence relating to the registration of the vehicle when requested by the Secretary.\n\nDivision 6—Registration number rights and non‑standard number plates\n\nSubdivision 1—Registration number rights\n\n\t71 Sale of registration number rights\n\n(1) A person may apply to the Secretary to buy registration number rights in respect of a particular registration number in the approved application form.\n\n(2) The Secretary may sell registration number rights in respect of a particular registration number to a person who has applied to the Secretary for those registration number rights.\n\n(3) The sale of registration number rights is subject to the terms and conditions determined by the Secretary and notified to the purchaser at the time of purchase.\n\n","sortOrder":75},{"sectionNumber":"72","sectionType":"section","heading":"Refusal to sell registration number rights","content":"\t72 Refusal to sell registration number rights\n\nThe Secretary may refuse to sell registration number rights in respect of a particular registration number if—\n\n(a) the Secretary has agreed with the Commonwealth or an authority responsible for registering vehicles in another jurisdiction not to sell the registration number; or\n\n(b) in the Secretary's opinion, the registration number—\n\n(i) may be mistaken for another registration number; or\n\n(ii) may give a misleading impression that a vehicle on which the registration number is displayed is owned or operated by a department or agency of the Commonwealth or of a State or Territory, including a police force, a defence force, an official security organisation or a road authority; or\n\n(iii) is offensive or inappropriate for public display; or\n\n(c) the display of the registration number is prohibited by law; or\n\n(d) the Secretary otherwise determines that it is reasonable to withhold the registration number from sale.\n\n","sortOrder":76},{"sectionNumber":"73","sectionType":"section","heading":"Transfer of registration number rights","content":"\t73 Transfer of registration number rights\n\n(1) A person to whom registration number rights are transferred must, within 14 days after the transfer, give the Secretary notice of the transfer in accordance with subregulation (2).\n\n(2) Notice of the transfer must be in the approved application form and signed by—\n\n(a) the person or the legal personal representative of the person from whom the registration number rights have been transferred; and\n\n(b) the person acquiring the registration number rights.\n\n(3) For the purposes of subregulation (2)(a), a legal personal representative must establish to the satisfaction of the Secretary—\n\n(a) the person's identity; and\n\n(b) the person's authority to represent the estate of the deceased person.\n\n(4) Registration number rights are transferred when—\n\n(a) a transfer of registration occurs in accordance with Division 8 of this Part; and\n\n(b) the number plates for the registration number rights are assigned to the vehicle.\n\n","sortOrder":77},{"sectionNumber":"74","sectionType":"section","heading":"Grounds for cancellation of registration number rights","content":"\t74 Grounds for cancellation of registration number rights\n\nThe Secretary may cancel registration number rights in respect of a registration number if—\n\n(a) in the Secretary's opinion, the registration number—\n\n(i) may be mistaken for another registration number; or\n\n(ii) may give a misleading impression that a vehicle on which the registration number is displayed is owned by a department or agency of the Commonwealth or of a State or Territory, including a police force, a defence force, an official security organisation or a road authority; or\n\n(iii) is offensive or inappropriate for public display; or\n\n(iv) was issued in error; or\n\n(b) display of the registration number is prohibited by law; or\n\n(c) the Secretary reasonably believes the rights have not been lawfully acquired or were acquired by fraud, misrepresentation or other dishonest means.\n\n","sortOrder":78},{"sectionNumber":"75","sectionType":"section","heading":"Notice of cancellation of registration number rights","content":"\t75 Notice of cancellation of registration number rights\n\n(1) If registration number rights are cancelled by the Secretary under regulation 74, the Secretary must give written notice to the owner of the registration number rights—\n\n(a) stating that the registration number rights have been cancelled; and\n\n(b) informing the owner of those rights that the owner may seek compensation under regulation 76.\n\n(2) If the registration number in respect of which the registration number rights have been cancelled under regulation 74 has been assigned to a vehicle, the Secretary must—\n\n(a) give written notice to the registered operator of the vehicle—\n\n(i) informing the operator that the rights have been cancelled; and\n\n(ii) directing the operator to return all number plates bearing the registration number to the Secretary within the time stated in the notice; and\n\n(b) assign a new registration number to the vehicle.\n\n(3) A person given a notice under subregulation (2)(a) must comply with the notice.\n\n","sortOrder":79},{"sectionNumber":"76","sectionType":"section","heading":"Compensation","content":"\t76 Compensation\n\n(1) An owner of registration number rights cancelled under regulation 74(a) may apply in writing to the Secretary for compensation.\n\n(2) The amount of compensation payable by the Secretary for the cancellation of the rights is the amount determined by the Secretary to be the fair market value of—\n\n(a) the registration number rights; and\n\n(b) any number plate bearing the registration number.\n\n(3) If the Secretary makes a decision under subregulation (2), the Secretary must give written notice to the applicant of—\n\nSubdivision 2—Non-standard number plates and slimline number plates\n\n","sortOrder":80},{"sectionNumber":"77","sectionType":"section","heading":"Non-standard number plates","content":"\t77 Non-standard number plates\n\n(1) A person may apply to the Secretary for the issue of non-standard number plates.\n\n(2) An owner of registration number rights in respect of a registration number may apply to the Secretary for the issue of non-standard number plates bearing that registration number.\n\n(3) The Secretary may issue non-standard number plates to the applicant on payment by the applicant of the fee fixed in accordance with section 5AE of the Act (if any).\n\n","sortOrder":81},{"sectionNumber":"78","sectionType":"section","heading":"Issue of non-standard number plates for commercial passenger vehicles","content":"\t78 Issue of non-standard number plates for commercial passenger vehicles\n\n(1) A registered operator of a commercial passenger vehicle  may apply to the Secretary for the issue of non-standard number plates that identify the vehicle as a commercial passenger vehicle.\n\n(2) An applicant under subregulation (1) must pay the fee fixed by the Secretary under section 5AE of the Act (if any).\n\n(3) If the Secretary is satisfied that the vehicle is a commercial passenger vehicle used to provide a booked commercial passenger vehicle service within the meaning of the **Commercial Passenger Vehicle Industry Act 2017**,  the Secretary may issue non‑standard number plates to the applicant subject to any conditions the Secretary thinks fit.\n\n(4) The issue of non-standard number plates to an applicant under subregulation (3) does not, in itself, confer on that applicant registration number rights in the registration number displayed on the non-standard number plates.\n\n","sortOrder":82},{"sectionNumber":"79","sectionType":"section","heading":"Slimline number plates","content":"\t79 Slimline number plates\n\n(1) A person may apply to the Secretary for the issue of slimline number plates.\n\n(2) An applicant under subregulation (1) must pay—\n\n(a) the relevant fee for standard number plates specified in Schedule 4; and\n\n(b) the fee fixed by the Secretary under section 5AE of the Act (if any).\n\n(3) The Secretary may issue slimline number plates to the applicant on payment by the applicant of the fees referred to in subregulation (2).\n\n(4) The issue of slimline number plates to an applicant under subregulation (3) does not in itself confer on the applicant registration number rights in respect of the registration number displayed on the slimline number plates.\n\nSubdivision 3—Authorised agents\n\n","sortOrder":83},{"sectionNumber":"80","sectionType":"section","heading":"Authorisation of agents","content":"\t80 Authorisation of agents\n\n(1) The Secretary, in writing, may authorise a person to be an agent of the Secretary for the purposes of—\n\n(a) issuing number plates; or\n\n(b) selling registration number rights.\n\n(2) An authorisation under subregulation (1) is subject to the terms and conditions (if any) specified by the Secretary.\n\n","sortOrder":84},{"sectionNumber":"Div 7","sectionType":"division","heading":"Renewal of registration","content":"Division 7—Renewal of registration\n\n","sortOrder":85},{"sectionNumber":"81","sectionType":"section","heading":"Notice of renewal of registration","content":"\t81 Notice of renewal of registration\n\n(1) The Secretary may send the registered operator of a vehicle a notice of renewal of registration stating that the registration of the vehicle will expire if the registration of the vehicle is not renewed on or before the date specified in the notice.\n\n(2) If the Secretary fails to send a notice of renewal of registration for a vehicle, the failure does not affect—\n\n(a) the expiry of the vehicle's registration; or\n\n(b) the obligation of the registered operator of the vehicle to renew the registration of the vehicle, if the operator intends to use the vehicle on a highway after the vehicle's existing registration expires.\n\n","sortOrder":86},{"sectionNumber":"82","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application for renewal of registration","content":"\t82 Application for renewal of registration\n\nThe registered operator of a vehicle may apply for renewal of the vehicle's registration by giving to the Secretary—\n\n(a) the registration fee; and\n\n(b) the appropriate transport accident charge for the vehicle;  and\n\n(c) any evidence requested by the Secretary to support the registered operator's entitlement to pay a concessional fee for registration.\n\n","sortOrder":87},{"sectionNumber":"83","sectionType":"section","heading":"Period of renewal of registration","content":"\t83 Period of renewal of registration\n\n(1) An applicant for renewal of registration of a light motor vehicle may nominate a period of renewed registration as specified in regulation 58(1)(c), even if the fee for the renewal is nil.\n\n(2) An applicant for renewal of registration of a heavy vehicle may nominate—\n\n(a) a period of renewed registration as specified in regulation 58(1)(a)(i); or\n\n(b) seasonal registration by specifying a period or periods totalling not less than 3 months and not more than 9 months to start—\n\n(i) within 12 months after the expiry date of the previous seasonal registration; or\n\n(ii) on a date specified by the registered operator in the application for renewal of registration.\n\n","sortOrder":88},{"sectionNumber":"84","sectionType":"section","heading":"Renewal of registration","content":"\t84 Renewal of registration\n\n(1) On an application under regulation 82, the Secretary may renew the registration of a vehicle—\n\n(a) in the case of a vehicle in respect of which a nomination has been made under regulation 83(2)(b), within 12 months after the expiry of registration of the vehicle; or\n\n(b) in any other case, within 3 months after the expiry of registration of the vehicle.\n\n(2) The expiry date of a renewed period of registration must be calculated as if the renewal had commenced—\n\n(a) in the case of a vehicle in respect of which a nomination has been made under regulation 83(2)(b), on the first day of the nominated period; or\n\n(b) in any other case, on the day after the day recorded in the register as the expiry date of the period of registration.\n\n(3) Subregulations (1) and (2) do not have the effect of retrospectively registering a vehicle.\n\n(4) The Secretary may decide not to renew the registration of a vehicle if circumstances are such that, if an application for registration of the vehicle were being made, the Secretary would refuse to register the vehicle.\n\n(5) If the Secretary decides not to renew the registration of a vehicle under subregulation (4), the Secretary must give the applicant written notice of—\n\n","sortOrder":89},{"sectionNumber":"85","sectionType":"section","heading":"Return of number plates","content":"\t85 Return of number plates\n\n(1) The Secretary, by written notice to the registered operator of a vehicle, may request the registered operator of that vehicle to return the vehicle's number plates to the Secretary by the date specified in the notice if—\n\n(a) the period during which the vehicle's registration may be renewed has expired and the registration has not been renewed; or\n\n(b) new number plates have been assigned to the vehicle under the Heavy Vehicle National Law (Victoria); or\n\n(c) non-standard number plates have been issued in respect of the vehicle in accordance with regulation 78 and the Secretary is satisfied that the vehicle is no longer a commercial passenger vehicle.\n\n(2) If the registered operator of a vehicle is given a notice under subregulation (1), the registered operator must return the vehicle's number plates to the Secretary no later than the date specified in the notice.\n\nDivision 8—Transfer of registration\n\nSubdivision 1—Requirements for transfer of registered vehicles\n\n\t86 Division not applicable in certain circumstances\n\nFor the purposes of this Division, a disposal and an acquisition of a registered vehicle does not include—\n\n(a) a temporary passing of possession of the vehicle to a person who is not intended to become its registered operator; or\n\n(b) the hiring of the vehicle (other than under a hire-purchase agreement).\n\n","sortOrder":90},{"sectionNumber":"87","sectionType":"section","heading":"Certificate of roadworthiness not required for certain vehicles","content":"\t87 Certificate of roadworthiness not required for certain vehicles\n\nA person disposing of or acquiring a registered vehicle is not required to give a certificate of roadworthiness or evidence of that certificate to the Secretary for the following vehicles—\n\n(a) a light trailer;\n\n(b) a specially constructed motor vehicle;\n\n(c) a recreation motor cycle.\n\n","sortOrder":91},{"sectionNumber":"88","sectionType":"section","heading":"Certificate of roadworthiness not required in certain circumstances","content":"\t88 Certificate of roadworthiness not required in certain circumstances\n\n(1) A person disposing of or acquiring a registered vehicle is not required to give a certificate of roadworthiness or evidence of that certificate to the Secretary if—\n\n(a) the person disposing of the vehicle is—\n\n(i) a person whom the Secretary is satisfied is the spouse or domestic partner of the person acquiring the vehicle; or\n\n(ii) a person whom the Secretary is satisfied is the former spouse or domestic partner of the person acquiring the vehicle, provided that—\n\n(A) the disposal and acquisition arises from the breakdown of the person's marriage or domestic relationship; and\n\n(B) no other person is to acquire an interest in the vehicle; or\n\n(b) the person acquiring the vehicle is—\n\n(i) a surviving spouse or domestic partner acquiring the vehicle due to an entitlement to the whole or part of a deceased person's estate; or\n\n(ii) a person for whom the vehicle was acquired by another person as a nominee or trustee when the person was a minor, provided that the person is no longer a minor; or\n\n(iii) the former spouse or domestic partner of the person disposing of the vehicle; or\n\n(iv) a dealer; or\n\n(v) a person whom the Secretary is satisfied, in accordance with subregulation (2), is a legal personal representative of a deceased person who was the registered operator of the vehicle; or\n\n(c) the acquisition of the vehicle is—\n\n(i) by way of sale at public auction by an agent of the person disposing of the vehicle; or\n\n(ii) in accordance with an order of an Australian court or another legal process; or\n\n(iii) a repossession or a restoration under regulation 93.\n\n(2) To be considered a legal personal representative of a deceased person for the purposes of subregulation (1)(b)(v), a person must establish to the satisfaction of the Secretary—\n\n(a) the person's identity; and\n\n(b) the person's authority to represent the estate of the deceased person.\n\nSubdivision 2—Obligations of persons disposing of registered vehicles\n\n","sortOrder":92},{"sectionNumber":"89","sectionType":"section","heading":"Obligations of persons disposing of registered vehicles","content":"\t89 Obligations of persons disposing of registered vehicles\n\n(1) A person who disposes of a registered vehicle (a ***disposer***) to another person (an ***acquirer***), immediately after disposing of the vehicle, must complete an application for transfer of registration as the disposer in the approved application form.\n\n(2) The disposer must give the acquirer—\n\n(a) a completed application for transfer of registration; and\n\n(b) a current certificate of roadworthiness for the vehicle, unless exempt under regulation 87 or 88.\n\n(3) This regulation is subject to regulation 90.\n\n","sortOrder":93},{"sectionNumber":"90","sectionType":"section","heading":"Obligations of dealers disposing of registered vehicles to persons who are not dealers","content":"\t90 Obligations of dealers disposing of registered vehicles to persons who are not dealers\n\n(1) A dealer who disposes of a registered vehicle to a person who is not a dealer must give to the person a current certificate of roadworthiness for the vehicle before the person takes possession of the vehicle, unless exempt under regulation 87 or 88.\n\n(2) A dealer who disposes of a registered vehicle to a person who is not a dealer must lodge with the Secretary within 14 days after disposing of the vehicle—\n\n(a) a completed application for transfer of registration; and\n\n(b) any applicable duty; and\n\n(c) the applicable transfer fee; and\n\n(d) evidence that a current certificate of roadworthiness has been obtained for the vehicle, unless exempt under regulation 87 or 88.\n\n(3) Subregulations (1) and (2) do not apply if an agent of the dealer disposes of the dealer's registered vehicle, by way of sale at public auction, to a person who is not a dealer and the person who acquires the vehicle is given, before or at the time of the sale, a notice stating that—\n\n(a) the person selling the vehicle is acting as an agent on behalf of the dealer; and\n\n(b) the person acquiring the vehicle will be required to comply with regulation 91(1).\n\n(4) If subregulation (3) applies, the dealer must comply with regulation 89.\n\nSubdivision 3—Obligations of persons acquiring registered vehicles\n\n","sortOrder":94},{"sectionNumber":"91","sectionType":"section","heading":"Obligations of persons acquiring registered vehicles other than under legal process","content":"\t91 Obligations of persons acquiring registered vehicles other than under legal process\n\n(1) Subject to subregulation (2), a person who acquires a registered vehicle must, within 14 days of receiving an application for transfer of registration from the disposer—\n\n(a) complete the application for transfer of registration as the acquirer; and\n\n(b) lodge the completed application with the Secretary, accompanied by—\n\n(i) evidence satisfactory to the Secretary that a current certificate of roadworthiness has been obtained for the vehicle, unless exempt under regulation 87 or 88; and\n\n(ii) any applicable duty; and\n\n(iii) the applicable transfer fee.\n\n(2) A person, other than a dealer or a person given a notice under regulation 90(3), who acquires a vehicle from a dealer is not required to comply with subregulation (1) but must, as soon as practicable after acquiring the vehicle—\n\n(a) complete an application for transfer of registration as the acquirer in the approved application form and give it to the dealer; and\n\n(b) unless the dealer agrees otherwise, pay to the dealer any applicable duty and the applicable transfer fee.\n\n(3) This regulation does not apply to a vehicle acquired in accordance with an order of an Australian court or another legal process.\n\n","sortOrder":95},{"sectionNumber":"92","sectionType":"section","heading":"Obligations of persons acquiring possession under court order or other legal process","content":"\t92 Obligations of persons acquiring possession under court order or other legal process\n\nIf a person acquires possession of a registered vehicle in accordance with an order of an Australian court or another legal process, the person must—\n\n(a) complete an application for transfer of registration as the acquirer in the approved application form; and\n\n(b) within 14 days after acquiring possession of the vehicle, lodge with the Secretary—\n\n(i) the completed application for transfer of registration as the acquirer in the approved application form; and\n\n(ii) evidence of the court order made or other legal process conducted; and\n\n(iii) any applicable duty; and\n\n(iv) the applicable transfer fee.\n\n","sortOrder":96},{"sectionNumber":"93","sectionType":"section","heading":"Repossession and restoration","content":"\t93 Repossession and restoration\n\n(1) A holder of a security interest registered under the Personal Property Securities Act 2009 of the Commonwealth in relation to a registered vehicle must lodge with the Secretary a completed application for transfer of registration as the acquirer in the approved application form within 14 days after taking possession of the vehicle from the registered operator.\n\n(2) If a person referred to in subregulation (1) subsequently disposes of the vehicle, the person must lodge with the Secretary a further completed application for transfer of registration as the acquirer in the approved application form within 14 days after disposing of the vehicle.\n\n(3) An application for transfer of registration under subregulation (2) must be accompanied by the relevant fee specified in Schedule 4.\n\n","sortOrder":97},{"sectionNumber":"94","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application for transfer of registration by legal personal representative","content":"\t94 Application for transfer of registration by legal personal representative\n\nIf the registered operator of a vehicle is deceased, the registered operator's legal personal representative, within 90 days after becoming the legal personal representative, must give the Secretary—\n\n(a) evidence to the satisfaction of the Secretary of the registered operator's death; and\n\n(b) evidence to the satisfaction of the Secretary to establish—\n\n(i) the person's identity; and\n\n(ii) the person's authority to represent the estate of the registered operator; and\n\n(c) a completed application for transfer of registration in the approved application form; and\n\n(d) the transfer fee.\n\n","sortOrder":98},{"sectionNumber":"95","sectionType":"section","heading":"Mandatory refusal to record transfer","content":"\t95 Mandatory refusal to record transfer\n\n(1) The Secretary must refuse to record a transfer of registration of a vehicle if—\n\n(a) an order of an Australian court prohibits the sale or disposal of the vehicle or transfer of its registration; and\n\n(b) the Secretary has been given notice of the court order.\n\n(2) Despite subregulation (1), the Secretary is not required to refuse to record a transfer of registration if—\n\n(a) the court order is not adequate to enable the Secretary to identify the vehicle; or\n\n(b) the prohibition applies only to a particular sale or disposal of the vehicle, and that sale or disposal occurred before the court order was made.\n\nSection 9AE of the Act provides that, if directed by the Director, Fines Victoria under section 89(1)(c)(iii) of the **Fines Reform Act 2014**, the Secretary must not transfer to any other person any registration of a vehicle if certain circumstances apply.\n\n","sortOrder":99},{"sectionNumber":"96","sectionType":"section","heading":"Discretionary refusal to record transfer","content":"\t96 Discretionary refusal to record transfer\n\n(1) The Secretary may refuse to record a transfer of registration of a vehicle if the Secretary is satisfied of any of the following—\n\n(a) the vehicle is the subject of a vehicle defect notice that—\n\n(i) prohibits use of the vehicle or imposes conditions on its use; and\n\n(ii) has not been cleared; and\n\n(iii) has led to suspension of the vehicle's registration, due to the notice not being cleared by the date specified in the notice;\n\n(b) the vehicle is not fitted with an identification plate or not entered on the RAV;\n\n(c) a vehicle identifier has been altered, defaced, removed, substituted or tampered with, without lawful authorisation;\n\n(d) the vehicle is registered on the condition that its registration not be transferred;\n\n(e) the transferee is not adequately identified in the application for transfer;\n\n(f) the requirements of the Act and these Regulations relating to the transfer of registration have not been complied with;\n\n(g) the ownership, possession, control or description of the vehicle as recorded in the register is uncertain;\n\n(h) the Secretary would refuse an application to register the vehicle under regulation 48(1) or (2);\n\n(i) the vehicle was issued with non‑standard number plates under regulation 78 and the vehicle is no longer a commercial passenger vehicle.\n\n(2) The Secretary may record a transfer of registration of a vehicle despite the failure of one of the parties to the transfer to meet a requirement of these Regulations relating to the transfer of registration if—\n\n(a) the proposed new registered operator has possession of the vehicle; and\n\n(b) the Secretary considers it appropriate to record the transfer in the circumstances.\n\n","sortOrder":100},{"sectionNumber":"97","sectionType":"section","heading":"Notice of refusal to record transfer","content":"\t97 Notice of refusal to record transfer\n\n(1) If the Secretary refuses to record a transfer of registration of a vehicle under this Division, the Secretary must give the applicant for transfer written notice of—\n\n(2) Subregulation (1) does not apply if the Secretary has been directed not to record the transfer of registration of the vehicle by the Director, Fines Victoria under the **Fines Reform Act 2014**.\n\n","sortOrder":101},{"sectionNumber":"98","sectionType":"section","heading":"Secretary may make entry in register pending application for transfer","content":"\t98 Secretary may make entry in register pending application for transfer\n\nIf the Secretary is advised by the registered operator of a vehicle that the vehicle has been disposed of, the Secretary may make an entry in the register to that effect until an application for transfer of registration is received.\n\n","sortOrder":102},{"sectionNumber":"99","sectionType":"section","heading":"Secretary may cancel transfer of registration in cases of fraud","content":"\t99 Secretary may cancel transfer of registration in cases of fraud\n\n(1) The Secretary may cancel a transfer of registration of a registered vehicle if satisfied on reasonable grounds that the transfer is fraudulent.\n\n(2) If the Secretary cancels a transfer of registration under subregulation (1), the Secretary may alter the register to reverse any entry relating to the fraudulent transfer.\n\n","sortOrder":103},{"sectionNumber":"Div 9","sectionType":"division","heading":"Written-off vehicles","content":"Division 9—Written-off vehicles\n\n","sortOrder":104},{"sectionNumber":"100","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application of Division","content":"\t100 Application of Division\n\nThis Division applies to motor vehicles, including motor cycles, that are light motor vehicles designed solely or principally for the transport on roads of people, animals or goods.\n\nThe terms ***insurer***, ***self-insurer***, ***written-off vehicle***, ***interstate*** ***written-off vehicles register***, ***motor wrecker***, ***statutory write-off*** and ***repairable write-off*** are defined in section 16B of the Act.\n\n","sortOrder":105},{"sectionNumber":"101","sectionType":"section","heading":"Obligations of insurers and self-insurers in relation to write-offs","content":"\t101 Obligations of insurers and self-insurers in relation to write-offs\n\n(1) If a motor vehicle is written off, anywhere in Australia, in the course of the business carried on by an insurer, the insurer must lodge with the Secretary the information specified in subregulation (3) in the approved application form.\n\n(2) If a motor vehicle is written off, anywhere in Australia, by a self-insurer, the self-insurer must lodge with the Secretary the information specified in subregulation (3) in the approved application form.\n\n(3) The information specified for the purposes of subregulations (1) and (2) is—\n\n(a) the usual information; and\n\n(b) whether the motor vehicle is a statutory write-off or a repairable write-off; and\n\n(c) a statement of the event or circumstances that, in the opinion of the insurer or self‑insurer, resulted in the motor vehicle being a statutory write-off or repairable write-off, described by reference to codes or terms approved by the Secretary from time to time; and\n\n(d) the location and severity of the damage to the motor vehicle, described by reference to codes or terms approved by the Secretary from time to time; and\n\n(e) the date on which the information in paragraphs (a) to (d) is lodged with the Secretary.\n\n(4) An insurer or self-insurer must lodge with the Secretary the information specified in subregulation (3)—\n\n(a) before the insurer or self-insurer disposes of the motor vehicle and within 7 days after the relevant date; or\n\n(b) within the later time approved by the Secretary and notified to the insurer or self‑insurer, either generally or in a particular case.\n\n(5) Despite subregulations (1) and (2), an insurer or self-insurer is not required to lodge information with the Secretary under this regulation if information about the write-off of the motor vehicle has been lodged for entry on an interstate written-off vehicles register.\n\n","sortOrder":106},{"sectionNumber":"102","sectionType":"section","heading":"Obligations of motor wreckers in relation to write‑offs","content":"\t102 Obligations of motor wreckers in relation to write‑offs\n\n(1) A motor wrecker must lodge with the Secretary the usual information in the approved application form for any motor vehicle that is demolished or dismantled in the course of the business carried on by the motor wrecker.\n\n(2) A motor wrecker must lodge with the Secretary the usual information required by subregulation (1)—\n\n(a) before the motor wrecker disposes of the part or parts of the motor vehicle on which the vehicle identifier is located and within 7 days after the relevant date; or\n\n(b) within the later time approved by the Secretary and notified to the motor wrecker, either in a particular case or generally.\n\n(3) Despite subregulations (1) and (2), a motor wrecker is not required to lodge information with the Secretary under this regulation if—\n\n(a) information about the motor vehicle has been lodged with the Secretary by an insurer or self‑insurer under regulation 101; or\n\n(b) the registered operator of the motor vehicle has lodged with the Secretary written notice that the registered operator has written off the motor vehicle.\n\n","sortOrder":107},{"sectionNumber":"103","sectionType":"section","heading":"Obligations of motor car traders in relation to write‑offs","content":"\t103 Obligations of motor car traders in relation to write‑offs\n\n(1) A motor car trader must lodge with the Secretary the usual information in the approved application form for each motor vehicle that is in the care, custody or control of the motor car trader in the course of the business carried on by the motor car trader, if the motor car trader knows, or ought reasonably to know, that the motor vehicle is a written-off vehicle which has not already been reported to the Secretary.\n\n(2) A motor car trader must lodge with the Secretary the usual information required by subregulation (1)—\n\n(a) before the motor car trader disposes of the motor vehicle and within 7 days after the relevant date; or\n\n(b) within the later time approved by the Secretary and notified to the motor car trader, either in a particular case or generally.\n\n(3) Despite subregulations (1) and (2), a motor car trader is not required to lodge information with the Secretary under this regulation if—\n\n(a) information about the motor vehicle has been lodged with the Secretary by an insurer or self-insurer under regulation 101; or\n\n(b) the person who was the registered operator of the motor vehicle has lodged with the Secretary written notice that the person has written off the motor vehicle.\n\n","sortOrder":108},{"sectionNumber":"104","sectionType":"section","heading":"Obligation to disclose information to purchaser of written-off vehicle","content":"\t104 Obligation to disclose information to purchaser of written-off vehicle\n\n(1) A person who sells a written-off vehicle must inform the purchaser in writing whether the motor vehicle is entered on the register of written-off vehicles or on an interstate written-off vehicles register.\n\n(2) A motor car trader is taken to have complied with this regulation if the motor car trader includes the information referred to in subregulation (1) in a notice attached to the relevant motor car in accordance with section 52 of the **Motor Car Traders Act 1986**.\n\n","sortOrder":109},{"sectionNumber":"105","sectionType":"section","heading":"Obligation of insurer or self-insurer to affix notices or labels to write‑offs","content":"\t105 Obligation of insurer or self-insurer to affix notices or labels to write‑offs\n\n(1) An insurer or self-insurer must affix to a motor vehicle that is a statutory write-off a notice or label in the approved form within 7 days after the relevant date.\n\n(2) Subregulation (1) does not apply if a notice or label in the approved form is already affixed to the motor vehicle.\n\n","sortOrder":110},{"sectionNumber":"106","sectionType":"section","heading":"Obligation of motor wrecker or motor car trader to affix notices or labels on write‑offs","content":"\t106 Obligation of motor wrecker or motor car trader to affix notices or labels on write‑offs\n\n(1) A motor wrecker or motor car trader, who knows or ought reasonably to know that a motor vehicle in the care, custody or control of the motor wrecker or motor car trader in the course of the person's business is a motor vehicle that is a statutory write-off, must affix to the motor vehicle a notice or label in the approved form within 7 days after the relevant date.\n\n(2) Subregulation (1) does not apply if a notice or label in the approved form is already affixed to the motor vehicle.\n\n","sortOrder":111},{"sectionNumber":"107","sectionType":"section","heading":"Entering vehicles on the register of written‑off vehicles","content":"\t107 Entering vehicles on the register of written‑off vehicles\n\nThe Secretary must enter details of a motor vehicle on the register of written-off vehicles if—\n\n(a) information about the vehicle is given to the Secretary by any of the following—\n\n(i) an insurer or self-insurer under regulation 101;\n\n(ii) a motor wrecker under regulation 102;\n\n(iii) a motor car trader under regulation 103;\n\n(iv) the registered operator of the motor vehicle following a determination under section 16C(1)(b) of the Act;\n\n(v) the person who was the registered operator of the vehicle; or\n\n(b) the Secretary otherwise considers that the motor vehicle has been written off.\n\nSection 16D(2A) of the Act states that, in entering a motor vehicle on the register of written-off vehicles, the Secretary is entitled to rely on a determination made by an insurer or self-insurer under section 16C(1)(b) that a written-off vehicle is a statutory write-off or a repairable write-off and is not required to make any enquiries of the Secretary's own in relation to the matter before entering the motor vehicle on the register.\n\n","sortOrder":112},{"sectionNumber":"108","sectionType":"section","heading":"Register of written-off vehicles","content":"\t108 Register of written-off vehicles\n\nFor the purposes of section 16D(1) of the Act, the vehicles that must be included on the register of written-off vehicles are light motor vehicles that—\n\n(a) are the subject of a determination made under section 16C(1)(b) of the Act; and\n\n(b) are not more than 15 years old on the date of the determination; and\n\n(c) have not sustained only cosmetic damage due to the direct impact of hail stones.\n\n","sortOrder":113},{"sectionNumber":"109","sectionType":"section","heading":"Information to be included if motor vehicle entered on the register of written-off vehicles","content":"\t109 Information to be included if motor vehicle entered on the register of written-off vehicles\n\n(1) If the Secretary enters details of a motor vehicle on the register of written-off vehicles, the Secretary must, as part of the entry, record on the register—\n\n(a) in the case of details of the motor vehicle that are entered on the register on the basis of information provided to the Secretary under regulation 101, 102 or 103—\n\n(i) the information provided under that regulation; and\n\n(ii) the date on which the entry was made on the register; or\n\n(b) in any other case—\n\n(i) the relevant identification information for the motor vehicle; and\n\n(ii) whether the motor vehicle is a statutory write-off or a repairable write-off; and\n\n(iii) the relevant date in relation to the motor vehicle, if known; and\n\n(iv) information relating to the damage or condition that caused the motor vehicle to be written off; and\n\n(v) the date on which the entry was made on the register.\n\n(2) The Secretary may record as part of an entry on the register of written-off vehicles any other information about a motor vehicle that the Secretary considers appropriate.\n\n","sortOrder":114},{"sectionNumber":"110","sectionType":"section","heading":"Removal or amendment of entries on the register of written‑off vehicles","content":"\t110 Removal or amendment of entries on the register of written‑off vehicles\n\n(1) The following persons may apply to the Secretary for an entry of a motor vehicle on the register of written-off vehicles to be removed or amended—\n\n(a) a person who gave the Secretary notice that the motor vehicle was a written-off vehicle;\n\n(b) a person who was the registered operator of the motor vehicle when it became a written‑off vehicle or, if the registration of the motor vehicle was already cancelled, the registered operator immediately before that cancellation;\n\n(c) a person who was the spouse or domestic partner of a person referred to in paragraph (a) or (b) when the notice was given or the motor vehicle became a written‑off vehicle (as the case requires).\n\n(2) The Secretary may require an applicant under subregulation (1) to lodge with the Secretary evidence, in a form acceptable to the Secretary—\n\n(a) of the applicant's personal particulars or corporation particulars; or\n\n(b) that the applicant is a person referred to in subregulation (1); or\n\n(c) of the vehicle particulars, condition, ownership, possession or control of the vehicle.\n\n(3) If, after considering the application, the Secretary is satisfied that the motor vehicle was not a written-off vehicle when it was entered on the register, the Secretary may remove the entry relating to that motor vehicle.\n\n(4) If, after considering the application, the Secretary is satisfied that the motor vehicle did not satisfy the criteria for the category of written-off vehicle under which the motor vehicle was registered when it was entered on the register, the Secretary may amend the entry—\n\n(a) in the case of a statutory write-off—by amending the entry to a repairable write-off; or\n\n(b) in the case of a repairable write-off—by amending the entry to a statutory write-off.\n\n(5) If the Secretary refuses the application, the Secretary must give the applicant written notice of—\n\n(a) the applicant's right to internal review of the decision under Subdivision 2 of Division 12 of this Part; and\n\n(b) the applicant's right under section 16E of the Act to appeal against the refusal.\n\n","sortOrder":115},{"sectionNumber":"111","sectionType":"section","heading":"Certified extract of information from the register of written-off vehicles","content":"\t111 Certified extract of information from the register of written-off vehicles\n\nOn payment of the appropriate fee in Schedule 5, a person may obtain from the Secretary a certified extract of the following information entered on, or derived from, the register of written-off vehicles—\n\n(a) the date of the most recent determination under section 16C(1)(b) of the Act in relation to a motor vehicle;\n\n(b) any information entered on, or derived from, the register that relates to the nature or extent of damage to a motor vehicle;\n\n(c) a description of the type of write-off applicable to a motor vehicle entered on the register.\n\n","sortOrder":116},{"sectionNumber":"112","sectionType":"section","heading":"Registration of written-off vehicles","content":"\t112 Registration of written-off vehicles\n\nThe Secretary may only register a vehicle to which section 16F(3) or (4) of the Act applies, following an application for registration under this Part, if—\n\n(a) the application for registration is made more than 15 years after the date of manufacture of the vehicle; or\n\n(b) in the case of a vehicle whose vehicle identifier is the same as that of a vehicle entered on an interstate written-off vehicles register as a repairable write-off, the application for registration is not made more than 15 years after the date of manufacture of the vehicle and—\n\n(i) the Secretary has been given a VIV certificate in the approved form, issued for the vehicle not more than 3 months before the date of the application for registration; or\n\n(ii) if the Secretary does not require a VIV certificate, the Secretary is satisfied that—\n\n(A) the interstate written-off vehicles register records that the vehicle has been inspected to confirm it is the vehicle to which the relevant vehicle identifier was assigned; and\n\n(B) the vehicle has since been registered in that jurisdiction; or\n\n(c) in any other case, the Secretary has been given a VIV certificate in the approved form, issued for the vehicle not more than 3 months before the date of the application for registration.\n\nA vehicle to which section 16F(3) or (4) of the Act applies has the same vehicle identifier as a vehicle entered on the register of written-off vehicles (or on an equivalent interstate register) as a repairable write-off. A vehicle that has the same vehicle identifier as a statutory write-off cannot be registered—see section 16F(1) and (2) of the Act.\n\n","sortOrder":117},{"sectionNumber":"113","sectionType":"section","heading":"Form and issue of VIV certificates","content":"\t113 Form and issue of VIV certificates\n\n(1) A VIV certificate must be in the approved form.\n\n(2) An authorised vehicle inspector must not issue a VIV certificate for the purposes of regulation 112 for a vehicle unless—\n\n(a) the vehicle has been inspected in accordance with the guidelines made under regulation 9(2) and written directions given under regulation 12; and\n\n(b) records of the inspection of the vehicle are kept in accordance with the guidelines made under regulation 9(2) and written directions given under regulation 12.\n\n","sortOrder":118},{"sectionNumber":"114","sectionType":"section","heading":"Renewal of registration of written-off vehicles","content":"\t114 Renewal of registration of written-off vehicles\n\nThe registration of a vehicle referred to in regulation 112 may be renewed in accordance with Division 7 of this Part.\n\n","sortOrder":119},{"sectionNumber":"Div 10","sectionType":"division","heading":"Fees","content":"Division 10—Fees\n\n","sortOrder":120},{"sectionNumber":"115","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fees for registration and renewal of registration of heavy vehicles","content":"\t115 Fees for registration and renewal of registration of heavy vehicles\n\n(1) Subject to subregulations (2) and (3), the fee for registration or renewal of registration of a heavy vehicle of a category referred to in Schedule 3 is the relevant fee calculated in accordance with that Schedule, unless this Part otherwise provides.\n\n(2) A fee for registration or renewal of registration of a heavy vehicle is not payable if, under Schedule 2, the calculated fee for registration of the vehicle is \"nil\".\n\nFirefighting and emergency response vehicles are subject to a \"nil\" fee under item 14 of the Table in Schedule 2. A fee for registration or renewal of registration is not payable for those vehicles under Schedule 3.\n\n(3) If a fee payable under Schedule 3 is greater than the fee that would be payable under Schedule 2 for a heavy vehicle described in item 3, 4, 6, 7, 12, 14 or 15 of the Table, the fee is to be reduced by the amount of the difference.\n\n","sortOrder":121},{"sectionNumber":"116","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fees for registration and renewal of registration of motor cycles","content":"\t116 Fees for registration and renewal of registration of motor cycles\n\nReg. 116(1) amended by S.R. No. 67/2023 reg. 7.\n\n(1) The fee for registration or renewal of registration of a motor cycle is 20% of the base registration fee unless a lesser fee or nil fee applies to the motor cycle under regulation 120A or Schedule 2.\n\n(2) Despite subregulation (1), the fee for registration or renewal of registration of a recreation motor cycle is the relevant fee in Schedule 2.\n\n","sortOrder":122},{"sectionNumber":"117","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fees for registration and renewal of registration of mobile plant","content":"\t117 Fees for registration and renewal of registration of mobile plant\n\nThe fee for registration or renewal of registration of a mobile plant is 50% of the base registration fee.\n\nReg. 118 amended by S.R. No. 67/2023 reg. 8.\n\n","sortOrder":123},{"sectionNumber":"118","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fee for registration or renewal of light trailers","content":"\t118 Fee for registration or renewal of light trailers\n\nThe fee for registration or renewal of registration of a light trailer that has an MRC not exceeding 4⋅5 tonnes is 20% of the base registration fee unless a lesser fee or nil fee applies to the light trailer under Schedule 2.\n\n","sortOrder":124},{"sectionNumber":"119","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fees for registration or renewal of registration of zero and low emission vehicles","content":"\t119 Fees for registration or renewal of registration of zero and low emission vehicles\n\nThe fee for registration or renewal of registration of a zero and low emission vehicle is—\n\n(a) nil, if the fee that would otherwise be payable under section 9(2) of the Act or Schedule 2 is less than $100; or\n\n(b) in any other case, the fee that would otherwise be payable under section 9 of the Act or Schedule 2, less $100.\n\n","sortOrder":125},{"sectionNumber":"120","sectionType":"section","heading":"Concessional registration fees for registration and renewal of registration","content":"\t120 Concessional registration fees for registration and renewal of registration\n\n(1) A concessional fee for registration or renewal of registration applies to a vehicle of a category referred to in Schedule 2.\n\n(2) Schedule 2 has effect.\n\n(3) If a motor vehicle is not to be used except for social, domestic or pleasure purposes and—\n\n(a) the vehicle is registered or to be registered in the name of a person who on the day of payment of the fee for registration or at the commencement of the period of registration, whichever is earlier, is an eligible beneficiary or the spouse or domestic partner of an eligible beneficiary; and\n\n(b) the provisions of this subregulation are not, at the commencement of the period of registration, being applied to—\n\n(i) any other motor vehicle registered in the name of the applicant; or\n\n(ii) if the applicant is not an eligible beneficiary, any motor vehicle registered in the name of the applicant or the applicant's spouse or domestic partner—\n\nthe fee to be paid for registration or renewal of registration of the vehicle is 50% of the fee that would otherwise be payable under section 9(2) of the Act.\n\nReg. 120A inserted by S.R. No. 67/2023 reg. 9.\n\n","sortOrder":126},{"sectionNumber":"120A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fees for registration and renewal of registration of light motor vehicles for eligible veterans","content":"\t120A Fees for registration and renewal of registration of light motor vehicles for eligible veterans\n\n(1) For a light motor vehicle to which subregulation (2) applies, the fee for registration or renewal of registration of the vehicle is—\n\n(a) nil, if the fee that would otherwise be payable under section 9(2) of the Act is less than $100; or\n\n(b) in any other case, the fee that would otherwise be payable under section 9(2) of the Act, less $100.\n\n(2) The light motor vehicle is not used except for social, domestic or pleasure purposes and—\n\n(a) the vehicle is registered or to be registered in the name of a person who is—\n\n(i) an eligible veteran; or\n\n(ii) a spouse, domestic partner or carer of an eligible veteran; and\n\n(b) the vehicle is not a vehicle to which a concessional fee for registration or renewal of registration under regulation 120 applies or has been applied; and\n\n(c) the provisions of this regulation have not been applied to—\n\n(i) any other vehicle registered in the name of the eligible veteran; or\n\n(ii) any other vehicle registered in the name of the spouse, domestic partner or carer of the eligible veteran.\n\n(3) The fee under subregulation (1) is to be applied to the vehicle from the date of commencement of registration, or renewal of registration, after the person notifies the Secretary that they are—\n\n(a) an eligible veteran; or\n\n(b) a spouse, domestic partner or carer of an eligible veteran.\n\n","sortOrder":127},{"sectionNumber":"121","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fees for the transfer of registration","content":"\t121 Fees for the transfer of registration\n\nThe fee payable for the transfer of registration of a vehicle is the relevant fee specified in Schedule 4.\n\n","sortOrder":128},{"sectionNumber":"122","sectionType":"section","heading":"Search and extract fees","content":"\t122 Search and extract fees\n\n(1) The fee payable for a search of, or extract from, the Secretary's records relating to registration of a vehicle or information relating to a vehicle on the register of written-off vehicles is the relevant fee specified in Schedule 5.\n\n(2) If, in respect of a particular vehicle, a search of, extract from, or certificate in respect of information on, both the register of vehicles and the register of written-off vehicles is made or issued, the relevant fee in Schedule 5 is payable in respect of each of those registers.\n\n(3) The Secretary may enter into an agreement with—\n\n(a) a public authority, the Chief Commissioner of Police, a municipal council, an insurer, a self-insurer, a motor vehicle wrecker, a motor car trader, a tolling operator or an auction house for the Secretary to provide extracts for fees that—\n\n(i) are less than the fees prescribed in subregulation (1); and\n\n(ii) do not exceed the costs incurred by the Secretary for providing the extracts; or\n\n(b) a person for the purposes of historical research or the supply of statistical information on reasonable terms acceptable to the Secretary and not exceeding the costs incurred by the Secretary for providing that service.\n\n","sortOrder":129},{"sectionNumber":"123","sectionType":"section","heading":"Refunds","content":"\t123 Refunds\n\n(1) If the registration of a vehicle is cancelled, the Secretary may refund part of the registration fees calculated in accordance with the following formula—\n\n\t**R** is the amount of the refund (in dollars); and\n\n\t**A** is the unexpired number of days of duration of the registration; and\n\n\t**B** is the total number of days for which the registration was granted; and\n\n\t**C** is the amount paid for the registration (in dollars).\n\n(2) If there is a change in the use or description of a registered vehicle as a result of which a lower registration fee is payable, the Secretary must refund the difference in fees in accordance with the following formula—\n\n\t**R** is the amount of the refund (in dollars); and\n\n\t**A** is the unexpired number of days of duration of the registration after the change; and\n\n\t**B** is the total number of days for which the registration was granted; and\n\n\t**C** is the amount of the difference in fees (in dollars).\n\n(3) The Secretary may require a person to pay the relevant fee specified in Schedule 4 for processing the refund.\n\n(4) The Secretary may deduct the fee referred to in subregulation (3) from any refund.\n\n(5) The Secretary is not required to refund an amount that would be payable if the amount of refund is equal to or less than the fee referred to in subregulation (3).\n\n(6) The Secretary is not required to refund part of the registration fee for a registered vehicle if there is a change to the registered operator of the vehicle after the commencement of the period of registration.\n\n","sortOrder":130},{"sectionNumber":"124","sectionType":"section","heading":"Reduction, waiver or refund of fees","content":"\t124 Reduction, waiver or refund of fees\n\nThe Secretary may reduce, waive or refund, in whole or in part, a fee specified under section 5AE or 9(2) of the Act or listed in Schedule 4 or 6, if the Secretary believes there are special circumstances that justify the reduction, waiver or refund of the fee.\n\n","sortOrder":131},{"sectionNumber":"125","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application of certain fees","content":"\t125 Application of certain fees\n\n(1) The following fees received by the Secretary must be paid by the Secretary into the Roads Fund established under section 39B of the **Transport Integration Act 2010**—\n\n(a) fees payable under items 2, 3, 5 to 16, 22, 25, 27, 28 and 33 to 36 of Schedule 4;\n\n(b) the fee payable under regulation 122;\n\n(c) administrative fees other than a fee charged for a service provided in connection with the registration of a light motor vehicle for a period of 3 or 6 months;\n\n(d) the fee payable for the replacement of a non‑standard number plate referred to in regulation 61(2)(c);\n\n(e) the fee payable for the issue of non-standard number plates referred to in regulation 77(3);\n\n(f) the fee payable for the issue of non-standard number plates for commercial passenger vehicles referred to in regulation 78(2);\n\n(g) the fee payable for the issue of slimline number plates referred to in regulation 79(2);\n\n(h) the fee payable for the issue of slimline club permit number plates referred to in regulation 194(3);\n\n(i) any fee payable for new standard club permit number plates or slimline club permit number plates referred to in regulation 194(6).\n\n***Administrative fee*** is defined in regulation 5 and includes the fee for a club log book (regulation 189(e)) and the fee for a replacement club log book (regulation 193).\n\n(2) A fee charged for a service provided in connection with the registration of a light motor vehicle for a period of 3 or 6 months must be paid by the Secretary into the Consolidated Fund in accordance with section 97(a) of the Act.\n\nDivision 11—Expiry, surrender, suspension and cancellation of registration\n\nSubdivision 1—Expiry\n\n\t126 Expiry of registration\n\nThe registration of a vehicle expires at the end of the day recorded in the register as the vehicle's registration expiry date.\n\nSubdivision 2—Surrender\n\n","sortOrder":132},{"sectionNumber":"127","sectionType":"section","heading":"Surrender of registration","content":"\t127 Surrender of registration\n\n(1) The registered operator of a vehicle may surrender the registration of the vehicle.\n\n(2) The surrender of registration under subregulation (1) may be made—\n\n(a) personally; or\n\n(b) by an agent who produces written evidence that they are the registered operator's agent.\n\n","sortOrder":133},{"sectionNumber":"128","sectionType":"section","heading":"Cancellation of registration following surrender of registration","content":"\t128 Cancellation of registration following surrender of registration\n\nOn the surrender of registration under regulation 127, the Secretary must cancel the registration of the vehicle.\n\nSubdivision 3—Suspension\n\n","sortOrder":134},{"sectionNumber":"129","sectionType":"section","heading":"Grounds for suspension","content":"\t129 Grounds for suspension\n\n(1) The Secretary may suspend the registration of a vehicle if—\n\n(a) a vehicle defect notice relating to the vehicle has not been cleared by the date for compliance specified in the notice; or\n\n(b) the vehicle does not comply with the standards for registration; or\n\n(c) any transport accident charge or duty payable in relation to the vehicle, or any other amount payable in relation to the vehicle under the Act, these Regulations or the Heavy Vehicle National Law (Victoria), has not been paid; or\n\n(d) a non-cash payment given to the Secretary as payment of an amount referred to in paragraph (c) is dishonoured; or\n\n(e) a penalty imposed on the registered operator of the vehicle in respect of the operation of the vehicle is unpaid and no court order for the payment of the penalty by instalments has been made; or\n\n(f) the registered operator of the vehicle has not complied with a court order for the payment by instalments of a penalty imposed on the registered operator in respect of the operation of the vehicle; or\n\n(g) the vehicle has been destroyed or damaged beyond repair; or\n\n(h) the registered operator of the vehicle has failed to comply with a notice under regulation 47 or section 13 of the Act to present the vehicle for inspection at the time and place stated in the notice; or\n\n(i) the Secretary reasonably believes the ownership, possession, control or description of the vehicle as recorded in the register is uncertain; or\n\n(j) the registered operator has failed to give the Secretary information or evidence relating to the registration of the vehicle requested by the Secretary in accordance with the Act or these Regulations; or\n\n(k) the Secretary reasonably believes that the vehicle or part of the vehicle is or may have been stolen; or\n\n(l) the Secretary reasonably believes that the vehicle or part of the vehicle has or may have been illegally imported; or\n\n(m) the vehicle does not have an identification plate; or\n\n(n) it appears to the Secretary that a vehicle identifier has been altered, defaced, removed, substituted or tampered with without lawful authorisation; or\n\n(o) the registered operator of the vehicle is a corporation that is convicted or found guilty of an offence against section 60 of the Act in relation to the vehicle; or\n\n(p) the requirements of these Regulations with respect to the transfer of registration of the vehicle have not been complied with; or\n\n(q) the registered operator of the vehicle has not complied with a direction under regulation 75(2)(a)(ii) or 85(1)(c) to return all number plates within the time stated in the relevant notice; or\n\n(r) the requirements of regulations 90 and 91 have not been complied with; or\n\n(s) the vehicle does not comply with a condition of its registration; or\n\n(t) the vehicle is not entered on the RAV.\n\n(2) With the prior approval of the Minister, the Secretary may suspend the registration of a vehicle if—\n\n(a) the vehicle, or any part of the vehicle, is subject to a recall notice under section 122 of the Australian Consumer Law (Victoria) and the manufacturer of the vehicle has demonstrated to the Secretary that the manufacturer has exhausted available actions to prevent injury to any person; or\n\n(b) the vehicle, or any part of the vehicle, is subject to a recall notice under rule 206 of the Road Vehicle Standards Rules and the supplier of the vehicle or part of the vehicle has demonstrated to the Secretary that the supplier has exhausted available actions to prevent injury to any person; or\n\n(c) the Secretary is otherwise satisfied that the suspension of registration of the vehicle is reasonably necessary to prevent injury to any person.\n\n(3) In this regulation—\n\n***supplier***  has the same meaning as in the Road Vehicle Standards Act.\n\n","sortOrder":135},{"sectionNumber":"130","sectionType":"section","heading":"Procedure for suspension","content":"\t130 Procedure for suspension\n\n(1) If the Secretary suspends the registration of a vehicle under regulation 129, the Secretary must give the registered operator a written notice stating—\n\n(a) the reasons for the suspension; and\n\n(b) the date on which the suspension takes effect; and\n\n(c) the action, if any, to be taken by the registered operator—\n\n(i) to avoid cancellation of registration of the vehicle; or\n\n(ii) to have the suspension lifted; and\n\n(d) the date by which the action must be taken (which must be at least 14 days after the date of the notice); and\n\n(e) the registered operator's rights to internal and external review of the Secretary's decision under Division 12 of this Part.\n\n(2) A notice under subregulation (1) may state that if the action referred to in subregulation (1)(c) is not taken by the date referred to in subregulation (1)(d), the Secretary may cancel the registration of the vehicle.\n\n(3) Subregulation (1) does not apply if the Secretary has not been given the name and residential, business or email address of any proposed acquirer of the vehicle.\n\n","sortOrder":136},{"sectionNumber":"131","sectionType":"section","heading":"Effect of suspension","content":"\t131 Effect of suspension\n\n(1) If the registration of a vehicle is suspended under this Division, the vehicle is unregistered for the purposes of Part 2 of the Act.\n\n(2) The suspension of a vehicle's registration under this Division does not alter the expiry date of the registration.\n\n(3) Despite subregulation (1), it is not an offence against these Regulations to leave a vehicle whose registration has been suspended standing on a highway.\n\n(4) Despite subregulation (1), for the purposes of Division 8 of this Part, a vehicle whose registration has been suspended is a registered vehicle.\n\nSubdivision 4—Cancellation\n\n","sortOrder":137},{"sectionNumber":"132","sectionType":"section","heading":"Cancellation of registration","content":"\t132 Cancellation of registration\n\n(a) the registered operator of a vehicle has been given a notice under regulation 130 stating that certain action must be taken by a specified date; and\n\n(b) the action has not been taken by that date; and\n\n(c) the Secretary reasonably believes that a reason for the suspension of the vehicle's registration still exists.\n\n(2) The Secretary may cancel the vehicle's registration after the date by which the action was required to be taken.\n\n(3) If the Secretary cancels the registration, the Secretary must give the registered operator of the vehicle written notice of—\n\n(a) the cancellation; and\n\n(b) the date of the cancellation; and\n\n(c) the registered operator's rights to internal and external review under Division 12 of this Part.\n\n","sortOrder":138},{"sectionNumber":"133","sectionType":"section","heading":"Obligation of registered operator if registration cancelled","content":"\t133 Obligation of registered operator if registration cancelled\n\nIf the registration of a vehicle is cancelled by the Secretary under regulation 132, the registered operator of the vehicle, if required by the Secretary, must return the vehicle's number plates to the Secretary or an agent nominated by the Secretary within 14 days after the date of cancellation specified in the notice given to the registered operator under regulation 132(3).\n\n","sortOrder":139},{"sectionNumber":"134","sectionType":"section","heading":"Cancellation of registration of written-off vehicles","content":"\t134 Cancellation of registration of written-off vehicles\n\n(1) If the Secretary enters a registered vehicle on the register of written-off vehicles, the Secretary must cancel the vehicle's registration.\n\n(2) If the Secretary cancels a vehicle's registration under subregulation (1), the Secretary must give the registered operator written notice of—\n\n(a) the cancellation of the registration; and\n\n(b) the registered operator's right to an internal review of the decision to enter the vehicle on the register of written-off vehicles under Subdivision 2 of Division 12 of this Part.\n\n(3) The Secretary must restore the registration of a vehicle cancelled under subregulation (1) if the entry of the vehicle on the register of written-off vehicles has been removed under regulation 110(3) or following an internal review under Subdivision 2 of Division 12 of this Part.\n\nDivision 12—Review and appeal rights\n\nSubdivision 1—Internal review\n\n\t135 Grounds for internal review\n\n(1) A person whose interests are affected by one of the following decisions of the Secretary may apply to the Secretary in writing for an internal review of the decision—\n\n(a) a decision to revoke an authorisation under regulation 14;\n\n(b) a decision not to register a vehicle under regulation 24(2), 48(1) or (2) or 49(2);\n\n(c) a decision to impose or vary a condition on the registration of a vehicle under regulation 49(1) or (4);\n\n(d) a decision as to fair market value under regulation 76(2);\n\n(e) a decision not to renew the registration of a vehicle under regulation 84(4);\n\n(f) a decision not to record the transfer of the registration of a vehicle under regulation 95(1) or 96(1);\n\n(g) a decision to suspend the registration of a vehicle under regulation 129;\n\n(h) a decision to cancel the registration of a vehicle under regulation 132;\n\n(i) a decision not to exempt a vehicle under regulation 147 from the requirement to be registered;\n\n(j) a decision not to issue an unregistered vehicle permit for a vehicle under regulation 149;\n\n(k) a decision to cancel a general identification mark under regulation 159;\n\n(l) a decision to vary a condition on the approval of a vehicle club under regulation 171;\n\n(m) a decision to revoke the approval of a vehicle club under regulation 172;\n\n(n) a decision to refuse an application for a club permit under regulation 177(2);\n\n(o) a decision to impose, vary or remove an operating condition on a club permit under regulation 187;\n\n(p) a decision to suspend or cancel a club permit under regulation 191(1) or 192(1);\n\n(q) a decision that item 16(a) or (b) of the Table in Schedule 2 does not apply in relation to an application for registration or renewal of registration of a vehicle;\n\n(r) a decision to vary any condition, limitation or restriction on a tester's licence under regulation 235.\n\n(2) An internal review of a decision referred to in subregulation (1) is not available if the decision resulted from a direction by the Director, Fines Victoria under the **Fines Reform Act 2014**.\n\n","sortOrder":140},{"sectionNumber":"136","sectionType":"section","heading":"When application for internal review must be made","content":"\t136 When application for internal review must be made\n\nAn application for internal review must be made within 28 days after the later of—\n\n(a) the date of the notice informing the person of the decision; and\n\n(b) the date of the written notice sent by the Secretary informing the person of the person's right to an internal review.\n\n","sortOrder":141},{"sectionNumber":"137","sectionType":"section","heading":"Who is to conduct internal review","content":"\t137 Who is to conduct internal review\n\nAn application for internal review must be considered by a person who was not involved in considering or making the decision the subject of the review.\n\n","sortOrder":142},{"sectionNumber":"138","sectionType":"section","heading":"Decision about internal review","content":"\t138 Decision about internal review\n\n(1) After an application for internal review is considered under regulation 137, the Secretary must—\n\n(a) affirm the decision; or\n\n(b) vary the decision; or\n\n(c) revoke the decision and make another decision in substitution for it.\n\n(2) Within 28 days after the Secretary receives an application for internal review, the Secretary must send the applicant a written notice stating—\n\n(a) the outcome of the internal review; and\n\n(b) if the decision is referred to in section 12, 15A or 16E of the Act, the applicant's right of appeal to the Magistrates' Court; and\n\n(c) if applicable, the applicant's right to an external review of the decision under regulation 143.\n\n(3) If, within 28 days after receiving an application for internal review, the Secretary has not sent written notice of the outcome of the internal review to the applicant, the Secretary is taken to have affirmed the decision.\n\nSubdivision 2—Internal review of decisions about written-off vehicles and tester's licences\n\n","sortOrder":143},{"sectionNumber":"139","sectionType":"section","heading":"Who may apply for review","content":"\t139 Who may apply for review\n\n(1) A person referred to in section 16E(2) of the Act may apply to the Secretary for an internal review of the decision by the Secretary—\n\n(a) to enter or refuse to enter a vehicle on the register of written-off vehicles; or\n\n(b) to refuse to remove an entry from the register of written-off vehicles; or\n\n(c) to amend, or refuse to amend, an entry on the register of written-off vehicles.\n\n(2) A person referred to in section 15A(5) of the Act may apply to the Secretary for an internal review of the decision by the Secretary to suspend or cancel a tester's licence under section 15A(1) of the Act.\n\n","sortOrder":144},{"sectionNumber":"140","sectionType":"section","heading":"When application must be made","content":"\t140 When application must be made\n\nAn application for internal review must be made within 28 days after the later of—\n\n(a) the date of the notice informing the person of the decision; and\n\n(b) the date of the written notice sent by the Secretary informing the person of the person's right to an internal review.\n\n","sortOrder":145},{"sectionNumber":"141","sectionType":"section","heading":"Who must consider application for internal review","content":"\t141 Who must consider application for internal review\n\nAn application for internal review must be considered by a person who was not involved in considering or making the decision the subject of the review.\n\n","sortOrder":146},{"sectionNumber":"142","sectionType":"section","heading":"Decision about internal review","content":"\t142 Decision about internal review\n\n(1) After an application for internal review is considered under regulation 141, the Secretary must—\n\n(a) affirm the decision; or\n\n(b) vary the decision; or\n\n(c) revoke the decision and make another decision in substitution for it.\n\n(2) Within 28 days after the Secretary receives an application for internal review, the Secretary must send the applicant written notice of—\n\n(a) the outcome of the internal review; and\n\n(b) the applicant's right of appeal to the Magistrates' Court.\n\n(3) If, within 28 days after receiving an application for internal review, the Secretary has not sent written notice of the outcome of the internal review to the applicant, the Secretary is taken to have affirmed the decision.\n\nSubdivision 3—External review\n\n","sortOrder":147},{"sectionNumber":"143","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application for external review","content":"\t143 Application for external review\n\n(1) A person whose interests are affected by a decision of the Secretary that has been the subject of an internal review under regulation 138 may apply to VCAT for a review of the decision.\n\n(2) Subregulation (1) does not apply if—\n\n(a) the person has a right to appeal to the Magistrates' Court under section 12, 15A or 16E of the Act; or\n\n(b) the decision is a decision referred to in regulation 135(1)(k), (l), (o), (q) or (r).\n\n(3) An application under subregulation (1) must be made within 28 days after the latest of—\n\n(a) the date on which the internal review decision is made; and\n\n(b) the date on which the person is sent written notice by the Secretary informing the person of the person's right to an external review; and\n\n(c) if, under the **Victorian Civil and Administrative Tribunal Act 1998**, the person asks for a statement of reasons for the decision—\n\n(i) the date on which the statement of reasons is sent to the person; or\n\n(ii) the date on which the person is informed under section 46(5) of that Act that a statement of reasons will not be given.\n\nSubdivision 4—Appeals\n\n","sortOrder":148},{"sectionNumber":"144","sectionType":"section","heading":"Appeal to the Magistrates' Court under section 12, 15A or 16E of the Act","content":"\t144 Appeal to the Magistrates' Court under section 12, 15A or 16E of the Act\n\n(1) An appeal to the Magistrates' Court under section 12, 15A or 16E of the Act by a person affected by a decision made by the Secretary must be made within 28 days after—\n\n(a) if the decision was not reviewed under regulation 138 or 142—the date of the notice of the Secretary's decision; or\n\n(b) if the decision was reviewed under regulation 142—the date of the notice informing the person of the outcome of the internal review.\n\n(2) If the Secretary fails to notify a person of the outcome of an internal review of a decision, as required by regulation 138 or 142, the person may appeal to the Magistrates' Court within 60 days after the date on which the person made the application for internal review.\n\n(3) A person who appeals to the Magistrates' Court under section 12, 15A or 16E of the Act must—\n\n(a) give written notice of the appeal to the registrar of the Magistrates' Court, and request the clerk to endorse a copy of the notice with the date on which the appeal is to be heard; and\n\n(b) serve on the Secretary the endorsed copy of the notice not less than 14 days before the hearing date.\n\n(4) The Magistrates' Court must cause particulars of an order made on an appeal under section 12, 15A or 16E of the Act to be sent immediately to the Secretary.\n\nPart 3—Use of unregistered vehicles\n\nDivision 1—Exemptions from registration\n\n\t145 Exemption for vehicles used for the purpose of obtaining registration\n\n(1) Subject to subregulation (3), a vehicle is exempt from the requirement to be registered while it is being used on a highway if—\n\n(a) the vehicle is being used for the purpose of obtaining registration and the vehicle is proceeding by the most direct or convenient route to the nearest place at which registration under the Act is carried out; or\n\n(b) the vehicle is being used for the purpose of attending an office of the Department or an authorised vehicle inspector to have a defect notice cleared.\n\n(2) A vehicle is exempt from the requirement to be registered while it is being used on a highway if—\n\n(a) its registration has been suspended on the grounds referred to in regulation 129(1)(a); and\n\n(b) the vehicle is being used by a licensed tester or an examining mechanic for the purpose of examination and testing.\n\n(3) A vehicle is not exempt under subregulation (1) from the requirement to be registered while the vehicle is being used on a highway for the purpose of—\n\n(a) having the vehicle repaired; or\n\n(b) obtaining a certificate of roadworthiness for the vehicle.\n\nSee Part 3 of the **Transport Accident Act 1986** for information about entitlement to compensation under that Act.\n\n(4) In this regulation—\n\n***direct or convenient route*** includes—\n\n(a) the route to the nearest place at which the vehicle can be weighed or the place in which the inspection for the purpose of obtaining registration is booked; and\n\n(b) the route from that place to the place of registration.\n\n","sortOrder":149},{"sectionNumber":"146","sectionType":"section","heading":"Exemption for vehicles temporarily in Victoria","content":"\t146 Exemption for vehicles temporarily in Victoria\n\n(1) A vehicle is exempt from the requirement to be registered while it is being used on a highway if—\n\n(a) the vehicle is in Victoria temporarily; and\n\n(b) the vehicle is registered in another jurisdiction or a foreign country; and\n\n(c) the vehicle is carrying, conspicuously displayed in the required way and condition, all number plates and labels that it is at that time required to carry in the jurisdiction or foreign country in which it is registered under the law of that jurisdiction or foreign country.\n\n(2) A vehicle is exempt from the requirement to be registered while it is being used on a highway if—\n\n(a) the vehicle is in Victoria temporarily; and\n\n(b) the vehicle is permitted to be used in accordance with a law in force in another jurisdiction relating to the use of unregistered vehicles (including a law relating to trade plates and unregistered vehicle permits); and\n\n(c) the vehicle is carrying, conspicuously displayed in the required way and condition, all number plates and labels that it is at that time required to carry in that jurisdiction under the law of that jurisdiction; and\n\n(d) the vehicle is being used in accordance with any conditions of any permit or other authority that apply in that jurisdiction, to the extent they are capable of being applied to the use of the vehicle outside that jurisdiction.\n\n","sortOrder":150},{"sectionNumber":"147","sectionType":"section","heading":"Exemption by Secretary for purpose of moving vehicle","content":"\t147 Exemption by Secretary for purpose of moving vehicle\n\n(1) A person may apply to the Secretary for an exemption from the requirement for a vehicle to be registered for the purpose of moving the vehicle directly across a highway from a location on one side of the highway to a location on the other side of the highway.\n\n(2) On an application under subregulation (1), the Secretary, by written notice, may exempt the vehicle from the requirement to be registered.\n\n(3) A person driving a vehicle that has been exempted under this regulation must carry the notice of the exemption.\n\n(4) If the Secretary refuses an application under this regulation, the Secretary must give the applicant written notice of—\n\n(b) the person's rights under Division 12 of Part 2 to an internal and external review of the decision.\n\nDivision 2—Unregistered vehicle permits\n\n","sortOrder":151},{"sectionNumber":"148","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application for unregistered vehicle permit","content":"\t148 Application for unregistered vehicle permit\n\n(1) A person may apply to the Secretary for an unregistered vehicle permit.\n\n(2) The application must be in the approved application form and include the following information—\n\n(a) the personal particulars or the corporation particulars of the person seeking the unregistered vehicle permit for a vehicle;\n\n(c) the proposed garage address of the vehicle.\n\n(3) The application must be accompanied by—\n\n(a) the relevant fee specified in Schedule 4; and\n\n(b) the appropriate transport accident charge.\n\n","sortOrder":152},{"sectionNumber":"149","sectionType":"section","heading":"Secretary may issue unregistered vehicle permit","content":"\t149 Secretary may issue unregistered vehicle permit\n\n(1) On an application under regulation 148(1), the Secretary may issue an unregistered vehicle permit for a vehicle if—\n\n(a) it would be unreasonable or impracticable to require the vehicle to be registered during the period for which the permit is sought; or\n\n(b) the vehicle has been driven to a place for the purpose of obtaining registration and the Secretary has refused to register the vehicle.\n\n(2) If the Secretary refuses to issue an unregistered vehicle permit, the Secretary must give the applicant written notice of—\n\n(b) the applicant's rights under Division 12 of Part 2 to an internal and external review of the decision.\n\n","sortOrder":153},{"sectionNumber":"150","sectionType":"section","heading":"Authorisation given by permit","content":"\t150 Authorisation given by permit\n\n(1) An unregistered vehicle permit for a vehicle authorises the use of the vehicle on a highway or on particular roads or road-related areas specified in the permit—\n\n(a) for the period for which the permit is valid; and\n\n(b) in accordance with the conditions to which the permit is subject.\n\n(2) For the purposes of section 7(1) of the Act, an unregistered vehicle permit is a registration permit.\n\n","sortOrder":154},{"sectionNumber":"151","sectionType":"section","heading":"Conditions of unregistered vehicle permit","content":"\t151 Conditions of unregistered vehicle permit\n\nAn unregistered vehicle permit is subject to the following conditions—\n\n(a) if the permit is in paper form, the permit must be affixed as follows—\n\n(i) in the case of a motor vehicle fitted with a windscreen or fixed windows—\n\n(A) to the lower left or near side portion of the front windscreen of the vehicle; or\n\n(B) to any fixed window on the left or rear side of the vehicle;\n\n(ii) in any other case, on or adjacent to the vehicle's rear number plate in a way that the characters on the number plate are not obscured;\n\n(b) if the permit is in electronic form, the driver of the vehicle—\n\n(i) must print the permit in paper form and affix the permit to the vehicle in accordance with paragraph (a); or\n\n(ii) on the request of the Secretary, a police officer or an authorised officer, must produce, by means of an electronic communication, an electronic form of the permit;\n\n(c) any other conditions specified in the permit.\n\n","sortOrder":155},{"sectionNumber":"152","sectionType":"section","heading":"Variation, cancellation or expiry of permit","content":"\t152 Variation, cancellation or expiry of permit\n\n(1) The Secretary may do any of the following—\n\n(a) vary the conditions of an unregistered vehicle permit;\n\n(b) before the specified start date of an unregistered vehicle permit, amend the start date or the expiry date of the permit;\n\n(c) cancel an unregistered vehicle permit.\n\n(2) The Secretary must give written notice to the permit holder of any action taken under subregulation (1).\n\n(3) An unregistered vehicle permit expires at the end of the day specified in the permit, unless it is sooner cancelled.\n\nDivision 3—General identification marks and trade plates\n\nSubdivision 1—Preliminary\n\n\t153 Interpretation\n\n(1) For the purposes of section 7(1) of the Act, a general identification mark or trade plates issued under this Division is a registration permit.\n\n(2) For the purposes of sections 16 and 80A of the Act, a trade plate is a number plate.\n\nSubdivision 2—General identification marks and trade plates\n\n","sortOrder":156},{"sectionNumber":"154","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application for general identification mark and trade plates","content":"\t154 Application for general identification mark and trade plates\n\n(1) Any of the following persons may apply to the Secretary for a general identification mark and trade plates—\n\n(a) a manufacturer of vehicles;\n\n(b) a dealer;\n\n(c) a fleet owner;\n\n(d) a licensed tester;\n\n(e) a person or class of persons providing a service of inspecting and checking vehicles for mechanical condition and efficiency;\n\n(f) a person engaged in the business of altering, modifying, repairing or transporting vehicles before registration.\n\n(2) An application under subregulation (1) must—\n\n(b) be accompanied by the relevant fee specified in Schedule 4; and\n\n(c) for a general identification mark relating to motor vehicles, be accompanied by the appropriate transport accident charge in respect of each trade plate for the period specified in the application.\n\n","sortOrder":157},{"sectionNumber":"155","sectionType":"section","heading":"Assignment of general identification mark and supply of trade plates","content":"\t155 Assignment of general identification mark and supply of trade plates\n\n(1) On an application under regulation 154(1), the Secretary may—\n\n(a) assign a general identification mark for a period of 12 months to the applicant; and\n\n(b) supply one or more trade plates bearing that mark to the applicant.\n\n(2) The Secretary may limit the number of trade plates the Secretary supplies for a general identification mark.\n\n","sortOrder":158},{"sectionNumber":"156","sectionType":"section","heading":"Renewal of assignment of general identification mark","content":"\t156 Renewal of assignment of general identification mark\n\n(1) The Secretary may renew an assignment of a general identification mark for a further period of 12 months on the payment of the annual fee specified in regulation 157 and the appropriate transport accident charge.\n\n(2) The assignment of a general identification mark may be renewed under this regulation no later than 3 months after the expiry of the assignment.\n\n","sortOrder":159},{"sectionNumber":"157","sectionType":"section","heading":"Annual fee for general identification mark and trade plates","content":"\t157 Annual fee for general identification mark and trade plates\n\n(1) A person to whom a general identification mark has been assigned must pay the relevant annual fee specified in Schedule 4 to the Secretary for—\n\n(a) the general identification mark; and\n\n(b) each trade plate for the general identification mark.\n\n(2) Payment of the annual fee under subregulation (1) must be accompanied by the appropriate transport accident charge.\n\n","sortOrder":160},{"sectionNumber":"158","sectionType":"section","heading":"Persons who cease to be eligible for general identification mark and trade plates","content":"\t158 Persons who cease to be eligible for general identification mark and trade plates\n\nIf the person to whom a general identification mark has been assigned ceases to be a person specified in regulation 154(1), the person must—\n\n(a) notify the Secretary; and\n\n(b) return to the Secretary all trade plates which have been supplied to the person.\n\n","sortOrder":161},{"sectionNumber":"159","sectionType":"section","heading":"Cancellation of general identification mark and return of trade plates","content":"\t159 Cancellation of general identification mark and return of trade plates\n\n(1) The Secretary must cancel a general identification mark assigned to a person and require the person to return the trade plates supplied for the general identification mark if—\n\n(a) the person is not a person specified in regulation 154(1); or\n\n(b) the general identification mark was assigned in error; or\n\n(c) the annual fee and the appropriate transport accident charge specified in regulation 157 is not paid to the Secretary within 3 months after the date of expiry of the general identification mark; or\n\n(d) the payment of the annual fee and the appropriate transport accident charge specified in regulation 157 is dishonoured; or\n\n(e) the Secretary has received written advice from Victoria Police or another enforcement agency that the person has contravened regulation 160.\n\n(2) If the Secretary cancels a general identification mark, the Secretary must give the person to whom it was assigned written notice of—\n\n(b) the person's rights under Subdivision 1 of Division 12 of Part 2 to an internal review of the decision.\n\n","sortOrder":162},{"sectionNumber":"160","sectionType":"section","heading":"Misuse of general identification mark or trade plates","content":"\t160 Misuse of general identification mark or trade plates\n\n(1) A driver of a vehicle must not use a general identification mark or trade plates otherwise than in accordance with this Division.\n\n(2) A person to whom a general identification mark is assigned must not cause or permit the general identification mark or trade plates to be used otherwise than in accordance with this Division.\n\n","sortOrder":163},{"sectionNumber":"161","sectionType":"section","heading":"Seizure of trade plates","content":"\t161 Seizure of trade plates\n\nThe Secretary, a police officer or an authorised officer may seize the trade plates attached to a vehicle if the Secretary, police officer or the authorised officer (as the case may be) believes on reasonable grounds that the general identification mark has been misused or cancelled.\n\nSubdivision 3—Use of unregistered vehicles on a highway\n\n","sortOrder":164},{"sectionNumber":"162","sectionType":"section","heading":"Attachment of trade plates","content":"\t162 Attachment of trade plates\n\n(1) Subject to any particular requirements and limitations in this Subdivision, an unregistered vehicle with a trade plate attached in accordance with subregulation (2) may be used on a highway.\n\n(2) The trade plate must be attached to the rear of the vehicle in accordance with the requirements under regulation 63(1) that apply to the affixing of a number plate to the rear of a registered vehicle.\n\n","sortOrder":165},{"sectionNumber":"163","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of unregistered vehicle on highway without trade plates","content":"\t163 Use of unregistered vehicle on highway without trade plates\n\nDespite regulation 162(1), an unregistered vehicle may be used on a highway without having a trade plate attached to it if—\n\n(a) the vehicle is owned by the assignee of a general identification mark (the ***owner***); and\n\n(b) the vehicle is being used—\n\n(i) on the owner's premises; or\n\n(ii) within 100 metres of the premises of a person specified in regulation 154(1) on a highway that adjoins those premises; and\n\n(c) at all times during the use there is a driver and no other person in the vehicle; and\n\n(d) the driver is employed by the owner or by a person who is delivering the vehicle to the owner; and\n\n(e) the vehicle—\n\n(i) is being moved to the owner's premises, or from one part of the owner's premises to another part of the owner's premises; and\n\n(ii) is not being used for any other purpose.\n\n","sortOrder":166},{"sectionNumber":"164","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of unregistered vehicle with trade plates by manufacturer or dealer","content":"\t164 Use of unregistered vehicle with trade plates by manufacturer or dealer\n\nFor the purposes of regulation 162(1), a manufacturer of vehicles or a dealer, or a person acting on behalf of the manufacturer of vehicles or a dealer, may use an unregistered vehicle on a highway—\n\n(a) to drive the vehicle in the process of manufacture from place to place; or\n\n(b) to drive the vehicle from the place of manufacture to the place where the vehicle will be offered for sale; or\n\n(c) to test drive the vehicle; or\n\n(d) to drive the vehicle to demonstrate its powers and qualities to a purchaser or prospective purchaser; or\n\n(e) to drive the vehicle in the course of its delivery before or after sale; or\n\n(f) to drive the vehicle to any premises to be repaired or modified; or\n\n(g) to drive the vehicle during the process of repair or modification; or\n\n(h) to drive the vehicle to return it to its owner after repair or modification.\n\n","sortOrder":167},{"sectionNumber":"165","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of unregistered vehicle with trade plates by prospective purchaser","content":"\t165 Use of unregistered vehicle with trade plates by prospective purchaser\n\nFor the purposes of regulation 162(1), a prospective purchaser of an unregistered vehicle from a dealer may test drive the vehicle on a highway to assess its powers and qualities.\n\n","sortOrder":168},{"sectionNumber":"166","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of unregistered vehicle with trade plates by fleet owner","content":"\t166 Use of unregistered vehicle with trade plates by fleet owner\n\nFor the purposes of regulation 162(1), a fleet owner, the fleet owner or a person acting on behalf of the fleet owner, may use an unregistered vehicle proposed to be part of that fleet on a highway in the course of preparing it for registration, including in the course of testing or modifying the vehicle.\n\n","sortOrder":169},{"sectionNumber":"167","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of unregistered vehicle with trade plates by certain eligible persons","content":"\t167 Use of unregistered vehicle with trade plates by certain eligible persons\n\n(1) For the purposes of regulation 162(1), a licensed tester, or a person specified in regulation 154(1)(e) may use an unregistered vehicle on a highway—\n\n(a) to drive the vehicle from place to place to examine and test it; or\n\n(b) to drive the vehicle in the process of examining and testing it; or\n\n(c) to drive the vehicle in the course of collecting or returning it to its owner.\n\n(2) For the purposes of regulation 162(1), a person who is engaged in the business of altering, modifying, repairing or transporting vehicles before registration, or a person acting on behalf of that person may use an unregistered vehicle on a highway—\n\n(a) to drive the vehicle to any premises to be altered, modified or repaired; or\n\n(b) to drive the vehicle during the process of alteration, modification or repair; or\n\n(c) to return the vehicle to its owner after alteration, modification or repair.\n\n","sortOrder":170},{"sectionNumber":"168","sectionType":"section","heading":"Unregistered vehicle with trade plates may be used to carry or tow another vehicle","content":"\t168 Unregistered vehicle with trade plates may be used to carry or tow another vehicle\n\n(1) A vehicle being used in accordance with regulation 166, 167 or 168 may carry or tow another vehicle.\n\n(2) Despite regulation 162(1), a vehicle being carried or towed under subregulation (1) does not require a trade plate.\n\nDivision 4—Club permits\n\nSubdivision 1—Approved clubs\n\n\t169 Application for club approval\n\n(1) A vehicle club may apply to the Secretary to be an approved club.\n\n(b) include an acknowledgement by the vehicle club that the duties of an approved club are to—\n\n(i) verify that an applicant for a club permit is a club member; and\n\n(ii) verify that the vehicle specified in an application for a club permit is—\n\n(A) a club eligible vehicle; and\n\n(B) safe to use on a highway; and\n\n(iii) comply with the conditions referred to in regulation 171.\n\n","sortOrder":171},{"sectionNumber":"170","sectionType":"section","heading":"Secretary may approve vehicle club","content":"\t170 Secretary may approve vehicle club\n\n(1) On an application under regulation 169(1), the Secretary may approve a vehicle club for the purposes of this Division.\n\n(2) The Secretary must give written notice to the vehicle club of the Secretary's decision to approve or refuse the application.\n\n","sortOrder":172},{"sectionNumber":"171","sectionType":"section","heading":"Conditions of vehicle club approval","content":"\t171 Conditions of vehicle club approval\n\n(1) The Secretary may impose any conditions on a vehicle club approval given under regulation 170 that the Secretary thinks fit.\n\n(2) The Secretary may vary or remove a condition imposed on a vehicle club approval by giving written notice to the approved club.\n\n(3) If the Secretary varies a condition of a vehicle club approval, the Secretary must give the approved club written notice of—\n\n(b) the vehicle club's rights under Subdivision 1 of Division 12 of Part 2 to an internal review of the decision.\n\n","sortOrder":173},{"sectionNumber":"172","sectionType":"section","heading":"Revocation of vehicle club approval","content":"\t172 Revocation of vehicle club approval\n\n(1) If the Secretary considers that an approved club is not complying with the conditions of the approval, the Secretary may revoke the Secretary's approval of the vehicle club.\n\n(2) If the Secretary revokes an approval under subregulation (1), the Secretary must give the vehicle club written notice of—\n\n(b) the vehicle club's rights under Division 12 of Part 2 to an internal and external review of the Secretary's decision.\n\n(3) If the Secretary revokes an approval under subregulation (1) and—\n\n(a) the vehicle club does not seek an internal review of that decision; or\n\n(b) the revocation is upheld following an internal review—\n\nthe Secretary must notify each club member of that vehicle club that the club member has 28 days to become a club member of another approved club in order to comply with regulation 185(1)(a).\n\nSubdivision 2—Application for club permit\n\n","sortOrder":174},{"sectionNumber":"173","sectionType":"section","heading":"Club permit is a registration permit","content":"\t173 Club permit is a registration permit\n\nFor the purposes of section 7(1) of the Act, a club permit is a registration permit.\n\n","sortOrder":175},{"sectionNumber":"174","sectionType":"section","heading":"Types of club permit","content":"\t174 Types of club permit\n\n(1) A 45 day club permit authorises the operation of the vehicle specified in the club permit for up to 45 days in the club permit period.\n\n(2) A 90 day club permit authorises the operation of the vehicle specified in the club permit for up to 90 days in the club permit period.\n\n(3) In a club permit period, a person may be issued with no more than—\n\n(a) two 45 day club permits for a club eligible vehicle; or\n\n(b) one 90 day club permit for a club eligible vehicle.\n\n","sortOrder":176},{"sectionNumber":"175","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application for club permit","content":"\t175 Application for club permit\n\n(1) A person who is a club member may apply to the Secretary for a club permit for a club eligible vehicle.\n\n(b) indicate whether the application is for—\n\n(i) a 45 day club permit; or\n\n(ii) a 90 day club permit; and\n\n(c) include the following information—\n\n(i) the personal particulars or corporation particulars of the applicant;\n\n(ii) the vehicle particulars;\n\n(iii) the garage address of the vehicle;\n\n(iv) the degree and nature of any substantial modifications to the vehicle;\n\n(v) any other information specified in the approved application form; and\n\n(d) be accompanied by a written statement by an officer bearer of the approved club that—\n\n(i) the applicant is a club member; and\n\n(ii) the vehicle is a club eligible vehicle; and\n\n(e) include the payment of—\n\n(i) the relevant fee specified in Schedule 2 for a 45 day club permit or a 90 day club permit, as the case requires; and\n\n(ii) the appropriate transport accident charge; and\n\n(iii) the relevant fee for a club log book, as notified by the Secretary; and\n\n(iv) either—\n\n(A) the relevant fee specified in Schedule 4 for the issue of a standard club permit number plate; or\n\n(B) the fee fixed by the Secretary under section 5AE of the Act for a slimline club permit number plate.\n\n","sortOrder":177},{"sectionNumber":"176","sectionType":"section","heading":"Verification of application for club permit","content":"\t176 Verification of application for club permit\n\n(1) The Secretary may require an applicant for a club permit to submit evidence verifying the following matters—\n\n(a) the identity of the applicant;\n\n(b) that the vehicle is safe to use on a highway;\n\n(c) that the vehicle has a roadworthy certificate;\n\n(d) that the vehicle complies with the standards for registration;\n\n(e) any other information specified in the approved application form referred to in regulation 175.\n\n","sortOrder":178},{"sectionNumber":"177","sectionType":"section","heading":"Secretary may issue club permit","content":"\t177 Secretary may issue club permit\n\n(1) On an application under regulation 175, the Secretary may issue a 45 day club permit or a 90 day club permit for a vehicle if satisfied that—\n\n(a) the applicant is a club member; and\n\n(b) the vehicle is a club eligible vehicle; and\n\n(c) the vehicle is safe for use on a highway; and\n\n(d) none of the matters specified in subregulation (2) apply.\n\n(2) Despite subregulation (1), the Secretary may refuse to issue a club permit if—\n\n(a) a previous club permit held by the applicant remains suspended or has been cancelled; or\n\n(b) the vehicle is already covered by a current club permit; or\n\n(c) the information provided with the application is incomplete or incorrect; or\n\n(d) the applicant has not paid the fees and charges specified in regulation 175.\n\n(3) A club permit must—\n\n(a) contain the club permit holder's name; and\n\n(b) contain the club permit holder's residential address or business address; and\n\n(c) contain sufficient information to identify the vehicle, including the vehicle's garage address; and\n\n(d) specify whether it is a 45 day club permit or a 90 day club permit; and\n\n(e) specify the club permit period; and\n\n(f) specify any operating conditions applying to the club permit; and\n\n(g) club permit expiry date.\n\n(4) If the Secretary refuses an application for a club permit, the Secretary must give the applicant written notice of—\n\n(b) the applicant's rights under Division 12 of Part 2 to an internal and external review of the Secretary's decision.\n\n","sortOrder":179},{"sectionNumber":"178","sectionType":"section","heading":"Temporary club permit","content":"\t178 Temporary club permit\n\n(1) On receipt of an application under regulation 175, the Secretary may issue a temporary club permit and temporary club log book for use by the applicant until the applicant receives a club permit and club log book.\n\n(2) If an applicant under regulation 175 is issued with a temporary club permit, the applicant may operate the vehicle under the temporary club permit as though it were a club permit provided that—\n\n(a) the applicant complies with the general conditions of the club permit and any operating conditions (except in relation to club permit labels); and\n\n(b) the applicant destroys the temporary club permit and temporary club log book on receipt of the club permit and club log book.\n\n","sortOrder":180},{"sectionNumber":"179","sectionType":"section","heading":"Authorisation given by club permit","content":"\t179 Authorisation given by club permit\n\nA club permit authorises the vehicle specified in the club permit to be used on a highway only—\n\n(a) during the club permit period for which the club permit is in force; and\n\n(b) in accordance with the general conditions and any operating conditions to which the club permit is subject.\n\n","sortOrder":181},{"sectionNumber":"180","sectionType":"section","heading":"Duration of club permit in a club permit","content":"\t180 Duration of club permit in a club permit\n\n(1) A club permit continues in force for 12 months from the issue or renewal of the club permit or the corresponding temporary club permit, whichever is earlier, unless it is sooner cancelled or suspended.\n\n(2) If a club permit holder, being the holder of a 45 day club permit, is issued with a second 45 day club permit in a club permit period, the second club permit must have the same expiry date as the first club permit, and the duration of the second club permit is reduced accordingly.\n\nOn 1 January 2021, A is issued with a 45 day club permit with an expiry date of 31 December 2021. On 1 July 2021, A club permit holder is issued with a second 45 day club permit with an expiry date of 31 December 2021. The duration of the initial permit is 12 months, but the duration of the second permit is reduced to 6 months.\n\n","sortOrder":182},{"sectionNumber":"181","sectionType":"section","heading":"Issue of club permit label and club log book","content":"\t181 Issue of club permit label and club log book\n\nWhen the Secretary issues a club permit in respect of a vehicle, the Secretary must also issue in respect of that vehicle—\n\n(a) a club permit label in the approved form; and\n\n(b) a club log book which has available entries for up to 90 days.\n\nSubdivision 3—Club permit obligations\n\n","sortOrder":183},{"sectionNumber":"182","sectionType":"section","heading":"Club permit label obligations","content":"\t182 Club permit label obligations\n\n(1) The club permit holder must ensure that the club permit label is affixed to the vehicle specified in the club permit as follows—\n\n(a) in the case of a motor vehicle fitted with a windscreen or fixed windows—\n\n(i) to the lower left or near side portion of the front windscreen of the vehicle; or\n\n(ii) to any fixed window on the left or near side of the vehicle;\n\n(b) in the case of a motor vehicle not fitted with a windscreen or fixed windows (other than a motor cycle), in a suitable holder on the left side of the vehicle;\n\n(c) in the case of a motor cycle, in a suitable holder—\n\n(i) to the left side of the motor cycle so that the front of the label faces outwards from the motor cycle; or\n\n(ii) to the handlebar on the left side of the motor cycle so that the front of the label faces the front of the motor cycle; or\n\n(iii) to the centre of the front of the motor cycle in a position as near as practicable to the top of the steering head so that the front of the label faces towards the front of the motor cycle; or\n\n(iv) on or adjacent to the motor cycle's number plate in a way that the characters on the number plate are not obscured;\n\n(d) for a trailer—\n\n(i) on or adjacent to the vehicle's number plate in a way that the characters on the number plate are not obscured; or\n\n(ii) in a suitable holder on the left side of the trailer in a position not more than 1⋅5 metres above ground level with the front of the label facing outwards from the trailer towards the left; or\n\n(iii) if the trailer has a window on the left side not more than 1⋅5 metres above ground level, horizontally to the window so that the label is fixed not more than 15 centimetres from the bottom corner of the window nearest to the front of the trailer, with the front of the label against the inside surface of the window;\n\n(e) in any other case, on or adjacent to the vehicle's rear number plate in a way that the characters on the number plate are not obscured.\n\n(2) A driver of a vehicle operated under a club permit must not use that vehicle on a highway if a club permit label is not affixed in accordance with subregulation (1) unless the use is permitted under these Regulations or any other law.\n\n(3) A club permit holder of a vehicle operated under a club permit must ensure that the vehicle is not used on a highway if a club permit label is not affixed in accordance with subregulation (1) unless the use is permitted under these Regulations or under any other law.\n\n","sortOrder":184},{"sectionNumber":"183","sectionType":"section","heading":"Club log book obligations","content":"\t183 Club log book obligations\n\n(1) A club permit holder must ensure that a club permit is affixed inside a club log book.\n\n(2) On each day that a vehicle operated under the club permit is driven outside the vehicle's local zone, the club permit holder must ensure that the next available entry in the club log book is completed before beginning the journey.\n\n(3) For the purposes of subregulation (2), if a journey begins before midnight and continues into the next day, an entry must be made in the club log book in respect of each of those days.\n\n(4) A club permit holder must not complete or partially complete entries in a club log book which relate to a future day.\n\n(5) A club permit holder must ensure that, if a club permit is a 45 day club permit, only the first 45 entries in the club log book are used, unless a second 45 day club permit is issued for the club permit period and affixed inside the club log book.\n\n(6) A club permit holder must ensure that, if all available entries in a club log book have been completed, or if the club permit has expired or been cancelled, the vehicle under the club permit must not be driven outside the vehicle's local zone until a new club permit is issued.\n\n","sortOrder":185},{"sectionNumber":"184","sectionType":"section","heading":"Offence to cause or permit non-compliance with club log book obligations","content":"\t184 Offence to cause or permit non-compliance with club log book obligations\n\nA club permit holder must not cause or permit a driver of a vehicle operated under the club permit to fail to comply with regulation 183.\n\n","sortOrder":186},{"sectionNumber":"185","sectionType":"section","heading":"General conditions of club permit","content":"\t185 General conditions of club permit\n\n(1) A club permit or a temporary club permit is subject to the condition that the club permit holder—\n\n(a) is a club member or a person notified under regulation 172; and\n\n(b) complies with the club log book obligations in regulation 183; and\n\n(c) if requested by the Secretary, makes the vehicle operated under the club permit available for a vehicle audit in accordance with regulation 190; and\n\n(d) complies with the requirements for notification regarding changes to club membership in regulation 196; and\n\n(e) carries the club permit and the club log book issued in relation to the vehicle operated under the club permit in that vehicle at all times the vehicle is being used on a highway; and\n\n(f) notifies the Secretary within 14 days of—\n\n(i) a change to the permit holder's name, residential address or address for service of notices; and\n\n(ii) a change to the vehicle particulars or the vehicle being modified; and\n\n(iii) a change to the garage address of the vehicle.\n\n(2) A vehicle operated under a club permit—\n\n(a) must be safe for use on a highway; and\n\n(b) must display—\n\n(i) the club permit label in accordance with regulation 182; and\n\n(ii) the club permit number plate or plates in accordance with regulation 63.\n\n","sortOrder":187},{"sectionNumber":"186","sectionType":"section","heading":"Offence to use a club permit vehicle as commercial passenger vehicle service","content":"\t186 Offence to use a club permit vehicle as commercial passenger vehicle service\n\nA club permit holder must ensure that a vehicle operated under a club permit is not used—\n\n(a) for hire or reward for the carriage of goods or freight; or\n\n(b) to provide a commercial passenger vehicle service (within the meaning of section 4 of the **Commercial Passenger Vehicle Industry Act 2017**).\n\n","sortOrder":188},{"sectionNumber":"187","sectionType":"section","heading":"Operating conditions","content":"\t187 Operating conditions\n\n(1) In addition to the general conditions specified in regulation 185, the Secretary may impose an operating condition on a club permit that specifies the permissible use of the vehicle operating under that club permit on a highway.\n\n(2) The Secretary may impose, vary or remove an operating condition at any time.\n\n(3) If the Secretary imposes, varies or removes an operating condition, the Secretary must give the club permit holder—\n\n(a) written notice of the change; and\n\n(b) a certificate of approved operations that lists the operating conditions applicable to the vehicle operated under the club permit; and\n\n(c) written notice of the club permit holder's rights under Subdivision 1 of Division 12 of Part 2 to an internal review of the Secretary's decision.\n\n","sortOrder":189},{"sectionNumber":"188","sectionType":"section","heading":"Offence for non-compliance with operating conditions","content":"\t188 Offence for non-compliance with operating conditions\n\n(1) If the Secretary imposes an operating condition on a club permit, the club permit holder must carry the certificate of approved operations in the vehicle operated under the club permit.\n\n(2) A club permit holder must comply with the operating condition imposed on a club permit.\n\n(3) A club permit holder must not cause or permit a person to fail to comply with an operating condition imposed on a club permit.\n\n(4) The driver of a vehicle operated under a club permit must comply with any operating conditions imposed on a club permit that relate to the use of the vehicle as specified in the club permit.\n\n","sortOrder":190},{"sectionNumber":"189","sectionType":"section","heading":"Renewal of club permit","content":"\t189 Renewal of club permit\n\n(1) A club permit holder may apply for the renewal of a club permit by giving to the Secretary—\n\n(a) an application in the approved application form, indicating whether the application is for a 45 day club permit or a 90 day club permit; and\n\n(b) a written statement by an office bearer of the approved club indicating that the applicant is a club member, and that the vehicle included in the renewal application is a club eligible vehicle; and\n\n(c) the relevant fee for a 45 day club permit or a 90 day club permit, as the case requires, specified in Schedule 2; and\n\n(d) the appropriate transport accident charge; and\n\n(e) the administrative fee for a club log book, as notified by the Secretary.\n\n","sortOrder":191},{"sectionNumber":"190","sectionType":"section","heading":"Vehicle audits","content":"\t190 Vehicle audits\n\n(1) At the written request of the Secretary, a club permit holder must produce the vehicle operated under the club permit—\n\n(a) at a testing site nominated by the Secretary for inspection by the Secretary, an authorised officer or an authorised vehicle inspector; and\n\n(b) within a reasonable time period nominated by the Secretary in the written request.\n\n(2) If the nominated testing site or the nominated time period is inconvenient for the permit holder, the club permit holder may notify the Secretary before the nominated time period is concluded, and the Secretary must provide an opportunity to reschedule the audit to an alternative testing site or time period, in accordance with the club permit holder's reasonable request.\n\n(3) Any audit conducted under this regulation must be carried out under the direction and at the expense of the Secretary.\n\n","sortOrder":192},{"sectionNumber":"191","sectionType":"section","heading":"Suspension of club permit","content":"\t191 Suspension of club permit\n\n(1) The Secretary may suspend a club permit if the Secretary reasonably suspects that—\n\n(a) the vehicle operated under the club permit is not a club eligible vehicle; or\n\n(b) the club permit holder has failed to comply with any of the general conditions of the club permit specified in regulation 185; or\n\n(c) the club permit holder has failed to comply with any operating condition of the club permit specified in the certificate of approved operations under regulation 187; or\n\n(d) the club permit holder has caused or permitted a vehicle to be used other than in accordance with any operating condition of the club permit specified in the certificate of approved operations under regulation 187; or\n\n(e) the club permit holder has disposed of a vehicle without complying with regulation 195; or\n\nReg. 191(1)(f) amended by S.R. No. 47/2022 reg. 6.\n\n(f) the club permit holder has failed to comply with a written request under regulation 190(1) to present the vehicle for inspection at the time and place stated in the request; or\n\n(g) the club permit holder is engaging in conduct which threatens public safety or undermines the integrity of the club permit scheme.\n\n(2) If the Secretary suspends a club permit under subregulation (1), the Secretary must give the club permit holder a written notice stating—\n\n(a) the reasons for the suspension; and\n\n(b) the date on which the suspension takes effect; and\n\n(c) the action, if any, to be taken by the club permit holder to have the suspension lifted; and\n\n(d) that the club permit may be cancelled if the action referred to in paragraph (c) is not taken by a day stated in the notice (which must be at least 14 days after the date of the notice); and\n\n(e) the club permit holder's rights under Division 12 of Part 2 to an internal and external review of the Secretary's decision.\n\n","sortOrder":193},{"sectionNumber":"192","sectionType":"section","heading":"Cancellation of club permit","content":"\t192 Cancellation of club permit\n\n(1) The Secretary may cancel a club permit for any of the following reasons—\n\n(a) any action required by a notice under regulation 191 is not taken within the period stated in the notice;\n\n(b) the Secretary reasonably believes that a reason for the suspension of the club permit still exists;\n\n(c) the payment of the relevant fee specified in Schedule 2 and the appropriate transport accident charge under regulation 175 is dishonoured or not paid to the Secretary within 3 months after the date of expiry of the club permit.\n\n(2) If the Secretary cancels a club permit under subregulation (1)(a) and (b), the Secretary must give the club permit holder written notice of—\n\n(a) the cancellation; and\n\n(b) the club permit holder's rights under Division 12 of Part 2 to an internal and external review of the Secretary's decision.\n\n","sortOrder":194},{"sectionNumber":"193","sectionType":"section","heading":"Replacement club log book","content":"\t193 Replacement club log book\n\n(1) If a club log book is lost, damaged, destroyed or stolen, a club permit holder may apply to the Secretary for a replacement club log book.\n\n(2) If the Secretary is satisfied that a club log book is lost, damaged, destroyed or stolen, the Secretary may issue a replacement club log book on payment of the administrative fee for a replacement club log book, as notified by the Secretary.\n\n(3) The club permit holder must advise the Secretary how many entries in the previous club log book had been completed at the time that the book was lost, damaged, destroyed or stolen, and the Secretary must delete that number of entries from any replacement club log book.\n\n","sortOrder":195},{"sectionNumber":"194","sectionType":"section","heading":"Club permit number plates","content":"\t194 Club permit number plates\n\n(1) On payment of the relevant fee specified in Schedule 4 for a standard club permit number plate, the Secretary must give the club permit holder—\n\n(a) in the case of a motor cycle, a trailer, or a motor vehicle manufactured before 1 January 1931, one standard club permit number plate; or\n\n(b) in any other case, 2 standard club permit number plates.\n\n(2) A club permit holder may apply to the Secretary for the issue of slimline club permit number plates in respect of any club eligible vehicle except a motor cycle.\n\n(3) An applicant under subregulation (2) must pay—\n\n(a) the relevant fee specified in Schedule 4 for the issue of a standard club permit number plate; and\n\n(b) the fee fixed by the Secretary under section 5AE of the Act.\n\n(4) The issue of standard club permit number plates or slimline club permit number plates under this regulation does not confer on the applicant any rights in the number displayed on the number plates.\n\n(5) Regulation 63 applies to a number plate given to a person under this regulation as if—\n\n(a) the number plate were issued under regulation 60; and\n\n(b) the vehicle were a registered vehicle.\n\n(6) If a club permit number plate is lost, damaged, destroyed or stolen, the club permit holder may apply to the Secretary for the issue of new standard club permit number plates or new slimline club permit number plates.\n\n","sortOrder":196},{"sectionNumber":"195","sectionType":"section","heading":"Disposal of vehicles operated under club permits","content":"\t195 Disposal of vehicles operated under club permits\n\n(1) If a vehicle operated under a club permit is disposed of during the term of the club permit, the club permit ceases to have effect.\n\n(2) The club permit holder disposing of the vehicle must ensure that, immediately following delivery of the vehicle to its new garage address—\n\n(a) the club permit, the club permit label and the vehicle's club log book are removed from the vehicle and destroyed; and\n\n(b) the club permit number plates are removed from the vehicle, and returned to the Secretary on request.\n\n","sortOrder":197},{"sectionNumber":"196","sectionType":"section","heading":"Notification regarding changes to club membership","content":"\t196 Notification regarding changes to club membership\n\n(1) Subject to subregulation (3), within 14 days after commencing membership of an approved club, the club permit holder must send the Secretary a notice endorsed by the secretary of the approved club or another person authorised by the approved club stating the date that the membership commenced.\n\n(2) Subject to subregulation (3), a club permit holder must notify the Secretary within 14 days after ceasing membership of an approved club, stating the date that the membership has ceased.\n\n(3) The notification obligations in subregulations (1) and (2) apply only in respect of the permit holder's primary club membership, being the membership under which the club permit holder holds or intends to hold a club permit.\n\n(4) Subject to regulation 169(2), a club permit holder's obligation to maintain membership of an approved club is satisfied provided that the time elapsed between ceasing membership of one approved club and commencing membership of another approved club is no more than 14 days.\n\n","sortOrder":198},{"sectionNumber":"197","sectionType":"section","heading":"Surrender of club permit","content":"\t197 Surrender of club permit\n\n(1) A club permit holder may surrender a club permit to the Secretary.\n\n(2) The Secretary must cancel a club permit surrendered under subregulation (1).\n\n(3) The club permit holder must ensure that at the time the club permit is surrendered—\n\n(a) the club permit, the club permit label and the vehicle's club log book are removed from the vehicle and destroyed; and\n\n(b) the club permit number plates are returned to the Secretary if requested by the Secretary to do so.\n\n","sortOrder":199},{"sectionNumber":"198","sectionType":"section","heading":"Reassignment of club permit","content":"\t198 Reassignment of club permit\n\n(1) On the application of the legal personal representative of a club permit holder, the Secretary may reassign a club permit to the surviving spouse or domestic partner of the club permit holder on the death of that club permit holder.\n\n(2) An application under subregulation (1) must be—\n\n(a) made within 90 days after the person became the legal personal representative; and\n\n(b) in the approved application form; and\n\n(c) accompanied by—\n\n(i) evidence to the satisfaction of the Secretary of the club permit holder's death; and\n\n(ii) evidence to the satisfaction of the Secretary to establish—\n\n(A) the identity of the legal personal representative; and\n\n(B) the person's authority to represent the estate of the club permit holder; and\n\n(iii) a written statement by an office bearer of the approved club confirming that the surviving spouse or domestic partner is a club member.\n\nPart 4—General mass and dimension limits and other requirements for light vehicles\n\nDivision 1—Preliminary matters\n\n\t199 Non-application to heavy vehicles\n\nThis Part does not apply to a heavy vehicle.\n\nDivision 2—General mass limits for light vehicles\n\n","sortOrder":200},{"sectionNumber":"200","sectionType":"section","heading":"General mass limits for vehicles","content":"\t200 General mass limits for vehicles\n\n(1) The mass limit for a motor vehicle is the lowest of the following—\n\n(a) the motor vehicle's GVM;\n\n(b) the sum of the mass limits of the tyres calculated in accordance with regulation 201;\n\n(c) the sum of the mass limits of the wheels calculated in accordance with regulation 201.\n\n(2) The mass limit for a trailer is the trailer's GVM.\n\n","sortOrder":201},{"sectionNumber":"201","sectionType":"section","heading":"General mass limits for wheels, axles and tyres","content":"\t201 General mass limits for wheels, axles and tyres\n\n(1) Subject to subregulation (3), the mass limit for a wheel or an axle is the limit set by the manufacturer of the wheel or axle.\n\n(2) Subject to subregulation (4), the mass limit for a tyre is the greatest load capacity determined for the tyre by the manufacturer at a cold inflation pressure that is not more than—\n\n(a) 825 kilopascals for a radial ply tyre; or\n\n(b) 700 kilopascals for any other tyre.\n\n(3) The Secretary may specify a mass limit for a wheel or an axle if—\n\n(a) the manufacturer of the wheel or axle has not specified a maximum loaded mass for the wheel or axle; or\n\n(b) the manufacturer of the wheel or axle cannot be identified; or\n\n(c) the Secretary considers that the vehicle has been modified to the extent that the manufacturer's specification is no longer appropriate.\n\n(4) The Secretary may specify a mass limit for a tyre if—\n\n(a) the manufacturer of the tyre has not specified a load capacity; or\n\n(b) the manufacturer of the tyre cannot be identified; or\n\n(c) the Secretary considers that the vehicle has been modified to the extent that the manufacturer's specification is no longer appropriate.\n\n","sortOrder":202},{"sectionNumber":"202","sectionType":"section","heading":"General mass limit for trailers being towed by light motor vehicles","content":"\t202 General mass limit for trailers being towed by light motor vehicles\n\n(1) The gross mass limit for a trailer being towed by a light motor vehicle is the lowest of the following—\n\n(a) the capacity of the towing apparatus fitted to the motor vehicle, as specified by the manufacturer of the towing apparatus;\n\n(b) the maximum trailer mass that may be towed by the light motor vehicle, as specified by the manufacturer of the light motor vehicle;\n\n(c) the GVM of the trailer.\n\n(2) For the purposes of subregulation (1)(b), if the manufacturer of a light motor vehicle has not specified a maximum trailer mass that may be towed by the light motor vehicle, or if the manufacturer cannot be identified, the following is taken to be the maximum trailer mass that may be towed by the vehicle—\n\n(a) if the trailer is fitted with brakes, one and half times the unladen mass of the motor vehicle;\n\n(b) if the trailer is not fitted with brakes, the unladen mass of the motor vehicle.\n\nDivision 3—General dimension limits\n\n","sortOrder":203},{"sectionNumber":"203","sectionType":"section","heading":"Height limit for vehicles","content":"\t203 Height limit for vehicles\n\nThe maximum height for a vehicle is 4⋅3 metres.\n\n","sortOrder":204},{"sectionNumber":"204","sectionType":"section","heading":"Width limit for vehicles","content":"\t204 Width limit for vehicles\n\n(1) The maximum width for a vehicle is 2·5 metres.\n\n(2) For the purposes of subregulation (1), the width of a vehicle is measured disregarding the following—\n\n(c) any permanently fixed webbing assembly-type devices, provided that the maximum distance across the body including any part of the devices does not exceed 2·55 metres.\n\n","sortOrder":205},{"sectionNumber":"205","sectionType":"section","heading":"Length limit for motor vehicles","content":"\t205 Length limit for motor vehicles\n\nThe maximum length for a motor vehicle is 12⋅5 metres.\n\n","sortOrder":206},{"sectionNumber":"206","sectionType":"section","heading":"Length limit for trailers","content":"\t206 Length limit for trailers\n\n(1) The maximum distance between the point of articulation at the front of a semi-trailer or dog trailer and the rear overhang line is 9⋅5 metres.\n\n(2) If a semi-trailer or a dog trailer is used in a combination that consists of 2 or more trailers, the maximum distance between the point of articulation at the front of the trailer and the rear of the trailer is 12⋅3 metres.\n\n(3) A projection forward of the point of articulation at the front of a semi-trailer must be contained within a radius of 1⋅9 metres from the point of articulation.\n\n(4) If a semi-trailer has more than one point of articulation at the front, it must meet the requirements of subregulation (1) and, if applicable, subregulation (2), when measured at one of those points.\n\n","sortOrder":207},{"sectionNumber":"207","sectionType":"section","heading":"Length limit for combinations","content":"\t207 Length limit for combinations\n\nThe maximum length for a combination is 19 metres.\n\n","sortOrder":208},{"sectionNumber":"208","sectionType":"section","heading":"Rear overhang limit","content":"\t208 Rear overhang limit\n\n(1) The rear overhang limit for a semi-trailer or a dog trailer is the lesser of the following—\n\n(a) 60% of the distance between the point of articulation at the front and the rear overhang line;\n\n(2) The rear overhang limit for a trailer with a single axle group or single axle, other than a semi-trailer, is the lesser of the following—\n\n(a) the length of the load carrying area, or body, ahead of the rear overhang line;\n\n(3) The rear overhang limit for a vehicle not referred to in subregulation (1) or (2) is the lesser of the following—\n\n(a) 60% of the distance between the centre of the front axle and the rear overhang line;\n\n","sortOrder":209},{"sectionNumber":"209","sectionType":"section","heading":"Trailer drawbar length limit","content":"\t209 Trailer drawbar length limit\n\n(1) For a trailer with a single axle group or single axle, other than a semi-trailer, the maximum distance between the coupling pivot point on a drawbar and the centre line of the single axle group or single axle is 8⋅5 metres.\n\n(2) The maximum distance between the coupling pivot point on the drawbar of a dog trailer and the centre line of the front axle group or the centre line of the front single axle of the trailer is 5 metres.\n\n","sortOrder":210},{"sectionNumber":"210","sectionType":"section","heading":"Minimum ground clearance","content":"\t210 Minimum ground clearance\n\nThe minimum ground clearance for a vehicle is—\n\n(a) at least 100 millimetres at any point within 1 metre of an axle; and\n\n(b) at least one-thirtieth of the distance between the centres of adjacent axles at the mid-point between them; and\n\n(c) at any other point, the least distance that allows the vehicle to pass over a peak in the road, the gradient on either side of which is 1:15, when—\n\n(i) the wheels of one axle of the vehicle or combination are on the slope on one side of the peak; and\n\n(ii) the wheels of the next axle are on the slope on the other side.\n\n","sortOrder":211},{"sectionNumber":"211","sectionType":"section","heading":"Front and side projection limits","content":"\t211 Front and side projection limits\n\n(1) The maximum projection of a load from the outermost part of either side of a vehicle is 150 millimetres.\n\n(2) The maximum projection of a load from the front of a motor vehicle is 1⋅2 metres.\n\nDivision 4—Warning signal requirements for light vehicles\n\n","sortOrder":212},{"sectionNumber":"212","sectionType":"section","heading":"Warning signals for certain rear projections","content":"\t212 Warning signals for certain rear projections\n\n(1) The rear of a load on a vehicle must carry a warning signal if the load—\n\n(a) projects more than 1⋅2 metres from the rear of the vehicle; or\n\n(b) projects to the rear of the vehicle so that the end of the load cannot be seen easily from behind; or\n\n(c) is on a pole-type trailer.\n\n(2) The warning signal must be—\n\n(a) in daylight, a brightly coloured flag or piece of material, with each side at least 300 millimetres long; and\n\n(b) at night, a red light that can be seen for at least 200 metres.\n\n(3) Subregulations (1) and (2) do not apply to a class O vehicle.\n\n","sortOrder":213},{"sectionNumber":"Div 5","sectionType":"division","heading":"Offences and exemptions for light vehicles","content":"Division 5—Offences and exemptions for light vehicles\n\n","sortOrder":214},{"sectionNumber":"213","sectionType":"section","heading":"Offence to use on a highway a vehicle that does not comply with the length limit","content":"\t213 Offence to use on a highway a vehicle that does not comply with the length limit\n\n(1) A driver of a vehicle must not use the vehicle on a highway if the vehicle does not comply with an applicable length limit set out in regulation 205.\n\n(2) The registered operator of a vehicle must take reasonable steps to ensure that the vehicle is not used on a highway if the vehicle does not comply with an applicable length limit set out in regulation 205.\n\n(3) A person, other than a person referred to in subregulation (1) or (2), must not cause or permit a vehicle that does not comply with a relevant length limit set out in regulation 205 to be used on a highway.\n\n","sortOrder":215},{"sectionNumber":"214","sectionType":"section","heading":"Offence to use on a highway a vehicle that does not comply with the rear overhang limit","content":"\t214 Offence to use on a highway a vehicle that does not comply with the rear overhang limit\n\n(1) A driver of a vehicle must not use the vehicle on a highway if the vehicle does not comply with the rear overhang limit set out in regulation 208.\n\n(2) The registered operator of a vehicle must take reasonable steps to ensure that the vehicle is not used on a highway if the vehicle does not comply with the rear overhang limit set out in regulation 208.\n\n(3) A person other than a person referred to in subregulation (1) or (2) must not cause or permit a vehicle to be used on a highway if the vehicle does not comply with the rear overhang limit set out in regulation 208.\n\n","sortOrder":216},{"sectionNumber":"215","sectionType":"section","heading":"Offence to use on a highway a vehicle that does not comply with the trailer drawbar length limit","content":"215 Offence to use on a highway a vehicle that does not comply with the trailer drawbar length limit\n\n(1) A driver of a vehicle must not use the vehicle  \non a highway if the vehicle does not comply  \nwith the trailer drawbar length limit set out in regulation 209.\n\n(2) The registered operator of a vehicle must take reasonable steps to ensure that the vehicle is not used on a highway if the vehicle does not comply with the trailer drawbar length limit set out in regulation 209.\n\n(3) A person other than a person referred to in subregulation (1) or (2) must not cause or permit a vehicle to be used on a highway if the vehicle does not comply with the trailer drawbar length limit set out in regulation 209.\n\n","sortOrder":217},{"sectionNumber":"216","sectionType":"section","heading":"Offence to use on a highway a vehicle that does not comply with the minimum ground clearance","content":"\t216 Offence to use on a highway a vehicle that does not comply with the minimum ground clearance\n\n(1) A driver of a vehicle must not use the vehicle  \non a highway if the vehicle does not comply  \nwith the minimum ground clearance set out in regulation 210.\n\n(2) The registered operator of a vehicle must take reasonable steps to ensure that the vehicle is not used on a highway if the vehicle does not comply with the minimum ground clearance set out in regulation 210.\n\n(3) A person other than a person referred to in subregulation (1) or (2) must not cause or permit a vehicle to be used on a highway if the vehicle does not comply with the minimum ground clearance set out in regulation 210.\n\n","sortOrder":218},{"sectionNumber":"217","sectionType":"section","heading":"Offence to use on a highway a vehicle that does not comply with the limit for front and side projections from a vehicle","content":"\t217 Offence to use on a highway a vehicle that does not comply with the limit for front and side projections from a vehicle\n\n(1) A driver of a vehicle must not use the vehicle on a highway if the vehicle does not comply with the limit for front and side projections set out in regulation 211.\n\n(2) The registered operator of a vehicle must take reasonable steps to ensure that the vehicle is not used on a highway if the vehicle does not comply with the limit for front and side projections set out in regulation 211.\n\n(3) A person other than a person referred to in subregulation (1) or (2) must not cause or permit a vehicle to be used on a highway if the vehicle does not comply with the limit for front and side projections from a vehicle set out in regulation 211.\n\n","sortOrder":219},{"sectionNumber":"218","sectionType":"section","heading":"Offence to use on a highway a vehicle that does not comply with regulation 212","content":"\t218 Offence to use on a highway a vehicle that does not comply with regulation 212\n\n(1) A driver of a vehicle carrying a load referred  \nto in regulation 212(1)(a), (b) or (c) must not  \nuse the vehicle on a highway if the load does  \nnot carry a warning signal that complies with regulation 212(2).\n\n(2) The registered operator of a vehicle must take reasonable steps to ensure that the vehicle is not used on a highway if the vehicle does not comply with a requirement set out in regulation 212.\n\nIn the case of a body corporate, 50 penalty units;\n\nIn any other case, 10 penalty units.\n\n(3) A person other than a person referred to  \nin subregulation (1) or (2) must not cause or permit a vehicle to be used on a highway that does not comply with a requirement set out in regulation 212.\n\nPart 5—Dimension limits and other requirements for class O vehicles\n\nDivision 1—Class O vehicles\n\nSubdivision 1—Interpretation\n\n\t219 Class O vehicle\n\n(1) A class O vehicle is any light vehicle or light combination with a dimension that exceeds a relevant dimension limit set out in Part 4.\n\n(2) Schedule 6 has effect.\n\n","sortOrder":220},{"sectionNumber":"220","sectionType":"section","heading":"Dimension limits do not apply to certain class O vehicles","content":"\t220 Dimension limits do not apply to certain class O vehicles\n\nA width limit, length limit, height limit or other dimension limit set out in Schedule 6 does not apply to a Class O vehicle if—\n\n(a) the vehicle is exempt from compliance with the limit as a result of a class O notice published, or class O permit issued, under Part 5; and\n\n(b) the vehicle is being used in accordance with the notice or permit.\n\nSubdivision 2—Class O notices\n\n","sortOrder":221},{"sectionNumber":"221","sectionType":"section","heading":"Exemption from Schedule 6 by class O notice","content":"\t221 Exemption from Schedule 6 by class O notice\n\n(1) Subject to subregulation (2), the Secretary, by notice published in the Government Gazette, may exempt a category of class O vehicles from any of the following requirements set out in Schedule 6—\n\n(a) a width limit;\n\n(b) a length limit;\n\n(c) a height limit;\n\n(d) a rear overhang limit;\n\n(e) a front projection limit;\n\n(f) a requirement applying a rear-projecting load;\n\n(g) any other requirement.\n\n(2) A class O notice must not exempt a category of class O vehicles from—\n\n(a) a limit specified by the manufacturer of the vehicle; or\n\n(b) a mass limit.\n\n(3) A class O notice under subregulation (1) may contain any conditions the Secretary thinks fit.\n\n","sortOrder":222},{"sectionNumber":"222","sectionType":"section","heading":"Contents of class O notices","content":"\t222 Contents of class O notices\n\nA class O notice must specify—\n\n(a) the category of class O vehicles to which it applies; and\n\n(b) the provisions of Schedule 6 from which the category of class O vehicles is exempt; and\n\n(c) any conditions under which the exemption is given.\n\nSubdivision 3—Class O permits\n\n","sortOrder":223},{"sectionNumber":"223","sectionType":"section","heading":"Exemption from Schedule 6 by class O permit","content":"\t223 Exemption from Schedule 6 by class O permit\n\n(1) Subject to subregulations (3) and (4), the Secretary may issue a permit that exempts one or more class O vehicles from any of the following requirements set out in Schedule 6—\n\n(a) a width limit;\n\n(b) a length limit;\n\n(c) a height limit;\n\n(d) a rear overhang limit;\n\n(e) a front projection limit;\n\n(f) a requirement applying to a rear-protecting load;\n\n(g) any other requirement.\n\n(2) A class O permit may be issued for more than one vehicle that is a class O vehicle only if the vehicles are registered in the name of the same registered operator.\n\n(3) The Secretary must not issue a permit that exempts a class O vehicle from—\n\n(a) a limit specified by the manufacturer of the vehicle; or\n\n(b) a mass limit.\n\n(4) A class O permit may be subject to any conditions the Secretary thinks fit, including conditions designed to secure payment for—\n\n(a) any damage or road wear caused by the vehicle when being used in accordance with the permit; and\n\n(b) any road work or other work required to allow the vehicle to use the roads specified in the permit.\n\n","sortOrder":224},{"sectionNumber":"224","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application for class O permit","content":"\t224 Application for class O permit\n\n(1) A person may apply to the Secretary for a class O permit.\n\n(b) specify the roads on which the person intends to use the class O vehicle; and\n\n(c) be accompanied by the relevant fee set out in Schedule 4.\n\n(3) The Secretary may require that an application for a permit to be accompanied by any one or more of the following—\n\n(a) a report and survey of the proposed route;\n\n(b) an inspection and report on structures and other obstructions on the proposed route;\n\n(c) a report on proposed safety measures and traffic management measures;\n\n(d) details of the proposed escort of the oversize vehicle, complying with the relevant provisions of Schedule 6.\n\n","sortOrder":225},{"sectionNumber":"225","sectionType":"section","heading":"Contents of class O permits","content":"\t225 Contents of class O permits\n\nA class O permit must specify—\n\n(a) the class O vehicle or vehicles to which it applies; and\n\n(b) the name and address of the registered operator of each class O vehicle that is a motor vehicle to which it applies; and\n\n(c) the registration number of each class O vehicle that is a motor vehicle to which it applies; and\n\n(d) the requirements of Schedule 6 from which the exemption is given; and\n\n(e) the roads on which the class O vehicle may be used; and\n\n(f) any conditions applying to the class O permit; and\n\n(g) the period, being not more than 12 months, for which the permit is to be in force.\n\nSubdivision 4—Offences\n\n","sortOrder":226},{"sectionNumber":"226","sectionType":"section","heading":"Offence to fail to comply with a relevant requirement of Schedule 6","content":"\t226 Offence to fail to comply with a relevant requirement of Schedule 6\n\n(1) A driver must not use a class O vehicle on a highway in contravention of a requirement set out in Schedule 6 (other than a relevant width limit, length limit or height limit) unless the vehicle is used in accordance with a class O notice or class O permit.\n\n(2) The registered operator of a class O vehicle must take reasonable steps to ensure that the vehicle is not used on a highway in contravention of a requirement set out in Schedule 6 (other than a relevant width limit, length limit or height limit) unless the vehicle is used in accordance with a class O notice or class O permit.\n\n(3) A person (other than a person referred to in subregulation (1) or (2)) must not cause or permit a class O vehicle to be used on a highway in contravention of a requirement set out in Schedule 6 (other than a relevant width limit, length limit or height limit) unless the vehicle is being used in accordance with a class O notice or class O permit.\n\nIf a vehicle is subject to a relevant dimension limit under Part 4 of these Regulations, a contravention of that limit is an offence under that Part.\n\n","sortOrder":227},{"sectionNumber":"227","sectionType":"section","heading":"Offences for failing to comply with certain pilot vehicle requirements","content":"\t227 Offences for failing to comply with certain pilot vehicle requirements\n\n(1) A person must not use on a highway a class O vehicle that is accompanied by a pilot vehicle—\n\n(a) if the highway is in an area, or on a route, where the class O vehicle is not permitted to be used under Schedule 6, a class O notice or class O permit; or\n\n(b) at a time at which the class O vehicle is not permitted to be used on that highway under a class O notice or class O permit; or\n\n(2) A person must not drive on a highway a pilot vehicle that is accompanying a class O vehicle—\n\n(a) if the highway is in an area, or on a route, where the class O vehicle is not permitted to be used under Schedule 6, a class O notice or class O permit; or\n\n(b) at a time at which the class O vehicle is not permitted to be used on that highway under a class O notice or class O permit; or\n\n(3) The registered operator of a class O vehicle must take reasonable steps to ensure that the class O vehicle is not used on highway while the class O vehicle is accompanied by a pilot vehicle—\n\n(a) in an area, or on a route, where the class O vehicle is not permitted to be used under Schedule 6, a class O notice or class O permit; or\n\n(b) at a time at which the class O vehicle is not permitted to be used on that highway under a class O notice or class O permit; or\n\n","sortOrder":228},{"sectionNumber":"228","sectionType":"section","heading":"Offences for failing to comply with number of pilot vehicles required","content":"\t228 Offences for failing to comply with number of pilot vehicles required\n\n(1) A person must not use on a highway a class O vehicle unless it is accompanied by the number of pilot vehicles required by—\n\n(2) A person must not drive on a highway a pilot vehicle accompanying a class O vehicle if the class O vehicle is accompanied by less than the number of pilot vehicles required by—\n\n(3) The registered operator of a class O vehicle must take reasonable steps to ensure that the class O vehicle is not used on a highway while being accompanied by less than the number of pilot vehicles required by—\n\n","sortOrder":229},{"sectionNumber":"229","sectionType":"section","heading":"Offences for failing to comply with pilot vehicle requirements contained in Part 6 of Schedule 6","content":"\t229 Offences for failing to comply with pilot vehicle requirements contained in Part 6 of Schedule 6\n\n(1) A driver of a pilot vehicle that is accompanying a class O vehicle must comply with the relevant requirements set out in Part 6 of Schedule 6.\n\n(2) The registered operator of a class O vehicle that is accompanied by a pilot vehicle must take reasonable steps to ensure that a person driving the pilot vehicle complies with a relevant requirement set out in Part 6 of Schedule 6.\n\n","sortOrder":230},{"sectionNumber":"230","sectionType":"section","heading":"Failure of escort vehicle to comply with a relevant requirement set out in Schedule 6","content":"\t230 Failure of escort vehicle to comply with a relevant requirement set out in Schedule 6\n\n(1) A driver of an escort vehicle that is accompanying a class O vehicle on a highway must comply with the relevant requirements in Part 6 of Schedule 6.\n\n(2) The registered operator of a class O vehicle that is accompanied by an escort vehicle must take reasonable steps to ensure that a person driving the escort vehicle complies with a relevant requirement in Part 6 of Schedule 6.\n\n(3) Subregulations (1) and (2) do not apply to the following persons driving an escort vehicle—\n\n(a) an authorised officer;\n\n(b) a police officer.\n\nPart 6—Testing of vehicles\n\nDivision 1—Licensing of testers\n\n\t231 Secretary may license persons and approve premises\n\nThe Secretary, in accordance with this Part, may—\n\n(a) license a person to examine and test vehicles and issue certificates under this Part; and\n\n(b) approve additional or replacement premises at or from which the person may examine and test vehicles.\n\n","sortOrder":231},{"sectionNumber":"232","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application for tester's licence or approval of premises","content":"\t232 Application for tester's licence or approval of premises\n\n(1) A person may apply to the Secretary for a tester's licence.\n\n(2) A person may apply to the Secretary for approval of additional or replacement premises at or from which to examine or test vehicles under this Part.\n\n(3) An application under subregulation (1) or (2) must be—\n\n(a) made in the approved application form; and\n\n(b) accompanied by any other information required by the Secretary under regulation 17; and\n\n(c) accompanied by the relevant fee specified in Schedule 4.\n\n","sortOrder":232},{"sectionNumber":"233","sectionType":"section","heading":"Secretary may issue tester's licence","content":"\t233 Secretary may issue tester's licence\n\n(1) On an application under regulation 232(1), the Secretary may issue a tester's licence if satisfied that—\n\n(a) the applicant is a fit and proper person to hold a tester's licence; and\n\n(b) the applicant's premises are suitable and equipped to examine and test vehicles in accordance with this Part; and\n\n(c) the applicant and any proposed examining mechanic have the qualification or experience specified in regulation 245(1)(b); and\n\n(d) the applicant and any proposed examining mechanic have completed any training reasonably required by the Secretary.\n\n(2) A tester's licence authorises the applicant or an examining mechanic—\n\n(a) to examine and test vehicles at or from—\n\n(i) the applicant's premises; or\n\n(ii) premises approved under regulation 234; and\n\n(b) to issue certificates in accordance with this Part.\n\n","sortOrder":233},{"sectionNumber":"234","sectionType":"section","heading":"Approval of additional or replacement premises","content":"\t234 Approval of additional or replacement premises\n\nOn an application under regulation 232(2), the Secretary may approve additional or replacement premises at or from which a licensed tester or examining mechanic may examine or test vehicles if satisfied that the premises are suitable and equipped for the examination and testing of vehicles in accordance with this Part.\n\n","sortOrder":234},{"sectionNumber":"235","sectionType":"section","heading":"Tester's licence may be subject to conditions, etc.","content":"\t235 Tester's licence may be subject to conditions, etc.\n\n(1) A tester's licence may be issued subject to the conditions, limitations and restrictions the Secretary thinks fit.\n\n(2) The Secretary may vary a condition, limitation or restriction of a tester's licence.\n\n(3) If the Secretary varies a condition, limitation or restriction of a tester's licence, the Secretary must give written notice to the licensed tester of—\n\n(a) the varied condition, limitation or restriction; and\n\n(b) the date from which the varied condition, limitation or restriction applies; and\n\n(c) the licensed tester's rights under Subdivision 1 of Division 12 of Part 2 to an internal review of the Secretary's decision.\n\n(4) Without limiting subregulation (1), a condition, limitation or restriction may relate to the classes of vehicles the licensed tester or an examining mechanic may examine and test.\n\n(5) A licensed tester must comply with a condition, limitation or restriction of the tester's licence.\n\n","sortOrder":235},{"sectionNumber":"236","sectionType":"section","heading":"Duration of tester's licence","content":"\t236 Duration of tester's licence\n\nA tester's licence continues in force for a period of 12 months from the date of issue or renewal unless it is sooner cancelled, suspended or surrendered.\n\n","sortOrder":236},{"sectionNumber":"237","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application for renewal of tester's licence","content":"\t237 Application for renewal of tester's licence\n\n(1) A licensed tester may apply to the Secretary for a renewal of the tester's licence.\n\n(2) An application for renewal must be—\n\n(a) in the approved application form; and\n\n(b) accompanied by any other information required by the Secretary under regulation 17; and\n\n(c) accompanied by the relevant fee specified in Schedule 4.\n\n","sortOrder":237},{"sectionNumber":"238","sectionType":"section","heading":"Renewal of tester's licence","content":"\t238 Renewal of tester's licence\n\nOn an application under regulation 237, the Secretary may renew the tester's licence for a further period of 12 months.\n\n","sortOrder":238},{"sectionNumber":"239","sectionType":"section","heading":"Failure to pay renewal fee","content":"\t239 Failure to pay renewal fee\n\n(1) If a tester's licence is not renewed after 12 months of its date of issue the Secretary may give the licensed tester a written notice stating that—\n\n(a) the tester's licence has not been renewed; and\n\n(b) if the tester's licence is not renewed within 14 days, the licence will be cancelled from that date.\n\n(2) If a tester's licence is not renewed within 14 days after the date of the written notice under subregulation (1), the Secretary may cancel the licence.\n\n","sortOrder":239},{"sectionNumber":"240","sectionType":"section","heading":"Replacement tester's licence","content":"\t240 Replacement tester's licence\n\nThe Secretary must issue a replacement tester's licence to a licensed tester on payment of the relevant fee specified in Schedule 4 if—\n\n(a) the tester's licence is damaged or defaced and the licensed tester produces it to the Secretary; or\n\n(b) the Secretary is satisfied the tester's licence is lost or destroyed.\n\n","sortOrder":240},{"sectionNumber":"241","sectionType":"section","heading":"Tester's licence not transferable","content":"\t241 Tester's licence not transferable\n\nA tester's licence is not transferable.\n\n","sortOrder":241},{"sectionNumber":"242","sectionType":"section","heading":"Secretary to keep register of licensed testers","content":"\t242 Secretary to keep register of licensed testers\n\n(1) The Secretary must keep a register of licensed testers.\n\n(2) The Secretary must record in the register for each licensed tester—\n\n(a) details of each examining mechanic; and\n\n(b) the premises where the licensed tester and any examining mechanic may examine and test vehicles; and\n\n(c) the classes of vehicles the licensed tester and any examining mechanic may examine and test.\n\nDivision 2—Supervision of licensed testers\n\n","sortOrder":242},{"sectionNumber":"243","sectionType":"section","heading":"Suspension and cancellation of tester's licence","content":"\t243 Suspension and cancellation of tester's licence\n\n(1) Before the Secretary suspends or cancels a tester's licence under section 15A(1) of the Act, the Secretary must give the licensed tester a written notice that—\n\n(a) sets out the grounds for the suspension or cancellation; and\n\n(b) states that the person may make written submissions in response to the notice as to why the licence should not be suspended or cancelled; and\n\n(c) informs the licensed tester that any response should be given within 21 days.\n\n(2) The Secretary must consider any submissions provided under subregulation (1)(b) in deciding whether or not to suspend or cancel a tester's licence.\n\n(3) If the Secretary suspends or cancels the tester's licence, the Secretary must give the holder of the tester's licence written notice—\n\n(a) either—\n\n(i) of the period of suspension; or\n\n(ii) that the licence has been cancelled; and\n\n(b) in the case of a cancellation, of the period for which the person is disqualified from reapplying for a licence.\n\nSection 15A(5) of the Act provides a right of appeal to the Magistrates' Court against a decision of the Secretary to suspend or cancel the tester's licence.\n\n","sortOrder":243},{"sectionNumber":"244","sectionType":"section","heading":"Action on expiry, surrender, suspension or cancellation of tester's licence","content":"\t244 Action on expiry, surrender, suspension or cancellation of tester's licence\n\n(1) This regulation applies if a tester's licence issued to a person—\n\n(a) expires without renewal; or\n\n(b) is surrendered by the person; or\n\n(c) is suspended or cancelled.\n\n(2) The person must cease all examinations and testing, and the issue of test reports and certificates, from the date of expiry, surrender, suspension or cancellation.\n\n(3) If required by the Secretary or an authorised person, the person must return all books, unused forms and documents given to the person by the Secretary within 7 days of the date of expiry, surrender, suspension or cancellation.\n\n(4) The Secretary must refund the fee paid by the person for each unused certificate of roadworthiness and test report form returned if—\n\n(a) a tester's licence expires without renewal or is surrendered by the person; and\n\n(b) a person returns all books, unused forms and documents in accordance with a request under subregulation (3).\n\nDivision 3—Qualifications of persons employed in testing\n\n","sortOrder":244},{"sectionNumber":"245","sectionType":"section","heading":"Qualifications of persons employed in testing","content":"\t245 Qualifications of persons employed in testing\n\n(1) A person must not examine and test a vehicle for the purposes of this Part unless the person—\n\n(a) is a licensed tester or an examining mechanic under the tester's licence; and\n\n(b) either—\n\n(i) holds a certificate as a motor mechanic, issued by an approved body—\n\n(A) at a level specified by the Secretary; and\n\n(B) for the category of vehicle to be examined and tested; or\n\n(ii) is a motor mechanic with at least 7 years of trade experience of a type which is recognised by the Secretary.\n\n(2) The Secretary may recognise a type of trade experience for the purposes of subregulation (1)(b) by—\n\n(a) publishing a notice on an Internet website maintained by the Department; or\n\n(b) giving written notice to the person.\n\n(3) If a person does not perform work of a reasonable standard in examining and testing a vehicle, the Secretary, by written notice given to the person, may prohibit the person from examining and testing vehicles or assisting in the examining and testing of vehicles.\n\n(4) If the person prohibited under subregulation (3) is an examining mechanic, the Secretary must—\n\n(a) notify the licensed tester of the prohibition; and\n\n(b) remove the examining mechanic's details from the register kept under regulation 242.\n\n(5) The person may apply to VCAT for a review of the Secretary's decision to prohibit the person within 28 days after the date of the prohibition notice given under subregulation (3).\n\n","sortOrder":245},{"sectionNumber":"246","sectionType":"section","heading":"Proof of qualifications","content":"\t246 Proof of qualifications\n\nWhen asked to do so by an authorised person, a licensed tester must produce evidence that the licensed tester or an examining mechanic is qualified as required by regulation 245(1).\n\n","sortOrder":246},{"sectionNumber":"247","sectionType":"section","heading":"Training","content":"\t247 Training\n\n(1) The Secretary, from time to time, may determine training to be undertaken by a licensed tester or an examining mechanic as a condition of a tester's licence.\n\n(2) When requested to do so by the Secretary, a licensed tester must attend and successfully complete, or ensure that an examining mechanic attend and complete, any training reasonably required by the Secretary under subregulation (1).\n\n(3) If a licensed tester fails to comply with a request under subregulation (2), the Secretary, in accordance with regulation 243, may suspend or cancel the tester's licence under section 15A(1)(d) of the Act.\n\n**Notes**\n\n1 Regulation 243 sets out the procedure to be followed by the Secretary before the Secretary suspends or cancels a tester's licence.\n\n2 Section 15A(5) of the Act provides a right of appeal to the Magistrates' Court against a decision of the Secretary to suspend or cancel a tester's licence.\n\nDivision 4—Duties of licensed testers\n\n","sortOrder":247},{"sectionNumber":"248","sectionType":"section","heading":"Display of signs","content":"\t248 Display of signs\n\n(1) If required to do so by the Secretary, a licensed tester must display at the tester's premises a sign, approved or provided by the Secretary, indicating the person is a licensed tester.\n\n(2) A person must not wholly or partly obscure a sign displayed under subregulation (1).\n\n(3) A person must not alter or deface a sign displayed under subregulation (1).\n\n(4) A person who is not a licensed tester must not, by displaying a sign or otherwise, indicate the person is a licensed tester.\n\n","sortOrder":248},{"sectionNumber":"249","sectionType":"section","heading":"General duties of licensed tester","content":"\t249 General duties of licensed tester\n\n(1) A licensed tester must provide and maintain in a fully serviceable condition all the equipment and facilities required to examine and test vehicles in accordance with this Part.\n\n(2) A licensed tester must ensure that a vehicle presented for examination and testing is examined and tested by a person who has the qualifications required under regulation 245(1).\n\n(3) A licensed tester, if asked by a person presenting a vehicle for examination and testing, must produce evidence of being a licensed tester.\n\n(4) A licensed tester must supervise the work of an examining mechanic.\n\n(5) A licensed tester must comply with any written directions given by the Secretary under regulation 251.\n\n(6) A licensed tester must issue a certificate of roadworthiness for any vehicle examined and tested at or from the tester's premises for which no cause of rejection has been disclosed—\n\n(a) during an examination and test of the vehicle; or\n\n(b) if 2 examinations and test of the vehicle are carried out within 14 days, during a second examination and test.\n\n(7) A licensed tester must give the Secretary written notice of any change of the trade name, location or proprietorship of the tester's business at least 14 days prior to the change.\n\n(8) A licensed tester must give the Secretary written notice of any change of examining mechanic within 14 days after the change.\n\n","sortOrder":249},{"sectionNumber":"250","sectionType":"section","heading":"Duty of licensed tester to keep and provide records","content":"\t250 Duty of licensed tester to keep and provide records\n\n(1) A licensed tester must keep records of all tests and examinations for 7 years.\n\n(2) On the request of the Secretary, a licensed tester must provide the records kept under subregulation (1) within 7 days after the request.\n\n(3) At each premises used by a licensed tester to examine and test vehicles, the licensed tester must keep records that specify—\n\n(a) the name and qualifications of each examining mechanic; and\n\n(b) the vehicles examined and tested at that premises; and\n\n(c) the person who examined or tested each vehicle; and\n\n(d) the vehicles for which certificates of roadworthiness and test reports were issued.\n\n","sortOrder":250},{"sectionNumber":"251","sectionType":"section","heading":"Secretary may give directions to licensed testers","content":"\t251 Secretary may give directions to licensed testers\n\n(1) The Secretary may, from time to time, give written directions to a licensed tester as to—\n\n(a) the standards vehicles must meet to obtain certificates of roadworthiness; and\n\n(b) the equipment to be used to examine and test vehicles.\n\n(2) A licensed tester must ensure that the examination and test of a vehicle by the tester or an examining mechanic is in accordance with any directions given to the tester under subregulation (1).\n\n","sortOrder":251},{"sectionNumber":"252","sectionType":"section","heading":"Licensed tester to operate at premises for which licensed","content":"\t252 Licensed tester to operate at premises for which licensed\n\nA licensed tester must ensure that all examinations and tests are carried out at or from the premises referred to in the licence.\n\nDivision 5—Issue of certificates of roadworthiness and test reports\n\n","sortOrder":252},{"sectionNumber":"253","sectionType":"section","heading":"Form of certificate of roadworthiness","content":"\t253 Form of certificate of roadworthiness\n\nA certificate of roadworthiness must be in the approved form.\n\n","sortOrder":253},{"sectionNumber":"254","sectionType":"section","heading":"Form of test reports","content":"\t254 Form of test reports\n\nA test report must be in the approved form.\n\n","sortOrder":254},{"sectionNumber":"255","sectionType":"section","heading":"Supply of certificates of roadworthiness and test reports","content":"\t255 Supply of certificates of roadworthiness and test reports\n\n(1) The Secretary, on payment of the relevant fee specified in Schedule 4, must give approved forms of certificates of roadworthiness and test reports to licensed testers—\n\n(a) in books of original forms and test reports; or\n\n(b) in electronic form by issuing serial numbers.\n\n(2) Forms given by the Secretary under subregulation (1)(a) and serial numbers given by the Secretary under subregulation (1)(b) remain the property of the Secretary.\n\n","sortOrder":255},{"sectionNumber":"256","sectionType":"section","heading":"Security of certificates and reports","content":"\t256 Security of certificates and reports\n\n(1) A licensed tester must take reasonable precautions to keep control of certificate of roadworthiness forms and test report forms given to the licensed tester by the Secretary.\n\n(2) A licensed tester must take all reasonable precautions to prevent the improper use of the forms referred to in subregulation (1).\n\n","sortOrder":256},{"sectionNumber":"257","sectionType":"section","heading":"Certificate and test forms not transferable","content":"\t257 Certificate and test forms not transferable\n\n(1) A person who has been given certificate of roadworthiness forms or test report forms by the Secretary must not transfer or deliver an unused form to another person.\n\n(2) Subregulation (1) does not apply to the return of books of original forms to the Secretary under regulation 244(3).\n\n","sortOrder":257},{"sectionNumber":"258","sectionType":"section","heading":"Issue of certificates of roadworthiness","content":"\t258 Issue of certificates of roadworthiness\n\n(1) A certificate of roadworthiness may only be issued by—\n\n(a) a licensed tester; or\n\n(b) an examining mechanic.\n\n(2) A certificate of roadworthiness has no effect if—\n\n(a) it is not in the approved form; or\n\n(b) the certificate is incomplete; or\n\n(c) it is not completed by a licensed tester or an examining mechanic; or\n\n(d) any item in the certificate of roadworthiness has been altered.\n\n(3) A licensed tester or examining mechanic must not issue a certificate of roadworthiness for a vehicle unless—\n\n(a) the vehicle has been examined by the licensed tester or examining mechanic on that day and as required by this Part; and\n\n(b) the information specified in regulation 259 is recorded in the certificate of roadworthiness; and\n\n(c) the licensed tester or examining mechanic is satisfied that the vehicle is roadworthy.\n\n","sortOrder":258},{"sectionNumber":"259","sectionType":"section","heading":"Recording on a certificate of roadworthiness form and test report","content":"\t259 Recording on a certificate of roadworthiness form and test report\n\nBefore a vehicle is examined and tested, a licensed tester or an examining mechanic must record on a certificate of roadworthiness form and a test report form—\n\n(a) the date of the first examination and test; and\n\n(b) the name and address of the person presenting the vehicle; and\n\n(c) the vehicle particulars.\n\n","sortOrder":259},{"sectionNumber":"260","sectionType":"section","heading":"Record of incomplete examination and testing","content":"\t260 Record of incomplete examination and testing\n\nIf a vehicle that has been presented to a licensed tester for the purpose of obtaining a certificate of roadworthiness is withdrawn before the examination and testing of the vehicle is completed, the licensed tester must—\n\n(a) give the person who presented the vehicle a test report that states that the examination and test is incomplete; and\n\n(b) keep a record of the incomplete test that includes the following information—\n\n(i) the serial number of the test report;\n\n(ii) the name and address of the person who presented the vehicle;\n\n(iii) the vehicle particulars.\n\n","sortOrder":260},{"sectionNumber":"261","sectionType":"section","heading":"Cancellation of incomplete certificate of roadworthiness","content":"\t261 Cancellation of incomplete certificate of roadworthiness\n\n(a) a vehicle is withdrawn before the examination and testing of the vehicle is completed; or\n\n(b) an item on a vehicle is rejected at a first examination and test and the person presenting the vehicle for examination and testing does not present the vehicle for a second examination and test within 14 days after the first examination and test; or\n\n(c) a vehicle is not presented for a second examination and test.\n\n(2) The licensed tester or examining mechanic must cancel the certificate by—\n\n(a) in the case of a certificate in the original form, by writing the word \"cancelled\" diagonally across the face of the certificate on which the licensed tester or examining mechanic has made the entries required by regulation 259; or\n\n(b) in the case of a certificate in the electronic form, by cancelling the electronic certificate.\n\n","sortOrder":261},{"sectionNumber":"262","sectionType":"section","heading":"First and second examination and test","content":"\t262 First and second examination and test\n\n(1) If no cause for rejection of a vehicle is disclosed at a first examination and test, the licensed tester or the examining mechanic must, on the day of the examination and test, complete the certificate of roadworthiness for the vehicle in accordance with—\n\n(a) any relevant guidelines made by the Secretary under regulation 9(3); and\n\n(b) any written directions given by the Secretary under regulation 251.\n\n(2) If no cause for rejection of a vehicle is disclosed at a first examination and test, the licensed tester or the examining mechanic must, on the day of the examination and test, issue a test report and certificate of roadworthiness to the applicant.\n\n(3) If a cause for rejection of a vehicle is disclosed at a first examination and test, the licensed tester or the examining mechanic must—\n\n(a) give a copy of the test report to the applicant on the day of the examination and test; and\n\n(b) if the vehicle is returned to the licensed tester within 14 days of the first examination and test, ensure that a second examination and test is made of each item rejected in the first examination and test.\n\n(4) If a second examination and test is made under subregulation (3), the licensed tester or examining mechanic must ensure that the results of the second examination and test are entered in the panel corresponding to each item on the test report in accordance with regulation 262.\n\n(5) If no cause for rejection is disclosed at a second examination and test, the licensed tester or the examining mechanic, on the day of the examination and test, must—\n\n(a) complete the certificate of roadworthiness in accordance with regulation 258; and\n\n(b) issue a test report and certificate of roadworthiness to the applicant.\n\n(6) If a cause for rejection is disclosed at a second examination and test, the licensed tester or examining mechanic must, on the day of the examination and test, issue a test report and give a copy of the test report to the applicant.\n\n(7) An item passed on a first examination and test of a vehicle is to be regarded as passed on the date of issue of any certificate of roadworthiness subsequently issued for the vehicle under subregulation (5) unless the second examination and test discloses cause for rejection of the item.\n\n(8) A licensed tester or an examining mechanic must not conduct a second examination and test if the vehicle is not returned to the licensed tester within 14 days after the first examination and test.\n\n","sortOrder":262},{"sectionNumber":"263","sectionType":"section","heading":"Completing test reports","content":"\t263 Completing test reports\n\n(1) A licensed tester or an examining mechanic must complete a test report in accordance with—\n\n(a) any relevant guidelines made by the Secretary under regulation 9(3); and\n\n(b) any written directions given by the Secretary under regulation 251.\n\n(2) A licensed tester or an examining mechanic must ensure that the results of an examination and test of a vehicle are entered on the test report at the time of examining and testing the vehicle.\n\n","sortOrder":263},{"sectionNumber":"264","sectionType":"section","heading":"Power to impound certificate of roadworthiness","content":"\t264 Power to impound certificate of roadworthiness\n\n(1) If an authorised person or a police officer believes that a certificate of roadworthiness for a vehicle misrepresents the condition of the vehicle in a material respect, the authorised person or police officer may impound the certificate of roadworthiness.\n\n(2) A certificate of roadworthiness impounded under subregulation (1) ceases to have effect.\n\n(3) An authorised person or a police officer who impounds a certificate of roadworthiness under subregulation (1) may request the person in charge of the vehicle and described in the certificate of roadworthiness to present the vehicle to a licensed tester at a convenient place so that the vehicle may be examined and tested on behalf of, and at the expense of, the Secretary or the Chief Commissioner of Police.\n\n(4) For the purposes of subregulation (3), the licensed tester must not be—\n\n(a) the licensed tester who issued the impounded certificate of roadworthiness; or\n\n(b) if the impounded certificate of roadworthiness was issued by an examining mechanic, the licensed tester who employed, engaged or authorised that examining mechanic.\n\n(5) A person must comply with a request under subregulation (3) within 4 days after the day the request is made.\n\n","sortOrder":264},{"sectionNumber":"265","sectionType":"section","heading":"Offence to substitute equipment on tested vehicle","content":"\t265 Offence to substitute equipment on tested vehicle\n\nIf a current certificate of roadworthiness exists for a vehicle, a person must not detract from the vehicle's roadworthiness by adding, altering, removing or substituting equipment or fittings on the vehicle.\n\n","sortOrder":265},{"sectionNumber":"Part 7","sectionType":"part","heading":"Vehicle defect notices for light vehicles","content":"Part 7—Vehicle defect notices for light vehicles\n\n","sortOrder":266},{"sectionNumber":"266","sectionType":"section","heading":"Non-application to heavy vehicles","content":"\t266 Non-application to heavy vehicles\n\nThis Part, except regulation 274, does not apply to a heavy vehicle.\n\n","sortOrder":267},{"sectionNumber":"267","sectionType":"section","heading":"Type of vehicle defect notice","content":"\t267 Type of vehicle defect notice\n\n(1) A vehicle defect notice is a ***major defect notice*** if the person issuing the notice reasonably believes that any further use of the vehicle on a highway after the time and date specified in the notice would constitute an imminent and serious safety risk.\n\n(2) A vehicle defect notice is a ***minor defect notice*** if the person issuing the notice reasonably believes that any deficiency in the vehicle, if allowed to continue after the time specified in the notice, may constitute a safety risk or a danger to a person, property or the environment.\n\n","sortOrder":268},{"sectionNumber":"268","sectionType":"section","heading":"What must be included in vehicle defect notice","content":"\t268 What must be included in vehicle defect notice\n\nA vehicle defect notice must state the following—\n\n(a) the vehicle's registration details, including—\n\n(i) the registration number; and\n\n(ii) the expiry date of registration; and\n\n(iii) the jurisdiction of registration;\n\n(b) the unregistered vehicle permit number (if practicable and applicable);\n\n(c) the name of the vehicle's driver or, if the driver is not present when the notice is issued, the words \"registered operator\";\n\n(d) to the extent practicable, the vehicle's identification details, including—\n\n(i) its vehicle identifier; and\n\n(ii) if there is no vehicle identifier, the engine identification number; and\n\n(iii) the vehicle's make and type;\n\n(e) whether a full or partial inspection was carried out;\n\n(f) the details of the vehicle's defects;\n\n(g) the time and date after which the vehicle is not to be used on a highway;\n\n(h) any restriction on the movement of the vehicle to another location following the issue of the vehicle defect notice;\n\n(i) the clearance requirement;\n\n(j) the period after which the vehicle's registration may be suspended, unless the vehicle defect notice has been cleared;\n\n(k) the official number or other identification of the person who issued the vehicle defect notice.\n\n","sortOrder":269},{"sectionNumber":"269","sectionType":"section","heading":"How vehicle defect notice to be given to driver or registered operator","content":"\t269 How vehicle defect notice to be given to driver or registered operator\n\n(1) A person who issues a vehicle defect notice—\n\n(a) if the vehicle's driver is present, must give the vehicle defect notice to the driver, or send the vehicle defect notice to an email address nominated by the driver; or\n\n(b) if the vehicle is unattended, must cause the vehicle defect notice to be affixed to the vehicle.\n\n(2) A person who issues a vehicle defect notice must cause a vehicle defect label in the approved form to be affixed to the vehicle.\n\n","sortOrder":270},{"sectionNumber":"270","sectionType":"section","heading":"Driver of vehicle to give vehicle defect notice to registered operator","content":"\t270 Driver of vehicle to give vehicle defect notice to registered operator\n\nA driver of a vehicle, other than the registered operator, who is given or sent a vehicle defect notice under regulation 269, must give the vehicle defect notice or cause the vehicle defect notice to be given to the registered operator of the vehicle.\n\n","sortOrder":271},{"sectionNumber":"271","sectionType":"section","heading":"What a vehicle defect label must contain","content":"\t271 What a vehicle defect label must contain\n\nA vehicle defect label must state—\n\n(a) sufficient details to identify the vehicle; and\n\n(b) the serial number of the vehicle defect notice to which the vehicle defect label relates; and\n\n(c) the time and date after which the vehicle is not to be used on a highway; and\n\n(d) any restriction on the movement of the vehicle to another location following the issue of the vehicle defect notice; and\n\n(e) the official number or other identification of the person who issued the vehicle defect notice; and\n\n(f) the date of affixture of the vehicle defect label.\n\n","sortOrder":272},{"sectionNumber":"272","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of vehicles in breach of vehicle defect notice conditions","content":"\t272 Use of vehicles in breach of vehicle defect notice conditions\n\n(1) A person must not use, or permit the use of, a vehicle in breach of a condition of a vehicle defect notice issued for the vehicle.\n\n(2) Despite subregulation (1), a person may use the vehicle on a highway after it has been repaired for any of the following purposes—\n\n(a) to take it from a place of repair to a licensed tester;\n\n(b) to examine and test it;\n\n(c) to return it to the place of repair after it has been examined and tested;\n\n(d) to take it to the Secretary, or a place nominated by the Secretary, to be inspected or to have the vehicle defect notice cleared.\n\n","sortOrder":273},{"sectionNumber":"273","sectionType":"section","heading":"Recording of vehicle defect notices","content":"\t273 Recording of vehicle defect notices\n\nIf a vehicle defect notice is issued under the Act, or under a law in force in another jurisdiction, for a vehicle the details of which are in the register, the Secretary must record in the register in relation to the vehicle—\n\n(a) the serial number of the vehicle defect notice; and\n\n(b) the date after which the use of the vehicle on a highway is prohibited under the vehicle defect notice.\n\n","sortOrder":274},{"sectionNumber":"274","sectionType":"section","heading":"Clearance of vehicle defect notices","content":"\t274 Clearance of vehicle defect notices\n\n(1) The Secretary may carry out, or require an authorised vehicle inspector to carry out, an inspection of a vehicle for the purposes of determining—\n\n(a) whether defects described in a vehicle defect notice have been rectified; and\n\n(b) that the vehicle does not have any other defects.\n\n(2) A vehicle defect notice may be cleared by—\n\n(a) the Secretary; or\n\n(b) a corresponding registration authority; or\n\n(c) an authorised vehicle inspector.\n\n(3) A person must pay the relevant fee specified in Schedule 4 to clear a vehicle defect notice.\n\n(4) For the purposes of this regulation, a vehicle defect notice is cleared when—\n\n(a) a vehicle defect notice clearance certificate has been issued under regulation 275, or the Secretary, corresponding registration authority or authorised vehicle inspector has received evidence that the vehicle is no longer defective; and\n\n(b) the Secretary, corresponding registration authority or authorised vehicle inspector has caused any vehicle defect label affixed to the vehicle under regulation 269 to be removed or defaced.\n\n(5) If a vehicle defect notice is cleared, the Secretary must record in the register that the vehicle defect notice has been cleared.\n\n(6) If a vehicle defect notice is cleared by an authorised vehicle inspector, the authorised vehicle inspector must advise the Secretary as soon as practicable.\n\n","sortOrder":275},{"sectionNumber":"275","sectionType":"section","heading":"Form and issue of vehicle defect notice clearance certificates","content":"\t275 Form and issue of vehicle defect notice clearance certificates\n\n(1) A vehicle defect notice clearance certificate must be in the approved form.\n\n(2) An authorised vehicle inspector must not issue a vehicle defect notice clearance certificate for the purposes of regulation 274(4) unless—\n\n(a) the vehicle has been inspected in accordance with the guidelines for verifying that a vehicle's defects have been rectified; and\n\n(b) records of the inspection of the vehicle are kept in accordance with the guidelines.\n\n","sortOrder":276},{"sectionNumber":"276","sectionType":"section","heading":"Withdrawal of vehicle defect notice","content":"\t276 Withdrawal of vehicle defect notice\n\n(1) A person who issues a vehicle defect notice may withdraw that notice at any time.\n\n(2) A person who withdraws a vehicle defect notice must cause—\n\n(a) notice of the withdrawal to be sent to the person to whom the vehicle defect notice was issued; and\n\n(b) a record to be made in the register to the effect that the vehicle defect notice has been withdrawn.\n\n","sortOrder":277},{"sectionNumber":"277","sectionType":"section","heading":"Offence for unauthorised removal or defacement of vehicle defect label","content":"\t277 Offence for unauthorised removal or defacement of vehicle defect label\n\nA person, other than a person referred to in regulation 274(4), must not remove or deface a vehicle defect label which has been affixed to a vehicle unless authorised to do so by—\n\n(a) the Secretary; or\n\n(b) an officer of a corresponding registration authority; or\n\n(c) an authorised officer.\n\nPart 8—General offences and exemptions\n\n\tDivision 1—General offences that apply to all vehicles\n\n\t278 Altered number plates\n\n(1) A person must not use a vehicle displaying an altered number plate on a highway.\n\n(2) The registered operator of a vehicle must take reasonable steps to ensure that the vehicle is not used on a highway while displaying an altered number plate.\n\n(3) An owner of an unregistered vehicle must take reasonable steps to ensure that the vehicle is not used on a highway while displaying an altered number plate.\n\n(4) A person other than a person referred to in subregulation (1), (2) or (3) who has control or use of a vehicle must not cause or permit the vehicle to be used on a highway while displaying an altered number plate.\n\n(5) A person must not affix or cause to be affixed or permit another person to affix an altered number plate to a vehicle which is used on a highway by any person.\n\n","sortOrder":278},{"sectionNumber":"279","sectionType":"section","heading":"Altered club permit labels","content":"\t279 Altered club permit labels\n\n(1) A person must not use a vehicle displaying an altered club permit label on a highway.\n\n(2) The club permit holder of a vehicle operating under a club permit must take reasonable steps to ensure that that vehicle is not used on a highway while displaying an altered club permit label.\n\n(3) An owner of a vehicle operating under a club permit must take reasonable steps to ensure that the vehicle is not used on a highway while displaying an altered club permit label.\n\n(4) A person other than a person referred to in subregulation (1), (2) or (3), who has control or use of a vehicle operating under a club permit, must not cause or permit that vehicle to be used on a highway while displaying an altered club permit label.\n\n(5) A person must not affix or cause to be affixed or permit another person to affix an altered club permit label to a vehicle operating under a club permit which is used on a highway by any person.\n\n","sortOrder":279},{"sectionNumber":"280","sectionType":"section","heading":"Incorrect number plates","content":"\t280 Incorrect number plates\n\n(1) A person must not use a vehicle on a highway while that vehicle is displaying a number plate other than the number plate issued for the vehicle in accordance with these Regulations or another law.\n\n(2) The registered operator of a vehicle must take reasonable steps to ensure that the vehicle is not used on a highway while displaying a number plate other than the number plate issued for the vehicle in accordance with these Regulations or another law.\n\n(3) The owner of an unregistered vehicle must take reasonable steps to ensure that the vehicle is not used on a highway while displaying a number plate.\n\n(4) A person other than a person referred to in subregulation (1), (2) or (3), who has control or use of a vehicle must not cause or permit the vehicle to be used on a highway while displaying a number plate other than the number plate issued for the vehicle in accordance with these Regulations or another law.\n\n(5) A person must not affix or cause to be affixed or permit another person to affix a number plate that is not the number plate issued for the vehicle in accordance with these Regulations or another law to a vehicle which is used on a highway by any person.\n\n","sortOrder":280},{"sectionNumber":"281","sectionType":"section","heading":"Representations of number plates","content":"\t281 Representations of number plates\n\n(1) A person must not use a vehicle on a highway while displaying a representation of a number plate that is likely to be mistaken for a number plate displayed in accordance with these Regulations.\n\n(2) The registered operator of a vehicle must take reasonable steps to ensure that the vehicle is not used on a highway while displaying a representation of a number plate that is likely to be mistaken for a number plate displayed in accordance with these Regulations.\n\n(3) The owner of an unregistered vehicle must take reasonable steps to ensure that the vehicle is not used on a highway while displaying a representation of a number plate that is likely to be mistaken for a number plate displayed in accordance with these Regulations.\n\n(4) A person other than a person referred to in subregulation (1), (2) or (3) who has control or use of a vehicle must not cause or permit the vehicle to be used on a highway while displaying a representation of a number plate that is likely to be mistaken for a number plate displayed in accordance with these Regulations.\n\n(5) A person must not affix or cause to be affixed or permit another person to affix a representation of a number plate to a vehicle which is used on a highway by any person if the representation is likely to be mistaken for a number plate displayed in accordance with these Regulations.\n\n","sortOrder":281},{"sectionNumber":"282","sectionType":"section","heading":"Offence for travel by vehicle if a posted mass or dimension limit would be exceeded","content":"\t282 Offence for travel by vehicle if a posted mass or dimension limit would be exceeded\n\n(1) A driver of a vehicle must not drive past a sign that has information on it indicating a mass or dimension limit (other than a sign set out in subregulation (2) or regulation 283) if the vehicle exceeds the mass or dimension limit displayed on the sign.\n\nPenalty: For exceeding a displayed mass limit—\n\n20 penalty units.\n\nFor exceeding a displayed dimension limit—\n\n20 penalty units.\n\n(2) Subregulation (1) does not apply in relation to the following signs—\n\n(a) a no trucks sign referred to in rule 104 of the Road Rules;\n\n(b) a no buses sign referred to in rule 106 of the Road Rules.\n\n(3) The registered operator of a vehicle must ensure that the vehicle is not used on a highway in contravention of subregulation (1).\n\nPenalty: If a displayed mass limit is exceeded—\n\nIn the case of a natural person, 20 penalty units;\n\nIf a displayed dimension limit is exceeded—\n\nIn the case of a natural person, 10 penalty units;\n\n(4) A person other than a person referred to in subregulation (1) or (3) must not cause or permit a vehicle to be used in contravention of subregulation (1).\n\nPenalty: If a displayed mass limit is exceeded—\n\nIn the case of a natural person, 20 penalty units;\n\nIf a displayed dimension limit is exceeded—\n\nIn the case of a natural person, 10 penalty units;\n\n","sortOrder":282},{"sectionNumber":"283","sectionType":"section","heading":"Offence for vehicle to travel where height restriction would be exceeded","content":"\t283 Offence for vehicle to travel where height restriction would be exceeded\n\n(1) A person must not use a vehicle on a highway to travel or attempt to travel beneath a bridge or overhead structure that carries a sign with the words \"LOW CLEARANCE\" or \"CLEARANCE\" if the height of the vehicle is equal to or greater than the height shown on the sign.\n\n(2) The registered operator of a vehicle must take reasonable steps to ensure that the vehicle is not used on a highway in contravention of subregulation (1).\n\n","sortOrder":283},{"sectionNumber":"284","sectionType":"section","heading":"Offence for vehicle to travel where clearance restriction would be exceeded","content":"\t284 Offence for vehicle to travel where clearance restriction would be exceeded\n\n(1) A person must not use a vehicle on a highway to travel or attempt to travel beneath any cable, wire, tree or overhead structure (other than a structure referred to in regulation 283(1)) if there is less than 200 millimetres clearance to the highest point of the vehicle.\n\n(2) The registered operator of a vehicle must take reasonable steps to ensure that the vehicle is not used on a highway in contravention of subregulation (1).\n\n(3) A person other than a person referred to in subregulation (1) or (2) must not cause or permit a vehicle to be used on a highway in contravention of subregulation (1).\n\nDivision 2—General requirements and offences that apply to light vehicles\n\n","sortOrder":284},{"sectionNumber":"285","sectionType":"section","heading":"Load restraint requirement","content":"\t285 Load restraint requirement\n\nThe following requirements apply to a vehicle that is carrying a load—\n\n(a) the load must be secured by a means that is appropriate to the vehicle and the nature of the load;\n\n(b) the load must be placed and secured on the vehicle in a way that prevents, or would be likely to prevent, the load or any part of the load from—\n\n(i) hanging or projecting from the vehicle; or\n\n(ii) becoming dislodged or falling from the vehicle;\n\n(c) the load must not be placed or secured on the vehicle in a way that makes the vehicle unstable;\n\n(d) the load must be placed and secured on the vehicle in compliance with the performance standards recommended in the Load Restraint Guide for Light Vehicles 2018, published by the National Transport Commission.\n\n","sortOrder":285},{"sectionNumber":"286","sectionType":"section","heading":"Towing offences—number of vehicles towed","content":"\t286 Towing offences—number of vehicles towed\n\n(1) A person must not use a motor vehicle that is towing more than one other vehicle on a highway without the approval of the Secretary.\n\n(2) A person other than a person referred to in subregulation (1) must not cause or permit a motor vehicle that is towing more than one other vehicle to be used on a highway without the approval of the Secretary.\n\n","sortOrder":286},{"sectionNumber":"287","sectionType":"section","heading":"Towing offences—couplings","content":"\t287 Towing offences—couplings\n\n(1) A person must not use a combination on a highway if a vehicle forming part of the combination is not securely coupled to the vehicle in front of it.\n\n(2) The registered operator of a vehicle must ensure that the vehicle is not used as part of a combination if any vehicle forming part of the combination is not securely coupled to the vehicle in front of it.\n\n(3) A person other than a person referred to in subregulation (1) or (2) must not cause or permit a combination or a vehicle comprising part of a combination to be used on a highway if any vehicle forming part of the combination is not securely coupled to the vehicle in front of it.\n\n","sortOrder":287},{"sectionNumber":"288","sectionType":"section","heading":"Attachment of sidecar","content":"\t288 Attachment of sidecar\n\n(1) A sidecar attached to a motor cycle must be attached—\n\n(a) to the left side of the motor cycle; and\n\n(b) in a way that does not prevent, and is not likely to prevent, the driver from safely driving or controlling the motor cycle and sidecar.\n\n(2) A sidecar attached to a motor cycle must not be of a mass or dimensions that prevent, or are likely to prevent, the driver from safely driving or controlling the motor cycle and sidecar.\n\n(3) A motor cycle must not have attached to it a sidecar any part of which projects—\n\n(a) for a distance of more than—\n\n(i) 60 centimetres in front of the outer extremity of the front wheel of the motor cycle; or\n\n(ii) 90 centimetres behind the outer extremity of the rear wheel of the motor cycle; or\n\n(b) laterally beyond the extreme outer portion of the right side of the motor cycle.\n\n(4) A person must not use a motor cycle with a sidecar attached on a highway if the motor cycle or sidecar does not comply with this regulation.\n\n","sortOrder":288},{"sectionNumber":"289","sectionType":"section","heading":"Noise","content":"\t289 Noise\n\n(1) A person must not use a vehicle on a highway if the vehicle is creating undue noise.\n\n(2) A person must not cause or permit a vehicle to be used on a highway if the vehicle is creating undue noise.\n\n","sortOrder":289},{"sectionNumber":"290","sectionType":"section","heading":"Warning signs and warning lights must not be displayed if not required","content":"\t290 Warning signs and warning lights must not be displayed if not required\n\n(1) A person must not display a warning sign or warning light on a vehicle if—\n\n(a) the warning sign or warning light is of a type provided for in these Regulations; and\n\n(b) the vehicle is not required by these Regulations to display a warning sign or warning light of that type.\n\n(2) If these Regulations provide that a particular type of warning sign or warning light is to be displayed on a vehicle at a specified time, a person must not display that type of warning sign or warning light on a vehicle at a time other than the specified time.\n\n(3) A person must not drive a vehicle on a highway in contravention of subregulation (1) or (2).\n\n(4) The registered operator of a vehicle must take reasonable steps to ensure that the vehicle is not used on a highway in contravention of subregulation (1) or (2).\n\nPenalty: In the case of a body corporate, 25 penalty units;\n\nIn any other case, 5 penalty units.\n\n(5) A person other than a person referred to in subregulation (3) or (4) must not cause or permit a vehicle to be used on a highway in contravention of subregulations (1) or (2).\n\nPenalty: In the case of a body corporate, 25 penalty units;\n\nIn any other case, 5 penalty units.\n\n","sortOrder":290},{"sectionNumber":"291","sectionType":"section","heading":"Other lights to be in working order","content":"\t291 Other lights to be in working order\n\n(1) A person must not use a vehicle on a highway if—\n\n(a) the vehicle is not equipped with brake lights or signal direction indicator lights; and\n\n(b) the vehicle is required to be equipped with brake lights or signal direction indicator lights in accordance with the standards for registration or would be so required if the vehicle were registered.\n\n(2) A person must not use a vehicle on a highway if—\n\n(a) the vehicle is equipped with brake lights or signal direction indicator lights; and\n\n(b) the brake lights or signal direction indicator lights are not in working order in accordance with the standards for registration that apply to the vehicle or that would apply if the vehicle were registered.\n\n(3) A person must not use a vehicle on a highway if—\n\n(a) the vehicle is equipped with brake lights or signal direction indicator lights in accordance with the standards for registration; and\n\n(b) the brake lights or signal direction indicator lights are not clean and unobscured.\n\n","sortOrder":291},{"sectionNumber":"292","sectionType":"section","heading":"Signs to be kept clean and unobscured","content":"\t292 Signs to be kept clean and unobscured\n\nA person must not use on a highway a vehicle on which any sign, writing, colouring or band required to be displayed on the vehicle by the standards for registration is unclean or obscured.\n\n","sortOrder":292},{"sectionNumber":"293","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of modified vehicles","content":"\t293 Use of modified vehicles\n\nA person must not use on a highway a vehicle that has been modified from the condition it was in when first registered if the person has not complied with regulation 35 in respect of the modification.\n\n","sortOrder":293},{"sectionNumber":"294","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of vehicles not complying with standards","content":"\t294 Use of vehicles not complying with standards\n\n(1) A person must not—\n\n(a) use on a highway a vehicle (whether or not registered) that does not comply with any standard for registration that is applicable to the vehicle, or that would be applicable if the vehicle were registered; or\n\n(b) cause or permit to be used on a highway a vehicle (whether or not registered) that does not comply with any standard for registration that is applicable to the vehicle, or that would be applicable if the vehicle were registered.\n\n(2) Subregulation (1) does not apply to non‑compliance with a standard for  \nregistration if—\n\n(a) the vehicle is conditionally registered under these Regulations and the conditions of registration are being observed; or\n\n(b) the vehicle is being used in accordance with a registration permit issued by the Secretary and any conditions imposed on the permit by the Secretary are being observed; or\n\n(c) the vehicle is temporarily in Victoria and is—\n\n(i) registered in a state or territory of Australia or in another country and the vehicle complies with any standards relating to that registration; or\n\n(ii) permitted to be used in a state or territory of Australia in accordance with a law relating to the use of unregistered vehicles, including any conditions imposed on the permit; or\n\n(d) at the time of the vehicle's registration, the applicant for registration produced a VASS approval certificate and there has been no material alteration to the vehicle or its condition since the certificate was issued; or\n\n(e) the vehicle is being repaired, or is being tested in the course of being repaired, for the purposes of making it comply with the standards for registration; or\n\n(f) the vehicle is being driven or towed directly to a place where it is to be repaired for the purposes of making it comply with the standards for registration; or\n\n(g) the vehicle is a trailer—\n\n(i) that is constructed and used exclusively as an agricultural implement or for transporting the combs of a grain header; or\n\n(ii) that is a bulk bin used exclusively for holding grain; or\n\n(iii) that is constructed and used exclusively for the carriage of bulk fruit bins.\n\n","sortOrder":294},{"sectionNumber":"295","sectionType":"section","heading":"Other use of vehicle offences","content":"\t295 Other use of vehicle offences\n\n(1) A person must not use a vehicle or a combination of vehicles on a highway if the vehicle or the combination of vehicles is not in a safe and roadworthy condition.\n\n(2) A person must not cause or permit to be used a vehicle or a combination of vehicles on a highway if the vehicle is not, or the combination of vehicles is not, in a safe and roadworthy condition.\n\n(3) A person must not use a motor vehicle on a highway if—\n\n(a) the motor vehicle has any equipment or fitting projecting from it, or from another vehicle attached to it in a way likely to cause injury to another person; or\n\n(b) the motor vehicle is attached to another vehicle that has any equipment or fitting projecting from it in a way likely to cause injury to another person.\n\n","sortOrder":295},{"sectionNumber":"296","sectionType":"section","heading":"Keeping documents","content":"\t296 Keeping documents\n\n(1) The driver of a class O vehicle must produce for inspection by a police officer or an authorised officer on request—\n\n(a) any class O notice that applies to the vehicle; or\n\n(b) an information sheet or bulletin issued by the Secretary that sets out the obligations imposed under the notice.\n\n(2) The driver of a class O vehicle must carry in the driving compartment and produce to a police officer or an authorised officer if requested a copy of any class O permit that applies to the vehicle.\n\n","sortOrder":296},{"sectionNumber":"Part 9","sectionType":"part","heading":"Hazardous areas","content":"Part 9—Hazardous areas\n\n","sortOrder":297},{"sectionNumber":"297","sectionType":"section","heading":"Definitions and application of this Part","content":"\t297 Definitions and application of this Part\n\n(1) In this Part—\n\n***hazardous area authority*** means an authority issued under regulation 300;\n\n***relevant vehicle*** means a vehicle that—\n\n(a) seats more than 12 people (including the driver) and—\n\n(i) is operated by a person who is accredited under the **Bus Safety Act 2009**; and\n\n(ii) is being used for carrying passengers—\n\n(A) for hire or reward; or\n\n(B) as part of a courtesy service; or\n\n(C) for or in connection with the activities of a religious, philanthropic, educational, sporting or social body; or\n\n(b) seats more than 30 people (including the driver).\n\n(2) This Part does not apply to a vehicle that moves on caterpillar tracks and is designed for use on or over snow.\n\n","sortOrder":298},{"sectionNumber":"298","sectionType":"section","heading":"Declaration of hazardous areas","content":"\t298 Declaration of hazardous areas\n\n(1) The Secretary, by notice published in the Government Gazette, may declare that an area that, in the Secretary's opinion, contains hazardous driving conditions for vehicles is a hazardous area for the purposes of these Regulations.\n\n(2) In making a declaration, the Secretary may specify that an area is only hazardous—\n\n(a) for a specified period; or\n\n(b) at certain times of the year.\n\n","sortOrder":299},{"sectionNumber":"299","sectionType":"section","heading":"Relevant vehicle not to be used in hazardous area without hazardous area authority","content":"\t299 Relevant vehicle not to be used in hazardous area without hazardous area authority\n\nA person must not use a relevant vehicle in a hazardous area unless the person holds a current hazardous area authority.\n\n","sortOrder":300},{"sectionNumber":"300","sectionType":"section","heading":"Requirements for hazardous area authority","content":"\t300 Requirements for hazardous area authority\n\n(1) A person may apply to the Secretary for the issue of a hazardous area authority.\n\n(2) The Secretary may require an applicant for a hazardous area authority to pass any test and hold any qualification specified by the Secretary that relates to the applicant's fitness to use a relevant vehicle in a hazardous area.\n\n(3) The Secretary may issue a hazardous area authority for any period up to 6 years to an applicant who passes the tests and holds the qualifications (if any) required under subregulation (2).\n\n","sortOrder":301},{"sectionNumber":"301","sectionType":"section","heading":"Driver to carry hazardous area authority","content":"\t301 Driver to carry hazardous area authority\n\nA person driving a relevant vehicle in a hazardous area must carry the person's hazardous area authority and produce the authority for inspection if requested by a police officer or an authorised officer.\n\n1. 5 penalty units.\n\n","sortOrder":302},{"sectionNumber":"302","sectionType":"section","heading":"Relevant vehicle must be safe and roadworthy","content":"\t302 Relevant vehicle must be safe and roadworthy\n\nA person must not use, or cause or permit to be used, in a hazardous area a relevant vehicle that is not in a safe and roadworthy condition.\n\n","sortOrder":303},{"sectionNumber":"303","sectionType":"section","heading":"Requirements for relevant vehicles in hazardous areas","content":"\t303 Requirements for relevant vehicles in hazardous areas\n\nA person must not use a relevant vehicle in a hazardous area unless the vehicle has—\n\n(a) a full dual circuit service braking system; and\n\n(b) adequate demisting and saloon heating systems; and\n\n(c) a spare wheel, a jack and a wheel brace; and\n\n(d) wheel chains of a design approved by the Secretary that are in good condition and that are capable of being attached to the outer drive wheels of the vehicle; and\n\n(e) wheel chocks; and\n\n(f) a torch or portable lead light; and\n\n(g) a shovel.\n\nApproved wheel chains are diamond pattern or a similar design. Ladder design chains are not approved wheel chains.\n\n","sortOrder":304},{"sectionNumber":"Part 10","sectionType":"part","heading":"Exemptions","content":"Part 10—Exemptions\n\n","sortOrder":305},{"sectionNumber":"304","sectionType":"section","heading":"Exemptions in emergencies","content":"\t304 Exemptions in emergencies\n\n(1) In an emergency, the Secretary may exempt a vehicle, or its driver or registered operator, or any person who causes or permits the vehicle to be used on a highway, from a requirement in these Regulations, if the Secretary is satisfied that—\n\n(a) the exemption will not result in an unreasonable danger to other highway users; and\n\n(b) the vehicle is being used, or is intended to be used—\n\n(i) to protect life or property; or\n\n(ii) to restore communication or the supply of energy or water or services, including sewage disposal; or\n\n(iii) to provide drought relief.\n\n(2) An exemption may be subject to any conditions imposed by the Secretary.\n\n(3) The Secretary—\n\n(a) must make a written record of the exemption and any conditions to which it is subject; and\n\n(b) may cause the exemption and the conditions to be communicated orally to the driver, registered operator or person who causes or permits the vehicle to be used on a highway.\n\n","sortOrder":306},{"sectionNumber":"305","sectionType":"section","heading":"Person may be found guilty of offence only once in respect of the same circumstances","content":"\t305 Person may be found guilty of offence only once in respect of the same circumstances\n\nIf a person is—\n\n(a) both the registered operator and the driver of a vehicle; or\n\n(b) both the registered operator and the person who caused or permitted a vehicle to be used on a highway; or\n\n(c) both the driver of a vehicle and the person who caused or permitted the vehicle to be used on a highway—\n\nthe person must not be found guilty for more than one offence under these Regulations in respect of the same circumstances.\n\n","sortOrder":307},{"sectionNumber":"Sch 1","sectionType":"schedule","heading":"Vehicle Standards","content":"Schedule 1—Vehicle Standards\n\nRegulation 24\n\n","sortOrder":308},{"sectionNumber":"Part 1","sectionType":"part","heading":"General","content":"Part 1—General\n\nThis Schedule sets out standards that light vehicles must comply with to be eligible for unconditional registration and to be driven on roads and road related areas. This Schedule also sets out the requirements for warning lights and signs on buses carrying children.\n\nThe Vehicle Standards require a vehicle that is subject to an ADR when built or imported to continue to comply with the ADR.\n\nThe Vehicle Standards also apply certain adopted standards that are intended to complement the ADRs.\n\nThe ADRs do not apply to—\n\n• vehicles built before 1969; or\n\n• combinations of vehicles of any age.\n\nThe ADRs also do not cover every safety feature for vehicles built between 1969 and 1988.\n\nThese matters are covered by the Vehicle Standards.\n\n","sortOrder":309},{"sectionNumber":"1","sectionType":"section","heading":"Vehicle Standards","content":"\t1 Vehicle Standards\n\nThis Schedule contains the Vehicle Standards that form the standards for registration for light vehicles under the **Road Safety Act 1986**.\n\n\t2 Objects of Vehicle Standards\n\nThe objects of the Vehicle Standards are—\n\n(a) to ensure that the standards applying to light motor vehicles, light trailers and light combinations in Victoria are consistent with model uniform Australian standards; and\n\n(b) to promote, throughout the life of light motor vehicles, light trailers and light combinations, their safe use and efficiency and the protection of the environment; and\n\n(c) to reduce the cost of transport administration.\n\n","sortOrder":310},{"sectionNumber":"Part 2","sectionType":"part","heading":"Interpretation and application of the Vehicle Standards","content":"Part 2—Interpretation and application of the Vehicle Standards\n\n **3 * * * * ***\n\nIf a clause number is omitted in this Schedule, it is because there is no equivalent of the corresponding provision in the Australian Light Vehicle Standards Rules 2015.\n\n\t4 Meaning of *vehicle*\n\n(1) For the purposes of the Vehicle Standards, a reference to a vehicle is taken to be a reference to a light vehicle.\n\n(2) A reference in the Vehicle Standards to a vehicle includes a reference to the equipment fitted to, or forming part of, the vehicle.\n\nA vehicle is defined in section 3(1) of the Act.\n\n\t5 When restored vehicle is built\n\n***restored vehicle*** means a vehicle that is being, or has been, restored to the vehicle's manufacturer's specifications, so far as it is practicable to meet the specifications.\n\n(2) For the Vehicle Standards, a restored vehicle is taken to have been built when the vehicle was originally built and not when the vehicle was restored.\n\n **6 * * * * ***\n\n **7 * * * * ***\n\n **8 * * * * ***\n\n\t9 Diagrams\n\n(1) A diagram in the Vehicle Standards is part of the Vehicle Standards.\n\n(2) A diagram of something is an illustrative example of the thing, but does not represent its dimensions or the dimensions of any part of it.\n\n\t10 Notes\n\nA note in the Vehicle Standards is explanatory and is not part of the Vehicle Standards.\n\n\t11 Examples\n\n(1) If the Vehicle Standards include an example of the operation of a provision, that example and the provision to which it relates are to be read in the context of—\n\n(a) each other; and\n\n(b) the other provisions of the Vehicle Standards.\n\n(2) If the example referred to in subclause (1) is inconsistent with the provision to which it relates, the provision prevails.\n\nSee section 36A of the **Interpretation of Legislation Act 1984** in relation to examples.\n\n\t12 Application to vehicles on roads and road related areas\n\nThe Vehicle Standards apply to motor vehicles, trailers and combinations on roads and road related areas.\n\n **13 * * * * ***\n\n\t14 Non-application of Vehicle Standards—exemptions under other laws\n\n(1) A provision of the Vehicle Standards does not apply to a vehicle if the vehicle is exempt from—\n\n(a) the provision under another law of this jurisdiction; or\n\n(b) the corresponding provision of the law of another Australian jurisdiction.\n\n(2) The vehicle is exempt only if all conditions of the exemption (if any) are being complied with.\n\nAn exemption permitting a greater dimension limit for a vehicle is subject to conditions about the route where, and times when, the vehicle is permitted to travel, and the escort vehicles required to accompany the vehicle. A relevant provision of the Vehicle Standards does not apply to the vehicle only if the conditions are complied with.\n\n\t15 Application of Vehicle Standards to vehicle or coupling complying with inconsistent ADR requirement\n\n(1) A provision of Parts 4 to 10 of this Schedule does not apply to a vehicle if—\n\n(a) the vehicle complies with—\n\n(i) a requirement of an ADR that applies to the vehicle; or\n\n(ii) a requirement of an ADR that applies to vehicles of the same class or type, but that have been manufactured at a later date than the vehicle; and\n\n(b) the ADR requirement that the vehicle complies with corresponds to a provision in Parts 4 to 10 of this Schedule.\n\nAs the second edition ADR and third edition ADR do not apply to a vehicle built in 1968, the vehicle must comply with clause 123 (What braking system a motor vehicle must have) of this Schedule. If the owner of that type of vehicle modified the brakes so that the vehicle complies with the second edition ADR, any requirement in clause 123 about vehicle brakes that is inconsistent with the second edition ADR no longer applies to the vehicle.\n\n(2) A provision of Part 11 of the Vehicle Standards does not apply to a coupling if—\n\n(a) the coupling complies with—\n\n(i) a requirement of an ADR that applies to the coupling; or\n\n(ii) a requirement of an ADR that applies to couplings of the same class or type, but that have been manufactured at a later date than the coupling; and\n\n(b) the ADR requirement that the coupling complies with, corresponds to a requirement in Part 11 of the Vehicle Standards.\n\n(3) Despite subclause (1), a requirement of the following provisions of the Vehicle Standards applies to a vehicle instead of the corresponding ADR requirement—\n\n(a) clause 26 (Steering);\n\n(b) clause 44(6) and (7) (Window tinting);\n\n(c) clause 50 (Tyres—manufacturer's rating);\n\n(d) clause 111 (Fitting of warning lights and signs);\n\n(e) clause 114(5) (Other lights and reflectors).\n\n\t16 Application to vehicle subject of particular approval\n\nA provision of Parts 4 to 10 to of this Schedule does not apply to a vehicle if—\n\n(a) the provision corresponds to a requirement of the ADRs that applies to the vehicle; and\n\n(b) the vehicle does not comply with that ADR requirement; and\n\n(c) despite the non-compliance—\n\n(i) an approval was given under section 10A(2) or (3) of the Motor Vehicle Standards Act (as in force before its repeal) to place identification plates on vehicles of that type and the approval is continued in force under item 4(1) of Schedule 3 to the Road Vehicle Standards (Consequential and Transitional Provisions) Act 2018 of the Commonwealth; or\n\n(ii) an approval is given under item 4(2) or 6(2) of Schedule 3 to the Road Vehicle Standards (Consequential and Transitional Provisions) Act 2018 of the Commonwealth; or\n\n(iii) the vehicle satisfied the requirements of an entry pathway set out in section 15(2) of the Road Vehicle Standards Act and the vehicle is entered on the RAV; and\n\n(d) the vehicle complies with the approval conditions (if any).\n\n**Notes**\n\n1 Section 10A(2) of the Motor Vehicle Standards Act, before its repeal, provided for the approval of vehicles that do not comply with an ADR if the Minister administering that Act was satisfied that the non‑compliance was only minor and inconsequential.\n\n2 Section 10A(3) of the Motor Vehicle Standards Act, before its repeal, provided for the approval of vehicles that do not comply with an ADR (and the non-compliance was not minor and inconsequential), if the Minister administering that Act was satisfied that vehicles of that type comply with the ADRs to an extent that makes them suitable for supply to the market.\n\n3 Section 10A(4) of the Motor Vehicle Standards Act, before its repeal, provided for approvals under section 10A(2) and (3) to be subject to written conditions determined by the Minister administering that Act.\n\n4 Items 4(1) and 6(1) of Schedule 3 to the Road Vehicle Standards (Consequential and Transitional Provisions) Act 2018 of the Commonwealth provide for approvals given under section 10A(1), (2) or (3) to continue in force despite the repeal of the Motor Vehicle Standards Act.\n\n5 Items 4(2) and 6(2) of Schedule 3 to the Road Vehicle Standards (Consequential and Transitional Provisions) Act 2018 of the Commonwealth provide for the process by which the Minister may give a written approval if a person had applied, before the commencement of Schedule 3 to that Act, for an approval under section 10A(1), (2) or (3) of the Motor Vehicle Standards Act (as the case requires) and the Minister had not yet determined the application.\n\n6 Section 15(2) of the Road Vehicle Standards Act describes the entry pathway.\n\n\t17 Interpretation of certain second edition ADRs\n\nFor the purposes of the Vehicle Standards, the words \"left\" and \"right\" in the following second edition ADRs have the opposite meaning in the application of the ADRs, in accordance with the Vehicle Standards, to a motor vehicle with a left‑hand drive—\n\n(a) ADR 8 Safety Glass;\n\n(b) ADR 12 Glare Reduction in Field of View;\n\n(c) ADR 14 Rear Vision Mirrors;\n\n(d) ADR 16 Windscreen Wipers and Washers;\n\n(e) ADR 18 and ADR 18A Location and Visibility of Instruments;\n\n(f) ADR 35 and ADR 35A Commercial Vehicle Braking Systems.\n\n\t18 References to adopted standards\n\nUnless the contrary intention appears, a reference in a clause or subclause to an adopted standard is a reference to the adopted standard as in force when the clause or subclause commenced.\n\n\t19 Compliance with particular adopted standards\n\nA vehicle is not required to comply with an adopted standard if—\n\n(a) the standard is replaced by, or is inconsistent with, a later version of the standard; and\n\n(b) the vehicle complies with the later version of the standard.\n\n\t20 Compliance with requirement to have particular equipment\n\nA vehicle is only taken to have equipment required by the Vehicle Standards if the equipment is—\n\n(a) in working order; and\n\n(b) connected to the vehicle if the equipment is required to be connected to the vehicle in order to perform its intended function.\n\n","sortOrder":311},{"sectionNumber":"Part 3","sectionType":"part","heading":"Australian Design Rules","content":"Part 3—Australian Design Rules\n\nA vehicle need not comply with a standard if the standard is replaced by, or inconsistent with, a later standard and the vehicle complies with the later standard. As a result, older vehicles may be fitted with any equipment allowed on newer vehicles. Vehicles that are modified must continue to comply with the Vehicle Standards.\n\nFor guidance regarding vehicle modifications see VSB 14.\n\nClause 33(7) (Horns, alarms etc.) of the Vehicle Standards modifies the effect of the corresponding ADR requirement.\n\nClause 115 (Rear marking plates and conspicuity markings) of these Vehicle Standards extends the application of particular second edition ADRs or third edition ADRs to vehicles to which the ADRs are not otherwise expressed to apply.\n\nThe following provisions of the Vehicle Standards apply to a vehicle instead of the corresponding ADR requirement—\n\n• Clause 26 (Steering);\n\n• Clause 44(6) to (7) (Window tinting);\n\n• Clause 50 (Tyres—manufacturer's rating);\n\n• Clauses 111 (Fitting of warning lights and signs);\n\n• Clause 114(5) (Other lights and reflectors).\n\n","sortOrder":312},{"sectionNumber":"Div 1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Compliance with ADRs","content":"Division 1—Compliance with ADRs\n\n\t21 Second edition ADRs\n\n(1) Subject to Division 2, if a second edition ADR recommends that the ADR should apply to the design and construction of a vehicle, the vehicle must comply with the ADR.\n\n(2) If a second edition ADR sets out a requirement for a type of equipment fitted to a vehicle built on or after a stated time, any equipment of the same type fitted to the vehicle after it is built must comply with—\n\n(a) if the requirement is not amended after the vehicle is built, the requirement as in force when the vehicle was built; or\n\n(b) if the requirement is amended after the vehicle is built and before the equipment is fitted, the requirement as in force—\n\n(i) when the vehicle was built; or\n\n(ii) when the equipment was fitted; or\n\n(iii) at any time between when the vehicle was built and the equipment was fitted.\n\n(3) A vehicle, or equipment fitted to a vehicle, is not required to comply with a recommendation or requirement of a second edition ADR if—\n\n(a) the recommendation or requirement is replaced by, or is inconsistent with, a requirement of either of the following (each a ***newer ADR***)—\n\n(i) a later version of the second edition ADR applying to the vehicle or equipment;\n\n(ii) the third edition ADR applying to the vehicle or equipment; and\n\n(b) the vehicle or equipment complies with the requirement of the newer ADR.\n\n(4) If a second edition ADR allows a vehicle built on or after a stated time to be fitted with equipment, a vehicle built before that time may also be fitted with that equipment.\n\n","sortOrder":313},{"sectionNumber":"22","sectionType":"section","heading":"Third edition ADRs","content":"\t22 Third edition ADRs\n\n(1) Subject to Division 2, if a third edition ADR applies to the design and construction of a vehicle, the vehicle must comply with the ADR.\n\n(2) If a third edition ADR sets out a requirement for a type of equipment fitted to a vehicle built on or after a stated time, any equipment of the same type fitted to the vehicle after it is built must comply with—\n\n(a) if the requirement is not amended after the vehicle is built, the requirement as in force when the vehicle was built; or\n\n(b) if the requirement is amended after the vehicle is built and before the equipment is fitted, the requirement as in force—\n\n(i) when the vehicle was built; or\n\n(ii) when the equipment was fitted; or\n\n(iii) at any time between when the vehicle was built and the equipment was fitted.\n\n(3) A vehicle, or equipment fitted to a vehicle, is not required to comply with a requirement of a third edition ADR if—\n\n(a) the requirement is replaced by, or is inconsistent with, a requirement of a later version of the ADR applying to the vehicle or equipment; and\n\n(b) the vehicle or equipment complies with the requirement of the later version.\n\n(4) If a third edition ADR allows a vehicle built on or after a stated time to be fitted with equipment, a vehicle built before the time may also be fitted with the equipment.\n\nThe following Table contains a list of some terms used in the third edition ADRs and the corresponding term used in the Vehicle Standards.\n\n**Table 1**\n\n| *Third edition ADRs* | *Vehicle Standards* |\n| dipped-beam headlamp | low-beam (for a headlight) |\n| front fog lamp | front fog light |\n| rear fog lamp | rear fog light |\n| wheelguard | mudguard |\n| main-beam headlamp | high-beam (for a headlight) |\n| reversing lamp | reversing light |\n| direction indicator lamp | direction indicator light |\n| stop lamp | brake light |\n| rear registration plate lamp | number plate light |\n| front position (side) lamp | parking light |\n| rear position (side) lamp | tail light |\n| end-outline marker lamp | front or rear clearance light |\n| external cabin lamp | external cabin light |\n| internal lamp | interior light |\n| side marker lamp | side marker light |\n| daylight running lamp | daylight running light |\n| rear reflex reflector, non‑triangular | rear reflector |\n| front reflex reflector, non‑triangular | front reflector |\n| side reflex reflector, non‑triangular | side reflector |\n\nDivision 2—Exemptions from compliance with ADRs\n\n\t23 Vehicles that are not road vehicles\n\nA vehicle is not required to comply with an ADR applied by clause 21(1) or 22(1) of this Schedule if—\n\n(a) a determination or declaration under section 5B of the Motor Vehicle Standards Act provides that the vehicle is not a road vehicle for that Act; or\n\n(b) a determination under section 6(5)(b) or (6)(b) of the Road Vehicle Standards Act provides that the vehicle is not a road vehicle for the purposes of that Act.\n\n\t24 Vehicles subject to particular approvals\n\n(1) A vehicle is not required to comply with an ADR applied by clause 21(1) or 22(1) if—\n\n(a) despite non-compliance with the ADR—\n\n(i) an approval was given under section 10A(2) or (3) of the Motor Vehicle Standards Act (as in force before its repeal) to place identification plates on vehicles of that type and the approval is continued in force under item 4(1) of Schedule 3 to the Road Vehicle Standards (Consequential and Transitional Provisions) Act 2018 of the Commonwealth; or\n\n(ii) an approval is given, under item 4(2) or 6(2) of Schedule 3 to the Road Vehicle Standards (Consequential and Transitional Provisions) Act 2018 of the Commonwealth; and\n\nSee notes to clause 16.\n\n(2) A vehicle is not required to comply with an ADR applied by clause 21(1) or 22(1) if—\n\n(a) either—\n\n(i) the vehicle has been supplied to the market under section 14A(1) of the Motor Vehicle Standards Act, as in force before its repeal; or\n\n(ii) an approval is given under item 11(2) of Schedule 3 to the Road Vehicle Standards (Consequential and Transitional Provisions) Act 2018 of the Commonwealth; and\n\n(3) A vehicle is not required to comply with an ADR applied by clause 21(1) or 22(1) if—\n\n(a) the vehicle was permitted to be used in transport in Australia under section 15(2) of the Motor Vehicle Standards Act, as in force before its repeal; and\n\n","sortOrder":314},{"sectionNumber":"24A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Vehicles subject to particular approvals etc. under Road Vehicle Standards Act","content":"\t24A Vehicles subject to particular approvals etc. under Road Vehicle Standards Act\n\nA vehicle is not required to comply with an ADR applied by clause 21(1) or 22(1) if—\n\n(a) the vehicle satisfied an entry pathway under section 15(2) of the Road Vehicle Standards Act; and\n\n(b) despite non-compliance with the ADR, the vehicle is entered on the RAV.\n\n\t25 Partial exception for personally imported vehicles\n\n(1) In this clause, a ***personally imported vehicle*** means a vehicle built after 1968 imported into Australia by a person who—\n\n(a) before the vehicle was imported into Australia, owned and used it for a continuous period of at least—\n\n(i) for a vehicle owned by the person before 9 May 2000—3 months; or\n\n(ii) any other case—12 months; and\n\n(b) has—\n\n(i) if the vehicle was imported under the Motor Vehicle Standards Act as in force before its repeal—undertaken to comply with any requirements relating to road safety imposed for the vehicle under the Motor Vehicle Standards Regulations, as in force before their revocation; or\n\n(ii) otherwise—complied with the rules made under the Road Vehicle Standards Act.\n\n(2) A personally imported vehicle must be fitted with—\n\n(a) seat belts that are as effective as seat belts that meet an Australian Standard or British Standard for seat belts as in force on the day on which this clause comes into operation; and\n\n(b) seat belt anchorages that meet the number and location requirements of second edition ADR 5 or third edition ADR 5; and\n\n(c) child restraint anchorages that meet the number, location, accessibility, thread size and form requirements of second edition ADR 34 or third edition ADR 5 or ADR 34; and\n\n(d) head restraints that meet the number, location and size requirements of second edition ADR 22 or third edition ADR 22.\n\n(3) However, a personally imported vehicle is only required to meet the requirements of an ADR referred to in subclause (2) if the ADR recommends that it should apply, or applies, to a vehicle of that type.\n\n(4) A personally imported vehicle is not otherwise required to comply with an ADR applied to its design and construction by clause 21(1) or 22(1).\n\n","sortOrder":315},{"sectionNumber":"Part 4","sectionType":"part","heading":"General safety requirements","content":"Part 4—General safety requirements\n\nFor a vehicle to be operated safely, the vehicle needs to be properly designed to minimise the potential for accidents and harm to other road users.\n\nThis Part sets out various requirements regarding the driver's view from a vehicle, the driver's control of a vehicle, protection of vehicle occupants and other road users, and other general safety features.\n\nDivision 1—All vehicles\n\n\t26 Steering\n\n(1) A motor vehicle must have a right-hand drive if the vehicle is less than 30 years old.\n\n(2) A motor vehicle has a right-hand drive if the centre of at least one steering control of the vehicle is to the right of, or in line with, the centre of the vehicle.\n\n(3) A component of the steering system of a motor vehicle built before 1 January 2005 that is essential for effective steering of the vehicle must be built to transmit energy by mechanical means only.\n\n(4) Failure of a non-mechanical component of the steering system must not prevent effective steering of the vehicle.\n\n(5) This clause does not apply to a vehicle if the vehicle is built mainly for a purpose other than the transport of goods or people by road.\n\n\t27 Turning ability\n\n(1) A motor vehicle must be able to turn in a circle not over 25 metres in diameter, measured by the outer edge of the tyre track at ground level.\n\n(2) The vehicle must be able to comply with subclause (1) whether it turns to the left or to the right.\n\n\t28 Ability to travel backwards and forwards\n\nA motor vehicle with an unloaded mass over 450 kilograms must be able to be driven both backwards and forwards when the driver is in the normal driving position.\n\n\t29 Protrusions\n\n(1) An object fitted to a vehicle must be designed, built and fitted to the vehicle in a way that minimises the likelihood of injury to a person making contact with the vehicle.\n\n(2) Subclause (1) does not apply to an object fitted to a vehicle if—\n\n(a) the vehicle was designed before 1965 and the object was part of the design of the vehicle; or\n\n(b) the object was fitted to the vehicle before 1965 in accordance with the law of the place where the object was fitted.\n\n\t30 Driver's view and vehicle controls\n\nA motor vehicle must be built—\n\n(a) to allow the driver a view of the road and of traffic to the front and sides of the vehicle so the driver can drive the vehicle safely; and\n\n(b) with its controls located so the driver can drive the vehicle safely.\n\n\t31 Seating\n\nA seat for a driver or passenger in a vehicle must be securely attached to the vehicle.\n\n\t32 Mudguards\n\n(1) A vehicle must have firmly fitted a mudguard for each wheel or for adjacent wheels.\n\n(2) Subclause (1) does not apply to a vehicle if—\n\n(a) the construction or use of the vehicle makes the fitting of mudguards unnecessary or impracticable; or\n\n(b) the body or part of the body of the vehicle acts as a mudguard.\n\nSubclause (2)(a) would apply to—\n\n(a) most road-making plant; and\n\n(b) certain agricultural equipment.\n\n(3) A mudguard may be up to—\n\n(a) 230 millimetres above ground level; or\n\n(b) on a vehicle built to be used off-road, 300 millimetres above ground level.\n\n(4) The outside of a rear mudguard, except a mudflap, of a vehicle that can be seen from the rear of the vehicle must be coloured white or silver if the vehicle—\n\n(a) is at least 2⋅2 metres wide; and\n\n(b) has a body the vertical measurement of which is less than 300 millimetres at the rear, measured from the lowest point of the body above ground level to the highest point; and\n\n(c) is not fitted with rear marking plates or conspicuity markings in accordance with clause 115 of this Schedule.\n\n(5) For the purposes of subclause (4)(a), the width of a vehicle is measured disregarding the following—\n\n(c) any permanently fixed webbing assembly-type devices, provided that the maximum distance across the body including any part of the devices does not exceed 2·55 metres.\n\n\t33 Horns, alarms etc.\n\n***repeater horn*** means a device that makes a sound alternating between different tones or frequencies on a regular time cycle.\n\n(2) A motor vehicle must be fitted with at least one horn or other device that can give sufficient audible warning to other road users of the approach or position of the vehicle.\n\n(3) A motor vehicle must not be fitted with a device that can make a sound like the sound of a siren, exhaust whistle, compression whistle or repeater horn.\n\n(4) Subclause (3) does not apply to—\n\n(a) an exempt vehicle; or\n\n(aa) a vehicle that is at least 25 years old and is fitted as a police or emergency vehicle if—\n\n(i) the vehicle is solely used for exhibition purposes; or\n\n(ii) it is part of a collection of former police vehicles or emergency vehicles; or\n\n(b) a vehicle fitted with an anti-theft alarm, if the alarm cannot be operated while the vehicle's ignition is on.\n\n(5) A motor vehicle may be fitted with a device that emits a regular, intermittent sound while the vehicle is reversing or in reverse gear.\n\n(6) The horn or device must not be louder than is necessary so the driver, and a person near the vehicle, can hear the device when it is operating.\n\n(7) The provision of the relevant ADR that corresponds to subclause (3) applies to a vehicle as if that provision did not contain a reference to a bell.\n\n\t34 Rear vision mirrors\n\n(1) At least one rear vision mirror must be fitted to the following—\n\n(a) a car;\n\n(b) a motor trike with 2 front wheels;\n\n(c) a motor cycle, or motor trike with one front wheel, built before July 1975.\n\n(2) At least one rear vision mirror must be fitted to each side of the following—\n\n(a) a motor vehicle with a GVM over 3⋅5 tonnes;\n\n(b) a motor cycle, or motor trike with one front wheel, built after June 1975.\n\n(3) A motor vehicle with a GVM not over 3⋅5 tonnes (except a motor vehicle mentioned in subclause (2) or (3)) must be fitted with—\n\n(a) at least one rear vision mirror on the right side of the vehicle; and\n\n(b) at least one rear vision mirror on the left side of the vehicle or inside the vehicle.\n\n(4) A rear vision mirror fitted to a motor vehicle as required by this clause must be fitted so that the vehicle's driver in a normal driving position can clearly see by reflection the road behind the vehicle and any following or overtaking vehicle.\n\n(5) A rear vision mirror fitted to a motor vehicle with a GVM over 3⋅5 tonnes must not project over 150 millimetres beyond the overall width of the vehicle, measured in accordance with dimension requirements applying to the vehicle.\n\n(6) The rear vision mirror may project not over 230 millimetres beyond the widest part of the vehicle or combination if it can fold to project not more than 150 millimetres beyond the overall width of the vehicle, measured in accordance with dimension requirements applying to the vehicle.\n\n(7) For the purposes of subclauses (5) and (6), the width of a vehicle is measured disregarding the following—\n\n(c) any permanently fixed webbing assembly‑  \ntype devices such as curtain-side devices, provided that the maximum distance across the body including any part of the devices does not exceed 2·55 metres.\n\n\t35 Rear vision mirrors—surfaces\n\n(1) A rear vision mirror required to be fitted to the side of a motor vehicle with a GVM over 3⋅5 tonnes must have a reflecting surface of at least 150 square centimetres.\n\n(2) The reflecting surface of the rear vision mirrors that are required to be fitted to a motor cycle or moped under clause 34 must—\n\n(a) each be of the same curvature; and\n\n(b) if convex, be part of a notional sphere with a radius of at least 1⋅2 metres.\n\n\t36 Additional rear vision mirrors\n\nA motor vehicle may be fitted with additional rear vision mirrors or mirror surfaces that are flat or convex or a combination of flat and convex.\n\n\t37 Automatic transmission\n\n(1) A motor vehicle fitted with an automatic transmission must have an engine starter mechanism that cannot operate when the transmission control is in a position to drive the vehicle.\n\n(2) A vehicle built after 1975 that is fitted with an automatic transmission must have an indicator in the driver's compartment showing the transmission control position.\n\n(3) Subclauses (1) and (2) do not apply to a motor vehicle with less than 4 wheels.\n\n\t38 Diesel engines\n\nA motor vehicle propelled by a compression ignition engine (commonly known as a diesel engine) must be fitted with a device preventing the engine from being started accidentally or inadvertently.\n\n\t39 Bonnet securing devices\n\n(1) A motor vehicle with a moveable body panel in front of the windscreen that covers an engine or luggage storage or a battery compartment, must have a device to secure the panel.\n\n(2) Despite subclause (1), if the panel opens from the front in a way that partly or completely obstructs the driver's forward view through the windscreen, the panel must have primary and secondary devices to secure the panel.\n\n\t40 Electrical wiring, components, connections and installations\n\n(1) The wiring of the electrical equipment of a vehicle, other than the high tension ignition wiring, must—\n\n(a) be supported at intervals of not more than 600 millimetres, unless the vehicle is—\n\n(i) a pole-type trailer that has a pole with an adjustable length; or\n\n(ii) an extendible trailer; and\n\n(b) be insulated at each of its joints; and\n\n(c) be located where it cannot—\n\n(i) become overheated; or\n\n(ii) contact moving parts; or\n\n(iii) come near enough to the fuel system to be a fire hazard; and\n\n(d) be protected from chafing.\n\n(2) The electrical components of a vehicle must be securely mounted.\n\n(3) The electrical connectors between motor vehicles and trailers, for the operation of the vehicle lights required by the Vehicle Standards, must comply with at least one of the following—\n\n(a) Australian Standard AS 2513–1982 Electrical connectors for trailer vehicles;\n\n(b) International Organization for Standardization ISO 1185:1997;\n\n(c) Society of Automotive Engineers  \nSAE J560–1998;\n\n(d) Australian Standard AS 4735–2003 Heavy road vehicles—Electrical connectors for articulated vehicles.\n\n(4) A trailer must be equipped with an electrical conductor, independent of the trailer coupling, that provides a return path between the electrical circuits of the trailer and towing vehicle.\n\n\t41 Television receivers and visual display units\n\n(1) A television receiver or visual display unit must not be installed in a vehicle so any part of the image on the screen is visible to the driver from the normal driving position.\n\n(2) Subclause (1) does not apply to—\n\n(a) a television receiver or visual display unit that cannot be operated when the vehicle is moving; or\n\n(b) a driver's aid in any vehicle; or\n\n(c) if the vehicle is a bus, a destination sign.\n\n1 Closed-circuit television security cameras.\n\n2 Dispatch systems.\n\n3 Navigational or intelligent highway and vehicle system equipment.\n\n4 Rearview screens.\n\n5 Ticket-issuing machines.\n\n6 Vehicle monitoring devices.\n\n(3) A television receiver, or visual display unit, and its associated equipment in a vehicle must be securely mounted in a position that—\n\n(a) does not obscure the driver's view of the road; and\n\n(b) does not impede the movement of a person in the vehicle.\n\n\t42 Requirement for windscreen to be fitted\n\nA motor vehicle (other than a motor cycle, a motor trike or a moped) must be fitted with a windscreen if it is manufactured or designed to have a windscreen.\n\n\t43 Windscreens and windows\n\n***approved material*** means material with the same characteristics as material referred to in any of the following standards—\n\n(a) Australian Standard AS R1–1965 Safety Glass for Land Transport;\n\n(b) Australian Standard AS R1–1968 Safety Glass for Land Transport;\n\n(c) Australian Standard AS 2080–1977 Safety Glass for Vehicles;\n\n(d) British Standard BS 857:1967 Specification for Safety Glass for Land Transport;\n\n(e) British Standard BS 5282:1975 Specification for Road Vehicle Safety Glass;\n\n(f) British Standard BS AU178:1980 Specification for Road Vehicle Safety Glass;\n\n(g) Japanese Industrial Standard JIS R 3211–1979 Safety Glasses for Road Vehicles;\n\n(h) American National Standard ANSI Z26.1–1980 Safety Code for Safety Glazing Materials for Glazing Motor Vehicles Operating on Land Highways;\n\n***transparent material*** does not include any coating added to the windscreen, window or partition after its manufacture.\n\n(2) Transparent material used in a windscreen, window, or an interior partition of a motor vehicle must be approved material if—\n\n(a) the vehicle was built after June 1953; or\n\n(b) the material was first fitted to the vehicle after June 1953.\n\n\t44 Window tinting\n\n***glazing*** means material, other than a coating added after manufacture of the material, that may be used in a windscreen, window or an interior partition of a motor vehicle through which the driver of the vehicle can see the road;\n\n***luminous transmittance***, for glazing, means the amount of light that can pass through the glazing as a percentage of the amount of light that would be transmitted if the glazing were absent;\n\n***rear glazing***, for a motor vehicle, means glazing used in a window or interior partition of the motor vehicle located behind the driver in the normal driving position.\n\n(2) Glazing used in a windscreen of a motor vehicle must have a luminous transmittance of at least 70%.\n\n(3) Glazing used in a windscreen of a motor vehicle must not be coated in a way that reduces its luminous transmittance.\n\n(4) Subclauses (1) and (2) do not apply to the greater of the following areas of a windscreen—\n\n(a) the area above the highest point of the windscreen that is swept by a windscreen wiper;\n\n(b) the upper 10% of the windscreen.\n\n(5) Glazing used in a window or an interior partition of a motor vehicle must have a luminous transmittance of at least 70%.\n\n(6) Glazing used in a window or an interior partition of a motor vehicle, other than rear glazing, may be coated to achieve a luminous transmittance of not less than 35%.\n\n(7) If a motor vehicle is fitted with at least one rear vision mirror to each side of the vehicle, the motor vehicle's rear glazing may be coated to achieve a luminous transmittance of at least 20%.\n\n(8) A motor vehicle's rear glazing may be coated to achieve a luminous transmittance of 0% or more if—\n\n(a) the vehicle is fitted with at least one rear vision mirror to each side of the vehicle; and\n\n(b) the vehicle is designed primarily for the carriage of goods; and\n\n(c) the vehicle has at least—\n\n(i) 4 wheels; or\n\n(ii) 3 wheels and a GVM of more than 1 tonne.\n\nADR (Definitions and Vehicle Categories) provides a category of vehicle described as \"Goods Vehicles\".\n\n(9) The requirements relating to luminous transmittance of glazing used in a window of a motor vehicle stated in a second edition ADR or third edition ADR do not apply to a window that has been coated as provided in subclause (6), (7) or (8).\n\n(10) Glazing used in a windscreen, a window or an interior partition of a motor vehicle that has been coated to reduce its luminous transmittance must not have a reflectance of more than 10%.\n\n\t45 Windscreen wipers and washers\n\n(1) A motor vehicle with 3 or more wheels that is fitted with a windscreen must be fitted with at least one windscreen wiper unless a driver in a normal driving position can obtain an adequate view of the road ahead of the motor vehicle without looking through the windscreen.\n\n(2) At least one windscreen wiper fitted to the motor vehicle must—\n\n(a) be able to remove moisture from the part of the windscreen in front of the driver to allow the driver an adequate view of the road ahead of the motor vehicle when the windscreen is wet; and\n\n(b) be able to be operated from a normal driving position; and\n\n(c) for a motor vehicle built after 1934, continue to operate until the wiper is switched off; and\n\n(d) for a motor vehicle built after 1959 the driving position of which is nearer one side of the vehicle than the other—\n\n(i) be able to remove moisture from the part of the windscreen in front of the driver, and a corresponding part of the windscreen on the other side of the centre of the motor vehicle, to allow the driver an adequate view of the road ahead of the motor vehicle when the windscreen is wet; and\n\n(ii) if the windscreen wipers are operated by engine manifold vacuum, be provided with a vacuum reservoir or pump to maintain the efficient operation of the wiper or wipers while the vehicle is in motion.\n\n(3) The windscreen washer must be able to be operated from a normal driving position.\n\n\t46 Wheels and tyres—size and capacity\n\n***radial ply tyre*** means a radial ply tyre within the meaning of ADR (Definitions and Vehicle Categories).\n\n(2) The wheels and tyres fitted to an axle of a vehicle must be of sufficient size and capacity to carry the part of the vehicle's gross mass transmitted to the ground through the axle.\n\n(3) For the purposes of subclause (2), the size and capacity of a pneumatic tyre to be fitted to a vehicle must be determined using cold inflation pressure that does not exceed the lesser of—\n\n(a) the pressure recommended by the tyre manufacturer; and\n\n(b) a pressure of—\n\n(i) for a radial ply tyre—825 kilopascals; or\n\n(ii) for another tyre—700 kilopascals.\n\n\t47 Pneumatic tyres for particular vehicles\n\nA vehicle built after 1932 must be fitted with pneumatic tyres.\n\n\t48 Pneumatic tyres—carcass construction\n\n(1) A vehicle must not have pneumatic tyres of different carcass construction fitted to the same axle, but the tyres may have different cord materials and a different number of plies.\n\n(2) Subclause (1) does not apply to a tyre being used in an emergency as a temporary replacement for a tyre that complies with subclause (1).\n\n\t49 Tyres—defects\n\nA tyre fitted to a vehicle must be free of any apparent defect that could make the vehicle unsafe.\n\n\t50 Tyres—manufacturer's rating\n\n(1) This clause applies to a motor vehicle if the vehicle—\n\n(a) has 4 or more wheels; and\n\n(b) was built after 1972.\n\n(2) This clause does not apply to a tyre if the tyre—\n\n(a) is recommended by the vehicle builder as suitable for limited use on the vehicle in special circumstances at a speed less than the speed applying to the vehicle under subclause (3); or\n\n(b) is being used in an emergency as a temporary replacement for a tyre complying with this clause.\n\n(3) A tyre fitted to a motor vehicle must, when first manufactured, have been rated by the tyre manufacturer as suitable for road use at the lesser of—\n\n(a) a speed of at least—\n\n(i) for a car with special features for off‑road use, 140 kilometres per hour; or\n\n(ii) for any other car, 180 kilometres per hour; or\n\n(iii) for any other motor vehicle, 120 kilometres per hour; and\n\n(b) the vehicle's top speed.\n\nA four-wheel drive vehicle is a car referred to in subclause (3)(a)(i).\n\n(4) This clause applies to a vehicle instead of the tyre speed category requirements in the relevant ADR.\n\n\t51 Retreads\n\n***retread compliance date*** of this jurisdiction for the purposes of this clause is 8 November 2009.\n\n(2) A tyre that is retreaded before the retread compliance date must not be used on a vehicle if—\n\n(a) Australian Standard AS 1973–1976 Retreaded pneumatic passenger car and light truck tyres or Australian Standard  \nAS 1973–1985 Retreaded pneumatic passenger car and light truck tyres applies to the tyre; and\n\n(b) the tyre was retreaded after publication of the Australian Standard; and\n\n(c) the tyre was not retreaded in accordance with any of the following Australian Standards—\n\n(i) Australian Standard AS 1973–1976 Retreaded pneumatic passenger car and light truck tyres;\n\n(ii) Australian Standard AS 1973–1985 Retreaded pneumatic passenger car and light truck tyres;\n\n(iii) Australian Standard AS 1973–1993 Pneumatic tyres—Passenger car, light truck and truck/bus—Retreading and repair processes.\n\n(3) A tyre that is retreaded after the retread compliance date must not be used on a vehicle if—\n\n(a) Australian Standard AS 1973–1993 Pneumatic tyres—Passenger car, light truck, and truck/bus—Retreading and repair processes applies to the tyre; and\n\n(b) the tyre was not retreaded in accordance with the Australian Standard.\n\nThe Australian Standards referred to in this clause require various markings on retreaded tyres. These may include a speed rating less than the rating originally marked on the tyre.\n\n","sortOrder":316},{"sectionNumber":"52","sectionType":"section","heading":"Tyre tread","content":"\t52 Tyre tread\n\n(1) A tyre on a motor vehicle must not have cleats or other gripping devices that could damage road surfaces.\n\n(2) A tyre fitted to the vehicle must have a tread pattern at least 1⋅5 millimetres deep in all principal grooves on the tyre, other than at tread wear indicators, in a band that runs continuously—\n\n(a) across the tyre width that normally comes into contact with the road; and\n\n(b) around the whole circumference of the tyre.\n\n(3) A vehicle must not be fitted with a tyre that has been treated by recutting or regrooving the tread rubber, unless the tyre was—\n\n(a) constructed with an extra thickness of rubber designed for recutting or regrooving; and\n\n(b) labelled to indicate the construction in accordance with paragraph (a).\n\nDivision 2—Additional requirements for motor cycles\n\n\t53 Steering gear and handlebars\n\n(1) The handlebars on a motor cycle, other than a motor cycle (LC) or a motor cycle and side-car (LD), must extend at least 250 millimetres, but not more than 450 millimetres, on each side of the centre line of the vehicle.\n\n(1A) The handlebars on a motor cycle, being a motor cycle (LC) or a motor cycle and side-car (LD) must extend at least 250 millimetres, but not over 500 millimetres, on each side of the centre line of the vehicle.\n\nThe motor cycle (LC) or a motor cycle and side-car (LD) are defined in ADR (Definitions and Vehicle Categories).\n\n(2) In taking a measurement for subclause (1), mirrors and lights mounted on the handlebars of the motor cycle are disregarded.\n\n(3) The lowest part of the hand grip on the handle bars must not be higher than—\n\n(a) for a motor cycle built before 1 July 1988—380 millimetres above the attachment point of the handlebars to the motor cycle; or\n\n(b) for a motor cycle built on or after 1 July 1988—380 millimetres above the lowest part of the upper surface of the driver's seat.\n\n(4) Hand grips on the handlebars must be fitted symmetrically.\n\n(5) If a motor cycle has the head stem as the steering pivot point, the horizontal distance from the midpoint between the head stem bearings to the centre of the front wheel must not be over 550 millimetres.\n\nIllustration of maximum horizontal distance from midpoint between head stem bearings of motor cycle to centre of front wheel.\n\n\t54 Foot rests\n\nA motor cycle must be fitted with foot rests for the driver and for any passenger for whom a seating position is provided.\n\n\t55 Chain guards\n\n(1) If the engine power of a motor cycle is transmitted to the rear wheel by a chain, the driver and any passenger must be protected from the front sprocket and at least the upper part of the chain by—\n\n(a) the frame or equipment of the motor cycle; or\n\n(b) a chain guard.\n\n(2) A chain guard must cover the chain to a point—\n\n(a) at least 300 millimetres to the rear of the rearmost foot rest; or\n\n(b) above the centre of the rear drive sprocket.\n\n","sortOrder":317},{"sectionNumber":"Part 5","sectionType":"part","heading":"Vehicle marking","content":"Part 5—Vehicle marking\n\nThis Part sets out requirements for a vehicle that help to identify the vehicle and, if the vehicle is unusually long, to warn other motorists.\n\n\t56 Engine identification numbers and vehicle identification numbers\n\n(1) In this clause, ***number*** includes letter.\n\n(2) A motor vehicle must have an individual engine identification number clearly stamped, embossed or otherwise permanently marked on it.\n\n(3) A motor vehicle built after 1930 must have the engine identification number on its engine block or the main component of its engine.\n\n(4) A vehicle must have an individual vehicle identification number clearly stamped, embossed or otherwise permanently marked on a substantial part of its frame or chassis.\n\n(5) A vehicle identification number or engine identification number must be located where a person can read it easily without having to use tools to remove a part of the vehicle that would otherwise obstruct the person's view.\n\n","sortOrder":318},{"sectionNumber":"56A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Identification plate","content":"\t56A Identification plate\n\nIf a vehicle was required by the Motor Vehicle Standards Act (as in force before its repeal) to have an identification plate, it must have one.\n\n\t57 White or silver band on certain vehicles\n\n(1) This clause applies to a vehicle that—\n\n(a) is at least 2⋅2 metres wide; and\n\n(b) has a body with a vertical measurement under 300 millimetres at the rear, measured from the lowest point of the body above ground level to the highest point; and\n\n(c) is not fitted with rear marking plates or conspicuity markings in accordance with clause 115.\n\n(2) The vehicle must have a white or silver band at least 75 millimetres high across the full width of the rearmost part of the body of the vehicle.\n\n","sortOrder":319},{"sectionNumber":"57A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Warning signs for pilot and escort vehicles","content":"\t57A Warning signs for pilot and escort vehicles\n\nThe requirements for warning signs for pilot and escort vehicles that accompany class O vehicles are contained in Part 5 of Schedule 6.\n\n","sortOrder":320},{"sectionNumber":"Part 6","sectionType":"part","heading":"Vehicle configuration and dimensions","content":"Part 6—Vehicle configuration and dimensions\n\nThis Part sets out various requirements covering the suspension on vehicles and size limits for single vehicles and combinations of vehicles, so that they can be operated safely with other traffic, without taking up too much road space or damaging the road and structures on the road.\n\nGenerally, the limits in this Part apply to a vehicle and any load it may be carrying. Specific requirements for loaded vehicles are covered by other laws.\n\nDivision 1—Axles\n\n\t58 Axle configuration\n\n(1) A motor vehicle must have only—\n\n(a) one axle group, or single axle, towards the front of the vehicle; and\n\n(b) one axle group, or single axle, towards the rear of the vehicle.\n\n(2) A trailer must have only—\n\n(a) one axle group or single axle; or\n\n(b) 2 axle groups, 2 single axles, or one axle group and single axle, in the following configuration—\n\n(i) one axle group, or single axle, towards the front of the vehicle, with all the wheels on the axle group or single axle connected to the steering mechanism for that part of the trailer;\n\n(ii) one axle group, or single axle, towards the rear of the vehicle.\n\n(3) A semi-trailer that is extendible, or is fitted with sliding axles, must—\n\n(a) have a securing device that—\n\n(i) can securely fix the extendible part or sliding axles to the rest of the vehicle in any position of adjustment provided; and\n\n(ii) is located in a position that can prevent accidental or inadvertent release, if the device is mounted on the chassis of the vehicle; and\n\n(iii) is fitted with a visible or audible warning system to indicate to a person standing beside the vehicle that the device is not engaged; and\n\n(iv) is fitted with a way of preventing loss of air from the air brake supply, if the device uses air from the brake system and fails in a way allowing air to escape; and\n\n(v) is held in the applied position by direct mechanical action without the intervention of an electric, hydraulic or pneumatic device; and\n\n(b) be built so the adjustable parts of the vehicle remain connected if the securing device fails.\n\n\t59 Retractable axles\n\n***retractable axle*** means an axle with a means of adjustment enabling the axle to be raised or lowered relative to the other axles in the axle group.\n\n(2) For the Vehicle Standards, a retractable axle is taken to be an axle only when the retractable axle is in the lowered position.\n\nDivision 2—Dimension requirements\n\n\t60 Meaning of rear overhang and rear overhang line\n\n(1) The rear overhang of a vehicle is the distance between the rear of the vehicle and the rear overhang line of the vehicle.\n\n(2) For a vehicle with an axle group at the rear consisting of only one axle, the rear overhang line is a line running along the centre line of the axle.\n\n(3) For a vehicle with an axle group at the rear consisting of 2 axles, one of which is fitted with twice the number of tyres as the other, the rear overhang line is a line running parallel to the axles that is—\n\n(a) closer to the axle carrying the greater number of tyres than the line is to the other axle; and\n\n(b) located at one-third of the distance between the 2 axles.\n\n(4) For a vehicle with an axle group at the rear that is not an axle group mentioned in subclause (2) or (3), the rear overhang line is a line running parallel to the axles down the centre of the axle group.\n\n(5) For the purposes of applying subclause (2), (3) or (4) to a vehicle, if an axle group includes at least one steerable axle, that axle is to be disregarded unless—\n\n(a) the group consists of only one axle and that axle is a steerable axle; or\n\n(b) all the axles in the group are steerable axles.\n\nFigure 9: Illustration of rear overhang and rear overhang line—motor vehicle.\n\nFigure 10: Illustration of rear overhang and rear overhang line—vehicle with tri-axle group at rear.\n\nFigure 11: Illustration of rear overhang and rear overhang line—semi-trailer.\n\n\t61 Length of single motor vehicles\n\nThe maximum length for a motor vehicle is specified in regulation 205 or in Schedule 6.\n\n\t62 Length of single trailers\n\nThe maximum length for a trailer is specified in regulation 206 or in Schedule 6.\n\n\t63 Length of combinations\n\nThe maximum length for combinations is specified in regulation 207 or in Schedule 6.\n\n\t64 Rear overhang\n\nThe requirements in respect of the rear overhang of vehicles are specified in regulation 208 or in Schedule 6.\n\n\t65 Length of trailer drawbars\n\nThe requirements in respect of the length of trailer drawbars are specified in regulation 209.\n\n\t66 Width\n\nThe maximum width for a vehicle is specified in regulation 204 or in Schedule 6.\n\n\t67 Height\n\nThe maximum height for vehicles is specified in regulation 203 or in Schedule 6.\n\n\t68 Ground clearance\n\nThe requirements for the ground clearance of vehicles are specified in regulation 210.\n\nPart 7—Lights and reflectors\n\nThis Part deals with how the lights on a vehicle must be fitted and work so that the driver can see the road, pedestrians and other vehicles at night, and can signal to others.\n\nOther laws provide for when certain lights must be switched on.\n\nIn this Part, the description \"yellow\" is used as a more modern term, instead of the description \"amber\" which is used in earlier legislation and some ADRs.\n\nDivision 1—Application of particular requirements\n\n\t69 Part does not apply to particular vehicles\n\n(1) This Part does not apply to a vehicle built before 1931 that is used only in the daylight.\n\n(2) This Part does not apply to a vehicle built before 1946 that is used mainly for exhibition purposes.\n\n\t70 Particular requirements apply only at night\n\nThe requirements of this Part for a light, except a brake or direction indicator light, to be visible over a stated distance apply only at night.\n\nDivision 2—General requirements for lights\n\n","sortOrder":321},{"sectionNumber":"71","sectionType":"section","heading":"Prevention of glare","content":"\t71 Prevention of glare\n\nA light, other than a high-beam headlight, fitted to a vehicle must be built and adjusted to provide the necessary amount of light, without dazzling the driver of—\n\n(a) another vehicle approaching the vehicle; or\n\n(b) another vehicle being approached by the vehicle.\n\n\t72 Pairs of lights\n\n(1) If lights are required under the Vehicle Standards to be fitted to a vehicle in pairs—\n\n(a) a light must be fitted on each side of the longitudinal axis of the vehicle; and\n\n(b) the centre of each light in a pair must be the same distance from the longitudinal axis of the vehicle; and\n\n(c) the centre of each light in a pair must be at the same height above ground level; and\n\n(d) each light in a pair must project approximately the same amount of light of the same colour.\n\nDivision 3—Headlights\n\n\t73 Headlights to be fitted to vehicles\n\n(1) A motor vehicle must be fitted with—\n\n(a) one low-beam headlight if it is a moped, motor cycle, or motor trike with one front wheel; or\n\n(b) a pair of low-beam headlights if it—\n\n(i) has 4 or more wheels; or\n\n(ii) is a motor trike, other than a moped, with 2 front wheels.\n\n(2) If a motor vehicle built after 1934 can travel at over 60 kilometres per hour—\n\n(a) each low-beam headlight mentioned in subclause (1) must be able to work in the high-beam position; or\n\n(b) the vehicle must be fitted with—\n\n(i) one headlight that can work in the high-beam position if the vehicle is required to have one low-beam headlight; or\n\n(ii) a pair of headlights that can work in the high-beam position.\n\n(3) A motor cycle may be equipped with a headlight modulation system that—\n\n(a) varies the brightness of its high-beam headlight or low-beam headlight, but not both, at a rate of at least 200 flashes a minute and at most 280 flashes a minute; and\n\n(b) is designed to operate only in the daylight.\n\n(4) Up to 4 additional headlights may be fitted to—\n\n(a) a motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels; or\n\n(b) a motor cycle; or\n\n(c) a motor trike.\n\n(5) An additional headlight fitted to a motor vehicle under subclause (4)(a) must be fitted so that it faces forward and is symmetrical in relation to the centre line of the vehicle.\n\n\t74 How headlights are to be fitted\n\n(1) The centres of low-beam headlights fitted as a pair on a motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels must be at least 600 millimetres apart.\n\n(2) Subclause (1) does not apply to a motor vehicle built before 1970 if the centres of its low-beam headlights—\n\n(a) were under 600 millimetres apart when the vehicle was built; and\n\n(b) are not nearer than they were when the vehicle was built.\n\n(3) Each low-beam headlight of a pair on a motor trike (except a moped) with 2 front wheels must not be over 400 millimetres from the nearer side of the vehicle.\n\n(4) The centre of a low-beam headlight fitted to a motor vehicle built after June 1953 must be—\n\n(a) at least 500 millimetres above ground level; and\n\n(b) not over 1·4 metres above ground level.\n\n\t75 How single headlights are to be fitted\n\n(1) A motor cycle or trike with a single headlight fitted must have the light fitted in the centre.\n\n **76 * * * * ***\n\n\t77 Performance of headlights\n\n(1) When on, a headlight, or additional headlight, fitted to a vehicle must—\n\n(a) show only white light; and\n\n(b) project its main beam of light ahead of the vehicle.\n\n(2) Headlights must be fitted to a vehicle so their light does not reflect off the vehicle into the driver's eyes.\n\n\t78 Effective range of headlights\n\n(1) This clause applies to a headlight that is on at night.\n\n(2) A low-beam headlight must illuminate the road ahead of the vehicle for at least 25 metres.\n\n(3) A high-beam headlight must illuminate the road ahead of the vehicle for at least 50 metres.\n\n(4) However, a low-beam headlight fitted to a motor vehicle built before 1931, or a moped, need only illuminate the road ahead of the vehicle for 12 metres.\n\n\t79 Changing headlights from high-beam to low-beam position\n\n(1) A motor vehicle built after 1934 that can travel at over 60 kilometres per hour must be fitted with—\n\n(a) a dipping device enabling the driver in the normal driving position—\n\n(i) to change the headlights from the high‑beam position to the low-beam position; or\n\n(ii) simultaneously to switch off a high‑beam headlight and switch on a low-beam headlight; and\n\n(b) for a vehicle built after June 1953—a device to indicate to the driver that the headlights are in the high-beam position.\n\n(2) A headlight fitted to a vehicle not fitted with a dipping device mentioned in subclause (1)(a) must operate in the low-beam position.\n\n(3) When a headlight fitted to a vehicle is switched to the low‑beam position, any other headlight on the vehicle must operate only in the low-beam position or be off.\n\nDivision 4—Parking lights\n\n\t80 Parking lights\n\n(1) A motor vehicle built after June 1953 must be fitted with—\n\n(a) a pair of parking lights if it is a motor trike with 2 front wheels (except a moped) or a motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels; or\n\n(b) at least one parking light if it is a motor cycle with an attached sidecar, or a motor trike with one front wheel (except a moped).\n\n(2) A pair of parking lights fitted to a motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels must be fitted with the centre of each light—\n\n(a) at least 600 millimetres from the centre of the other light; and\n\n(b) not more than 510 millimetres from the nearer side of the vehicle.\n\n(3) However, a pair of parking lights fitted to a motor vehicle under 1300 millimetres wide may be fitted with the centre of each light not less than 400 millimetres from the centre of the other light.\n\n(4) A parking light fitted to a motor trike with 2 front wheels must not be over 400 millimetres from the nearer side of the vehicle.\n\n(5) A parking light fitted to a motor cycle with a sidecar must be fitted not over 150 millimetres from the side of the sidecar furthest from the motor cycle.\n\nIllustration of the location of parking lights on a vehicle.\n\n(6) When on, a parking light must—\n\n(a) show a white or yellow light visible 200 metres from the front of the vehicle; and\n\n(7) A parking light fitted to a motor vehicle built after 1969 must be wired so the parking light is on when a headlight on the vehicle is on.\n\n(8) A parking light fitted to a sidecar attached to a motor cycle must be wired to operate when a headlight, tail light or parking light on the motor cycle is on.\n\n(9) For the purposes of subclause (3), the width of a vehicle is measured disregarding the following—\n\n(c) any permanently fixed webbing assembly-type devices, provided that the maximum distance across the body including any part of the devices does not exceed 2·55 metres.\n\nDivision 5—Daylight running lights\n\n\t81 Daytime running lights\n\n(1) A pair of daytime running lights may be fitted to a motor vehicle.\n\n***Daytime running lights*** has the same meaning as ***daytime running lamps*** in the ADR (Definitions and Vehicle Categories).\n\n(2) A pair of daytime running lights fitted to a vehicle with 4 or more wheels must be fitted with the centre of each light—\n\n(a) at least 600 millimetres from the centre of the other light; and\n\n(b) not over 510 millimetres from the nearer side of the vehicle.\n\n(3) A pair of daytime running lights fitted to a motor vehicle under 1300 millimetres wide may be fitted with the centre of each light not under 400 millimetres from the centre of the other light.\n\nIllustration of location of daytime running lights on a vehicle.\n\n(4) When on, a daytime running light must—\n\n(a) show a white or yellow light visible from the front of the vehicle; and\n\n(b) not use over 25 watts of power.\n\nThe third edition ADRs only allow white daytime running lights.\n\n(5) Daytime running lights must be wired so they are off when a headlight, except a headlight being used as a flashing signal, is on.\n\n","sortOrder":322},{"sectionNumber":"Div 6","sectionType":"division","heading":"Tail lights","content":"Division 6—Tail lights\n\n\t82 Tail lights generally\n\n(1) A vehicle must have at least one tail light fitted on or towards the rear of the vehicle.\n\n(2) A motor trike with 2 rear wheels, or a motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels, built after 1959 must have at least one tail light fitted on or towards each side of the rear of the vehicle.\n\n(3) A trailer built after June 1973 must have at least one tail light fitted on or towards each side of the rear of the vehicle.\n\n(4) The centre of a tail light mentioned in subclause (1), (2) or (3) must not be more than—\n\n(a) 1·5 metres above ground level; or\n\n(b) if it is not practicable to fit the light lower—2·1 metres above ground level.\n\n(5) A vehicle may have one or more additional tail lights at any height above ground level.\n\n\t83 Pattern of fitting tail lights\n\n(1) If only one tail light is fitted to a vehicle, it must be fitted in the centre or to the right of the centre of the vehicle's rear.\n\n(3) If 2 or more tail lights are fitted to a vehicle, at least 2 must be fitted as a pair.\n\nFigure 12: Illustration of location of tail lights on a vehicle.\n\n(4) Tail lights fitted in accordance with this Division may also serve as rear clearance lights if they are fitted to a vehicle in accordance with clause 89(3).\n\n\t84 Performance of tail lights\n\n(1) When on, a tail light of a vehicle must—\n\n(a) show a red light visible 200 metres from the rear of the vehicle; and\n\n(2) A tail light fitted to a street rod vehicle may incorporate a blue lens not over 20 millimetres in diameter.\n\n\t85 Wiring of tail lights\n\nA tail light of a motor vehicle must be wired to come on, and stay on, when a parking light or headlight on the vehicle is on, unless an external switch is fitted to operate the tail light.\n\nDivision 7—Number plate lights\n\n","sortOrder":323},{"sectionNumber":"86","sectionType":"section","heading":"Number plate lights","content":"\t86 Number plate lights\n\n(1) At least one number plate light must be fitted to the rear of a vehicle.\n\n(2) When on, the number plate light or lights must illuminate a number plate on the rear of the vehicle with white light, so the characters on the number plate can be read at night 20 metres from the rear of the vehicle.\n\n(3) A number plate light—\n\n(a) may be combined with another light; and\n\n(b) must not project white light to the rear of the vehicle other than by reflection; and\n\n(c) must not obscure the characters on the number plate; and\n\n(d) must be wired to come on, and stay on, when a parking light, headlight or tail light on the vehicle is on.\n\n","sortOrder":324},{"sectionNumber":"Div 8","sectionType":"division","heading":"Clearance lights","content":"Division 8—Clearance lights\n\n\t87 Front clearance lights\n\n(1) Front clearance lights may only be fitted to a vehicle that is at least 1·8 metres wide.\n\n(2) A pair of front clearance lights must be fitted to the following—\n\n(a) a motor vehicle that is at least 2·2 metres wide;\n\n(b) a prime mover.\n\n(3) The centre of a front clearance light must be not more than 400 millimetres from the nearer side of the vehicle and if the vehicle was built after June 1953—\n\n(a) at least 750 millimetres higher than the centre of any low-beam headlight fitted to the vehicle; or\n\n(b) not lower than the top of the windscreen.\n\n(4) A front clearance light may be mounted on an external rear vision mirror or a mirror support if, when the mirror is correctly adjusted, no part of the lens of the clearance light is visible to a person in the normal driving position.\n\n(5) When on, a front clearance light must—\n\n(a) show a yellow or white light visible 200 metres from the front of the vehicle; and\n\n\t88 External cabin lights\n\n(1) A motor vehicle fitted with front clearance lights may also have additional forward-facing lights on or above the roof of its cabin.\n\n(2) The additional forward-facing lights must be spaced evenly between the front clearance lights, with their centres at least 120 millimetres apart.\n\n(3) When on, an additional forward-facing light must—\n\n(a) show a yellow or white light; and\n\n\t89 Rear clearance lights\n\n(1) Rear clearance lights may only be fitted to a vehicle that is at least 1·8 metres wide.\n\n(2) A pair of rear clearance lights must be fitted to the rear of a vehicle that is at least 2·2 metres wide.\n\n(3) The centre of a rear clearance light must be—\n\n(a) not over 400 millimetres from the nearer side of the vehicle; and\n\n(b) if practicable, at least 600 millimetres above ground level.\n\n(4) When on, a rear clearance light must—\n\n(a) show a red light visible 200 metres from the rear of the vehicle; and\n\nDivision 9—Side marker lights\n\n\t90 Vehicles needing side marker lights\n\n(1) A pair of side marker lights must be fitted towards the rear of the sides of a motor vehicle that is over 7·5 metres long and at least 2·2 metres wide.\n\n(2) A pole-type trailer, and a motor vehicle built to tow a pole-type trailer, with at least one cross-bar or bolster must have a side marker light fitted to each side of the back or only cross-bar or bolster.\n\n(3) A pole-type trailer with 2 or more cross-bars or bolsters may also have a side marker light fitted to each side of the front cross-bar or bolster.\n\n(4) At least 2 side marker lights must be fitted to each side of the following—\n\n(a) a trailer, other than a pole-type trailer, that is at least 2·2 metres wide and not over 7·5 metres long;\n\n(b) a semi-trailer that is not over 7·5 metres long.\n\n(5) At least 3 side marker lights must be fitted to each side of the following—\n\n(a) a trailer, other than a pole-type trailer, that is at least 2·2 metres wide and over 7·5 metres long;\n\n(b) a semi-trailer that is over 7·5 metres long.\n\n\t91 Location of side marker lights\n\n(1) The centre of a side marker light must not be more than 150 millimetres from the nearer side of the vehicle.\n\n(2) A front side marker light fitted to a motor vehicle must be towards the front of the side of the vehicle with no part of the lens visible to the driver.\n\n(3) The centre of a front side marker light fitted to a trailer must be—\n\n(a) within 300 millimetres of the front of the side of the trailer; or\n\n(b) if the construction of the trailer makes it impracticable to comply with paragraph (a), as near as practicable to the front of the trailer.\n\n(4) The centre of a rear side marker light fitted to a vehicle must be—\n\n(a) within 300 millimetres of the rear of the side of the vehicle; or\n\n(b) if the construction of the vehicle makes it impracticable to comply with paragraph (a), as near as practicable to the rear of the vehicle.\n\n(5) Side marker lights fitted to a vehicle must, as far as practicable, be evenly spaced along the side of the vehicle.\n\n(6) Subclauses (2) to (5) do not apply to side marker lights fitted to a cross-bar or bolster of a pole-type trailer.\n\n(7) Only the side marker lights nearest to the rear need be fitted if complying with subclauses (3) and (4) would result in the front and rear side marker lights being under 2·5 metres apart.\n\n(8) A side marker light fitted to a vehicle must be fitted so—\n\n(a) its centre is not over—\n\n(i) 1·5 metres above ground level; or\n\n(ii) if it is not practicable to fit it lower, 2·1 metres above ground level; and\n\n(b) its centre is at least 600 millimetres above ground level; and\n\n(c) it is, as far as practicable, in a row of side marker lights along the side of the vehicle.\n\n(9) Subclause (8)(a) does not apply to a side marker light that is not required to be fitted to the vehicle by clause 90.\n\n\t92 Performance of side marker lights\n\n(1) When on, a side marker light fitted to a vehicle must—\n\n(a) show a light visible 200 metres from the vehicle; and\n\n(2) When on, a side marker light fitted to a vehicle must show—\n\n(a) to the front of the vehicle, a yellow light; and\n\n(b) to the rear of the vehicle—\n\n(i) if the light also operates as a rear light or reflector, a red light; and\n\n(ii) in any other case, a red or yellow light.\n\n(3) If a pole-type trailer with 2 or more cross-bars or bolsters has the side marker lights permitted by clause 90(3)—\n\n(a) the side marker lights fitted to the front cross-bar or bolster may comply with subclause (2)(a) only; and\n\n(b) the side marker lights fitted to the back cross-bar or bolster may comply with subclause (2)(b) only.\n\n\t93 Side marker lights and rear clearance lights\n\nThe side marker light nearest to the rear of a vehicle may also be a rear clearance light for clause 89.\n\nDivision 10—Brake lights\n\n\t94 Fitting brake lights\n\n(1) A brake light must be fitted to the rear of a vehicle built after 1934.\n\n(2) A pair of brake lights must be fitted to the rear of—\n\n(a) a motor vehicle built after 1959 that has 4 or more wheels; and\n\n(b) a motor trike built after 1959 that has 2 rear wheels; and\n\n(c) a trailer built after June 1973.\n\n(3) The centre of a brake light must be—\n\n(a) at least 350 millimetres above ground level; and\n\n(b) not more than—\n\n(i) 1·5 metres above ground level; or\n\n(ii) if it is not practicable to fit the light lower—2·1 metres above ground level.\n\n(4) A vehicle may be fitted with one or more additional brake lights.\n\n(5) The centre of an additional brake light must be at least 350 millimetres above ground level.\n\n(6) If only one brake light is fitted to a vehicle, it must be fitted in the centre or to the right of the centre of the vehicle's rear.\n\n(7) Subclause (6) applies to a motor cycle with an attached sidecar as if the sidecar were not attached.\n\n(8) For the purposes of this clause, if a light is fitted to a vehicle that is built before 1 January 1973 and the light functions as a brake light and a direction indicator, that light is taken to be a brake light.\n\nIllustration of location of brake lights on a vehicle.\n\n\t95 Performance and operation of brake lights\n\n(1) When on, a brake light must show a red light visible 30 metres from the rear of the vehicle.\n\n(2) A brake light fitted to a street rod vehicle may incorporate a blue lens not over 20 millimetres in diameter.\n\n(3) A brake light fitted to a motor vehicle must come on, if it is not already on, when—\n\n(a) for a vehicle with 4 or more wheels or built after 1974, a service brake is applied; or\n\n(b) for another vehicle, the rear wheel brake is applied.\n\n(4) Subclause (3) does not apply if the controls in the vehicle that start the engine are in a position that makes it impossible for the engine to operate.\n\n(5) A brake light on a trailer must come on when—\n\n(a) the brake light of the towing vehicle comes on; or\n\n(b) a brake control on the towing vehicle, which independently activates the service brake on the trailer, is operated.\n\n(6) A brake light may be operated by an engine brake, retarder, or similar device if the device does not interfere with the proper operation of the brake light.\n\n","sortOrder":325},{"sectionNumber":"Div 11","sectionType":"division","heading":"Reversing lights","content":"Division 11—Reversing lights\n\n\t96 Reversing lights\n\n(1) One or more reversing lights may be fitted to the rear of a vehicle and on each side towards the rear of the vehicle.\n\n(2) A reversing light must have its centre not over 1·2 metres above ground level.\n\n(3) When on, a reversing light must show a white or yellow light to the rear or to the side and rear of the vehicle.\n\nThird edition ADRs only allow white reversing lights.\n\n(4) A reversing light fitted to a motor vehicle must be wired so it operates only when the vehicle is reversing or in reverse gear.\n\n(5) A reversing light fitted to a trailer must be wired so it operates only when a motor vehicle towing the trailer is reversing or in reverse gear.\n\n(6) A yellow reversing light may also operate as a direction indicator light.\n\n","sortOrder":326},{"sectionNumber":"Div 12","sectionType":"division","heading":"Direction indicator lights","content":"Division 12—Direction indicator lights\n\n\t97 Direction indicator lights on motor vehicles\n\n(1) A motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels that was built after August 1966 or a left-hand drive motor vehicle must have—\n\n(a) a pair of direction indicator lights fitted on, or towards, its front that face forwards; and\n\n(b) a pair of direction indicator lights fitted on, or towards, its rear that face backwards.\n\n(2) A motor vehicle with less than 4 wheels that was built after June 1975 must have—\n\n(a) a pair of direction indicator lights fitted on, or towards, its front that face forwards; and\n\n(b) a pair of direction indicator lights fitted on, or towards, its rear that face backwards.\n\n(3) A motor vehicle that is not required to have direction indicator lights may have—\n\n(a) one or more pairs of direction indicator lights that are visible from both the front and rear of the vehicle; or\n\n(b) both—\n\n(i) a pair of direction indicator lights fitted on, or towards, its front that face forwards; and\n\n(ii) a pair of direction indicator lights fitted on, or towards, its rear that face backwards.\n\n\t98 Direction indicator lights on trailers\n\n(1) A trailer built after June 1973 must have a pair of direction indicator lights fitted on, or towards, its rear that face backwards.\n\n(2) A trailer that is not required to have direction indicator lights may have one or more pairs of direction indicator lights fitted on, or towards, its rear that face backwards.\n\n\t99 Location of direction indicator lights\n\n(1) A pair of direction indicator lights fitted to a vehicle must have the centre of each light at least—\n\n(a) for a motor cycle or the single wheel end of a motor trike, 300 millimetres from the centre of the other light; and\n\n(b) for lights fitted at the 2 wheel end of a motor trike, 600 millimetres from the centre of the other light, unless the centre of each direction indicator light is not over 400 millimetres from the nearer side of the vehicle; and\n\n(c) for another vehicle with a width of not over 1300 millimetres, 400 millimetres from the centre of the other light; and\n\n(d) for another vehicle with a width of over 1300 millimetres, 600 millimetres from the centre of the other light.\n\n(2) The centre of each direction indicator light must be at least 350 millimetres above ground level.\n\n(3) The centre of each light in a pair of direction indicator lights required to be fitted to a vehicle must not be more than—\n\n(a) 1·5 metres above ground level; or\n\n(b) if it is not practicable for the light to be fitted lower, 2·1 metres above ground level.\n\n\t100 Operation and visibility of direction indicator lights\n\n(1) A direction indicator light fitted to a motor vehicle must—\n\n(a) when operating, display regular flashes of light at a rate of not more than 120 flashes a minute, and—\n\n(i) for a motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels, at least 60 flashes a minute; and\n\n(ii) for any other motor vehicle, at least 45 flashes a minute; and\n\n(b) be able to be operated by a person in the normal driving position; and\n\n(c) be wired to an audible or visible device in the vehicle that tells the driver that the direction indicator light is operating; and\n\n(d) flash at the same time and rate as any other direction indicator lights fitted on the same side of the vehicle.\n\n(2) A direction indicator light fitted to a side of a trailer must, when operating, flash at the same time and rate as the direction indicator light or lights fitted to the same side of the motor vehicle towing the trailer.\n\n(3) The flashes of light displayed by a direction indicator light must be—\n\n(a) if the light faces forwards, white or yellow; and\n\n(b) if the light faces backwards—\n\n(i) for a vehicle built after June 1973—yellow; or\n\n(ii) for a vehicle built before July 1973—yellow or red; and\n\n(c) if the light faces out from the side of the vehicle—\n\n(i) white or yellow towards the front and side; and\n\n(ii) for a vehicle built before July 1973, yellow or red towards the rear and side; and\n\n(iii) for a vehicle built after June 1973, yellow towards the rear and side.\n\nThe ADRs only allow yellow direction indicator lights.\n\n(4) A motor vehicle may be equipped to allow the direction indicator lights on both sides of the vehicle to operate simultaneously, if—\n\n(a) the direction indicator lights display only yellow light; and\n\n(b) a visible or audible signal tells the driver when the lights are operating simultaneously.\n\n(5) When on, a direction indicator light must be visible 30 metres from—\n\n(a) if the light faces forwards, the front of the vehicle; or\n\n(b) if the light faces backwards, the rear of the vehicle; or\n\n(c) if the light faces out from the side of the vehicle, that side of the vehicle.\n\n(6) When on, each direction indicator light in at least one pair of lights fitted on or towards the front of a prime mover, or a motor vehicle over 7·5 metres long, must be visible at a point—\n\n(a) 1·5 metres at right angles from the side of the vehicle where the light is fitted; and\n\n(b) in line with the rear of the vehicle.\n\n","sortOrder":327},{"sectionNumber":"Div 13","sectionType":"division","heading":"Fog lights","content":"Division 13—Fog lights\n\n\t101 Front fog lights\n\n(1) A pair of front fog lights may be fitted to a motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels.\n\n(2) A pair of front fog lights, or a single front fog light, may be fitted to a motor cycle or trike.\n\n(3) A pair of front fog lights fitted to a motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels must have the centre of each light not over 400 millimetres from the nearer side of the vehicle unless the centres of the lights are at least 600 millimetres apart.\n\n(4) If the top of the front fog light is higher than the top of any low-beam headlight on the vehicle, the centre of the fog light must not be higher than the centre of the low-beam headlight.\n\n(5) A front fog light must—\n\n(a) when on—\n\n(i) project white or yellow light in front of the vehicle; and\n\n(ii) be a low-beam light; and\n\n(b) be able to be operated independently of any headlight; and\n\n(c) be fitted so the light from it does not reflect off the vehicle into the driver's eyes.\n\n\t102 Rear fog lights\n\n***rear fog light*** means a light used on a vehicle to make the vehicle more easily visible, from the rear, in dense fog.\n\n(2) A vehicle may have fitted to its rear—\n\n(a) a pair of rear fog lights; or\n\n(b) one rear fog light fitted on, or to the right, of the centre of the vehicle.\n\n(3) Subclause (2)(b) applies to a motor cycle with an attached sidecar as if the sidecar were not attached.\n\n(4) A rear fog light must—\n\n(a) have its centre—\n\n(i) not over 1·5 metres above ground level; and\n\n(ii) at least 100 millimetres from the centre of a brake light; and\n\n(b) when on, project red light behind the vehicle; and\n\n(c) not use over 27 watts of power; and\n\n(d) be wired to a visible device in the vehicle that tells the driver that the rear fog light is operating.\n\n","sortOrder":328},{"sectionNumber":"Div 14","sectionType":"division","heading":"Interior lights","content":"Division 14—Interior lights\n\n\t103 Interior lights\n\nA vehicle may be fitted with interior lights that illuminate any interior part of the vehicle.\n\n","sortOrder":329},{"sectionNumber":"Div 15","sectionType":"division","heading":"Reflectors generally","content":"Division 15—Reflectors generally\n\n\t104 General requirements for reflectors\n\n(1) A reflector fitted to a vehicle must show a red, yellow or white reflection of light when light is projected directly onto the reflector at night by a low-beam headlight that—\n\n(a) is 45 metres from the reflector; and\n\n(b) complies with the Vehicle Standards.\n\n(2) The reflection must be clearly visible from the position of the headlight.\n\n","sortOrder":330},{"sectionNumber":"Div 16","sectionType":"division","heading":"Rear reflectors","content":"Division 16—Rear reflectors\n\n\t105 Rear reflectors\n\n(1) A motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels must have a rear-facing red reflector towards each side of its rear.\n\n(1A) A trailer must have a rear-facing red reflector towards each side of its rear.\n\n(2) The following must have a rear facing red reflector—\n\n(a) a motor cycle;\n\n(b) a sidecar attached to a motor cycle;\n\n(c) a motor trike.\n\n(3) The centre of each reflector (other than a reflector fitted to a sidecar attached to a motor cycle) must be—\n\n(a) at the same height above ground level; and\n\n(b) not more than 1·5 metres above ground level.\n\n(4) A reflector fitted to a motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels, or a trailer, must not be more than 400 millimetres from the nearer side of the vehicle.\n\n(5) A vehicle fitted with rear-facing red reflectors in accordance with subclause (1) or (2) may be fitted with additional red reflectors at any height above ground level or at any distance from the side of the vehicle.\n\n","sortOrder":331},{"sectionNumber":"Div 17","sectionType":"division","heading":"Side reflectors","content":"Division 17—Side reflectors\n\n\t106 Compulsory side reflectors on pole-type trailers\n\n(1) Yellow or red side-facing reflectors must be fitted to the pole of a pole-type trailer so that—\n\n(a) one reflector is fitted to the middle third of the left and right faces of the pole; and\n\n(b) the front reflector is not more than 3·0 metres from the front of the trailer; and\n\n(c) the other reflectors are not more than 3·0 metres apart.\n\n(2) Additional side-facing reflectors may be fitted to a pole-type trailer in accordance with clause 107.\n\n\t107 Optional side reflectors\n\n(1) A vehicle may be fitted with side-facing reflectors.\n\n(2) A side-facing reflector—\n\n(a) towards the front of the vehicle must be yellow or white; and\n\n(b) towards the rear of the vehicle must be yellow or red; and\n\n(c) on the central part of the vehicle must be yellow.\n\n","sortOrder":332},{"sectionNumber":"Div 18","sectionType":"division","heading":"Front reflectors","content":"Division 18—Front reflectors\n\n\t108 Compulsory front reflectors on trailers\n\n(1) A front-facing white or yellow reflector must be fitted towards each side of the front of—\n\n(a) a semi-trailer, other than a pole-type trailer; and\n\n(b) the front cross-bar or bolster of a pole-type trailer; and\n\n(c) a trailer that is at least 2·2 metres wide.\n\n(2) Each reflector must have its centre—\n\n(a) at the same height above ground level; and\n\n(b) not more than 1·5 metres above ground level; and\n\n(c) not more than 400 millimetres from the nearer side of the vehicle.\n\n(3) Additional front-facing reflectors may be fitted to a trailer referred to in subclause (1) in accordance with clause 109.\n\n\t109 Optional front reflectors\n\n(1) A motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels, or a trailer, may have one or more front-facing white or yellow reflectors fitted towards each side of its front.\n\n(2) A motor vehicle with less than 4 wheels may have one or more front-facing white or yellow reflectors.\n\n(3) The centre of at least one reflector on each side of the front of the vehicle must be—\n\n(a) at the same height above ground level as the centre of the other reflector; and\n\n(b) the same distance from the longitudinal axis of the vehicle as the centre of the other reflector; and\n\n(c) at least—\n\n(i) for a vehicle with a width under 1300 millimetres, 400 millimetres from the centre of the other reflector; and\n\n(ii) for any other vehicle, 600 millimetres from the centre of the other reflector.\n\n","sortOrder":333},{"sectionNumber":"Div 19","sectionType":"division","heading":"Warning lights and signs on buses carrying children","content":"Division 19—Warning lights and signs on buses carrying children\n\n\t110 Application of Division 19\n\nThis Division applies to a bus that is used mainly for carrying children if the bus is fitted with warning lights after June 1999.\n\nFor warning signs and lights fitted before July 1999, see clause 114.\n\n\t111 Fitting of warning lights and signs\n\n(1) Two warning lights and a warning sign must be fitted to the front and rear of the bus.\n\n(2) The warning lights must be fitted—\n\n(a) on each side of, and the same distance from, the centre of the warning sign; and\n\n(b) with the edge of the warning sign not over 100 millimetres from the nearest point on the lens of the warning lights; and\n\n(c) with the distance between the warning lights at least 300 millimetres at the nearest point; and\n\n(d) so no part of the bus obstructs the light displayed—\n\n(i) 30 degrees to the left and right of the centre of each light; and\n\n(ii) 10 degrees above and below the centre of each light.\n\n(3) The warning lights may be on the warning sign if the words or image on the sign are not obscured.\n\n(4) The warning lights at the same end of the bus must be fitted—\n\n(a) at the same height; and\n\n(b) as high as practicable; and\n\n(c) with the lowest point on the lens of each light not lower than midway between the highest and lowest points on the body of the bus.\n\n(5) If the centres of the warning lights are lower than 1⋅8 metres above ground level, no part of the warning lights or warning sign may be on the left of the bus.\n\n(6) This clause applies to a bus despite any requirement of a third edition ADR.\n\n\t112 Operation and performance of warning lights\n\n(1) When operating, a warning light must display regular flashes of yellow light at a rate of at least 90, and not more than 180, flashes a minute.\n\n(2) The warning lights at the same end of the bus must flash alternately.\n\n(3) Unless the driver has turned the warning lights off, they must operate automatically when a door on the bus opens and for at least 10, and not more than 20 seconds after all the doors on the bus have closed.\n\n(4) The bus must have a visible or audible signal that tells the driver when the warning lights are operating.\n\n(5) The bus must be fitted with a switch that allows the driver to turn the warning lights off.\n\n(6) A warning light must have—\n\n(a) an effective lit lens area of at least 60 centimetres squared; and\n\n(b) a luminous intensity (in candela) of at least the values specified in Table 2 when measured at the angles in the Table and in accordance with the test method specified in the third edition ADR 6; or\n\n(c) meet an alternative acceptable standard set by the Secretary.\n\n**Table 2**\n\n- *Vertical angle from centre of light* *Horizontal angle from centre of light*\n- *Item* –30° –20° –10° –5° 0° 5° 10° 20° 30°\n- 1 10° 50 80 50\n- 2 5° 180 320 350 450 350 320 180\n- 3 0° 75 450 1000 1250 1500 1250 1000 450 75\n- 4 –5° 40 270 450 570 600 570 450 270 40\n- 5 –10° 75 75 75\n\n\t113 Specifications for warning signs\n\n(1) A warning sign at the front of the bus must—\n\n(a) display the words \"school bus\" in capital letters at least 100 millimetres high; or\n\n(b) display an image of 2 children in the same proportions as the children in Australian Standard AS 1743:2018 Road signs—Specifications  (image W6–3), with the image of the taller child at least 230 millimetres high.\n\n(2) A warning sign at the rear of the bus must display an image of 2 children in the same proportions as the children in Australian Standard AS 1743:2018 Road signs—Specifications  (image W6–3), with the image of the taller child at least 230 millimetres high.\n\n(3) The warning sign referred to in subclauses (1)(b) and (2) must—\n\n(a) be a rectangular shape at least—\n\n(i) if warning lights are on the warning sign, 550 millimetres wide and 400 millimetres high; and\n\n(ii) in any other case, 400 millimetres wide and 250 millimetres high; and\n\n(b) have a black border; and\n\n(c) have black graphics and be coated with yellow retro‑reflective material of class 1 or 2 that meets Australian Standard AS 1906 Retroreflective materials and devices for road traffic control purposes (Part 1: Retroreflective sheeting).\n\n","sortOrder":334},{"sectionNumber":"Div 20","sectionType":"division","heading":"Other lights, reflectors, rear marking plates or signals","content":"Division 20—Other lights, reflectors, rear marking plates or signals\n\n\t114 Other lights and reflectors\n\n***dimension exemption*** means an exemption from a dimension requirement for a vehicle as required by the Vehicle Standards or another law of this jurisdiction;\n\n***special use vehicle*** means any of the following vehicles—\n\n(a) a tow truck;\n\n(b) a vehicle built or fitted to provide a vehicle breakdown service;\n\n(c) a vehicle built or fitted for use in hazardous situations on a road;\n\n(d) a vehicle used on a road under a dimension exemption;\n\n(e) a vehicle built or fitted to accompany a vehicle mentioned in paragraph (d);\n\n(f) a vehicle that is a bus fitted, before July 1999, with a sign telling road users that the bus carries children.\n\n(2) An exempt vehicle may be fitted with any light or reflector.\n\n(3) A special use vehicle may be fitted with one or more flashing yellow lights.\n\n(4) A vehicle, other than an exempt vehicle, must not be fitted with any light or reflector not referred to in the Vehicle Standards without the written approval of the Secretary.\n\n(5) A vehicle, other than an exempt vehicle or a special use vehicle, must not be fitted with a light that flashes without the written approval of the Secretary.\n\n(6) A vehicle, other than an exempt vehicle, must not be fitted with a light or reflector that—\n\n(a) shows a red light to the front; or\n\n(b) shows a white light to the rear; or\n\n(c) is shaped or located in a way that reduces the effectiveness of the light or reflector required to be fitted to the vehicle under this clause.\n\n(7) Any requirements in a third edition ADR that are inconsistent with subclause (2) do not apply to an exempt vehicle.\n\n(8) Any requirements in a third edition ADR that are inconsistent with subclause (3) do not apply to a special use vehicle.\n\n\t115 Rear marking plates and conspicuity markings\n\nRear marking plates and conspicuity markings may be fitted to a motor vehicle or a trailer.\n\nAn example of rear marking plates.\n\nAn alternative pattern for rear marking plates.\n\nIllustration of rear marking plates.\n\nSee also VSB 12 for requirements about \"Do not overtake turning vehicle\" signs that may apply to conspicuity markings fitted to a motor vehicle. VSB 12 is available from www.infrastructure.gov.au/vehicles/vehicle_regulation/bulletin/  \nindex.aspx.\n\n\t116 Signalling devices\n\n(1) This clause applies to a motor vehicle if—\n\n(a) the vehicle is not fitted with a brake light or direction indicator light mentioned in Division 10 or 12 of Part 7 of Schedule 1; and\n\n(b) the construction of the vehicle would otherwise prevent the driver from hand signalling an intention—\n\n(i) to turn or move the vehicle to the right; or\n\n(ii) to stop or suddenly reduce the speed of the vehicle.\n\n(2) The vehicle must be fitted with a mechanical signalling device or a pair of turn signals.\n\n\t117 Mechanical signalling devices\n\n(1) A mechanical signalling device must—\n\n(a) be fitted to the right side of the vehicle; and\n\n(b) be able to be operated by the driver from a normal driving position; and\n\n(c) consist of a white or yellow representation of an open human hand at least 15 centimetres long; and\n\n(d) be constructed so that the driver of the vehicle can keep the device—\n\n(i) in a neutral position so it is unlikely that the driver of another vehicle or anyone else would regard it as a signal; and\n\n(ii) in a horizontal position with the palm of the hand facing forwards and the fingers pointing out at a right angle to the vehicle to signal an intention to turn or move right; and\n\n(iii) with the palm of the hand facing forwards and the fingers pointing upwards to signal an intention to stop or reduce speed suddenly.\n\n(2) When the mechanical signalling device is in a position referred to in subclause (1)(d)(ii) or (iii), the complete hand must be clearly visible from both the front and the rear of the vehicle, at a distance of 30 metres.\n\n\t118 Turn signals\n\nA turn signal must—\n\n(a) consist of a steady or flashing illuminated yellow sign at least 15 centimetres long and 25 millimetres wide that—\n\n(i) when in operation, is kept horizontal; and\n\n(ii) when not in operation, is kept in a position so it is unlikely that the driver of another vehicle or anyone else would regard it as a signal; and\n\n(b) be fitted to the side of the motor vehicle at least 50 centimetres and not over 2·1 metres above ground level, in a position so the driver of the vehicle, from the normal driving position, can see whether the signal is in operation; and\n\n(c) be able to be operated by the driver from the normal driving position; and\n\n(d) when in operation, be visible from both the front and rear of the vehicle at a distance of 30 metres.\n\n","sortOrder":335},{"sectionNumber":"Part 8","sectionType":"part","heading":"Braking systems","content":"Part 8—Braking systems\n\nThis Part sets out the braking system requirements for vehicles to ensure that they can be reliably slowed or stopped even if a part of a braking system fails, and to ensure that a vehicle can be prevented from rolling away when parked.\n\nDivision 1—Brake requirements for all vehicles\n\n\t119 Parts of a braking system\n\nA brake tube or hose fitted to a vehicle must—\n\n(a) be manufactured from a material appropriate to its intended use in the vehicle; and\n\n(b) be long enough to allow for the full range of steering and suspension movements of the vehicle; and\n\n(c) be fitted to prevent it being damaged during the operation of the vehicle by—\n\n(i) a source of heat; or\n\n(ii) any movement of the parts to which it is attached or near.\n\n\t120 Provision for wear\n\nThe braking system of a vehicle must allow for adjustment to take account of normal wear.\n\n\t121 Supply of air or vacuum to brakes\n\n***air brake compressor****,*  of a vehicle, means a compressor for supplying air to the vehicle's air brakes;\n\n***compressed air reserve***, for a vehicle, means compressed air stored on the vehicle for supplying the vehicle's braking system;\n\n***condensate drain valve*** means a device used to remove water from the compressed air reserve for a vehicle fitted with air brakes;\n\n***governor cut-out pressure****,*  of a vehicle, means the air pressure at which the vehicle's air brake compressor stops supplying air to the vehicle's air brake reservoir;\n\n***spring brake*** means a brake using one or more springs to store the energy needed to operate the brake;\n\n***vacuum reserve****,*  in relation to a vehicle, means air at a low pressure stored on the vehicle for supplying the vehicle's braking system.\n\n(2) If air brakes are fitted to a vehicle—\n\n(a) the compressor supplying air to the brakes must be able to build up air pressure to at least 80% of the governor cut‑out pressure in not over 5 minutes after the compressed air reserve is fully used up; and\n\n(b) there must be an automatic or manual condensate drain valve at the lowest point of each air brake reservoir in the system; and\n\n(c) any spring brake fitted to the vehicle must not operate before the warning mentioned in clause 128(3)(a) of this Schedule has been given.\n\n(3) If vacuum brakes are fitted to a vehicle, the vacuum supply must be able to build up vacuum—\n\n(a) to the level when the warning signal mentioned in clause 128(3)(a) of this Schedule no longer operates within 30 seconds after the vacuum reserve is fully used up; and\n\n(b) to the normal working level within 60 seconds after the vacuum reserve is fully used up.\n\n\t122 Performance of braking systems\n\n(1) One sustained application of the brake of a motor vehicle built after 1930, or a combination that includes a motor vehicle built after 1930, must be able to produce the performance referred to in subclauses (2) to (7)—\n\n(a) when the vehicle or combination is on a dry, smooth, level road surface, free from loose material; and\n\n(b) whether or not the vehicle or combination is loaded; and\n\n(c) without part of the vehicle or combination moving outside a straight path—\n\n(i) centred on the longitudinal axis of the vehicle or combination before the brake was applied; and\n\n(ii) 3·7 metres wide.\n\n(2) The braking system of a motor vehicle or combination with a gross mass under 2·5 tonnes must bring the vehicle or combination from a speed of 35 kilometres per hour to a stop within—\n\n(a) 12·5 metres when the service brake is applied; and\n\n(b) 30 metres when the emergency brake is applied.\n\n(3) The braking system of a motor vehicle or combination with a gross mass of at least 2·5 tonnes must bring the vehicle or combination from a speed of 35 kilometres per hour to a stop within—\n\n(a) 16·5 metres when the service brake is applied; and\n\n(b) 40·5 metres when the emergency brake is applied.\n\n(4) The braking system of a motor vehicle or combination with a gross mass under 2·5 tonnes must decelerate the vehicle or combination, from any speed at which the vehicle or combination can travel, by an average of at least—\n\n(a) 3·8 metres a second a second when the service brake is applied; and\n\n(b) 1·6 metres a second a second when the emergency brake is applied.\n\n(5) The braking system of a motor vehicle or combination with a gross mass of at least 2·5 tonnes must decelerate the vehicle or combination, from any speed at which the vehicle or combination can travel, by an average of at least—\n\n(a) 2·8 metres a second a second when the service brake is applied; and\n\n(b) 1·1 metres a second a second when the emergency brake is applied.\n\n(6) The braking system of a motor vehicle or combination with a gross mass under 2·5 tonnes must achieve a peak deceleration of the vehicle or combination, from any speed at which the vehicle or combination can travel, of at least—\n\n(a) 5·8 metres a second a second when the service brake is applied; and\n\n(b) 1·9 metres a second a second when the emergency brake is applied.\n\n(7) The braking system of a motor vehicle or combination with a gross mass of at least 2·5 tonnes must achieve a peak deceleration of the vehicle or combination, from any speed at which the vehicle or combination can travel, of at least—\n\n(a) 4·4 metres a second a second when the service brake is applied; and\n\n(b) 1·5 metres a second a second when the emergency brake is applied.\n\n(8) The parking brake of a vehicle or combination must be able to hold the vehicle or combination stationary on a 12% gradient—\n\n(a) when the vehicle or combination is on a dry, smooth road surface, free from loose material; and\n\n(b) whether or not the vehicle or combination is loaded.\n\nDivision 2—Motor vehicle braking systems\n\n\t123 What braking system a motor vehicle must have\n\n***independent brake***, for a vehicle, means a brake that is operated entirely separately from any other brake on the vehicle, except for any drum, disc or part, on which a shoe, band or friction pad makes contact, that is common to 2 or more brakes.\n\n(2) A motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels built, or used, mainly for transporting goods or people by road must be fitted with—\n\n(a) a braking system that—\n\n(i) consists of brakes fitted to all wheels of the vehicle; and\n\n(ii) has at least 2 separate methods of activation, arranged so effective braking remains on at least 2 wheels if a method fails; or\n\n(b) 2  independent brakes, each of which, when in operation, acts directly on at least half the number of wheels of the vehicle.\n\n(3) The braking system of a motor vehicle referred to in subclause (2) that was built after 1945 must have a service brake operating on all wheels that, when applied—\n\n(a) acts directly on the wheels and not through the vehicle's transmission; or\n\n(b) acts on a shaft between a differential of the vehicle and a wheel.\n\n(4) The braking system of a motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels must have a parking brake that—\n\n(a) is held in the applied position by direct mechanical action without the intervention of an electrical, hydraulic or pneumatic device; and\n\n(b) is fitted with a locking device that can hold the brake in the applied position; and\n\n(c) has its own separate control.\n\n(5) The parking brake may also be the emergency brake.\n\n(6) If 2 or more independent brakes are fitted to a motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels, the brakes must be arranged so brakes are applied to all the wheels on at least one axle of the vehicle when any brake is operated.\n\n(7) A motor cycle or motor trike must be fitted with—\n\n(a) 2 independent brakes; or\n\n(b) a single brake that acts directly on all wheels of the vehicle and is arranged so effective braking remains on at least one wheel if a part of the system fails.\n\n(8) Subclause (7) applies to a motor cycle with a sidecar attached as if the sidecar were not attached.\n\n(9) A motor trike must have a parking brake that is held in the applied position by mechanical means.\n\n\t124 Operation of brakes on motor vehicles\n\nThe braking system on a motor vehicle must be arranged to allow the driver of the motor vehicle to apply the brakes from a normal driving position.\n\n\t125 Air or vacuum brakes on motor vehicles\n\n(1) If a motor vehicle has air brakes, the braking system of the vehicle must include at least one air storage tank.\n\n(2) If a motor vehicle has vacuum brakes, the braking system of the vehicle must include at least one vacuum storage tank.\n\n(3) An air or vacuum storage tank must be built so the service brake can be applied to meet the performance standards of clause 122 of this Schedule at least twice if the engine of the vehicle stops or the source of air or vacuum fails.\n\n(4) An air or vacuum storage system must—\n\n(a) be built to give a visible or audible warning to the driver, while in a normal driving position, of a lack of air or vacuum that would prevent the service brake from being applied to meet the performance standards of clause 122 of this Schedule at least twice; and\n\n(b) be safeguarded by a check valve or other device against loss of air or vacuum if the supply fails or leaks.\n\n(5) If air or vacuum brakes are fitted to a motor vehicle equipped to tow a trailer, the brakes of the vehicle must be able to stop the vehicle, to meet the performance standards for emergency brakes under clause 122 if the trailer breaks away.\n\nDivision 3—Trailer braking systems\n\n","sortOrder":336},{"sectionNumber":"126","sectionType":"section","heading":"What brakes a trailer must have","content":"\t126 What brakes a trailer must have\n\n(1) A trailer with a GTM over 750 kilograms must have brakes that operate on at least one wheel at each end of one or more axles of the trailer.\n\n(2) A semi-trailer or converter dolly with a GTM over 2 tonnes must have brakes that operate on all its wheels.\n\n\t127 Operation of brakes on trailers\n\n(1) The braking system of a trailer with a GTM over 2 tonnes must allow the driver of a motor vehicle towing the trailer to operate the brakes from a normal driving position.\n\n(2) Subclause (1) does not apply to an unloaded converter dolly that weighs under 3 tonnes if the motor vehicle towing the converter dolly has a GVM over 12 tonnes.\n\n(3) The brakes on a trailer with a GTM over 2 tonnes must—\n\n(a) operate automatically and quickly if the trailer breaks away from the towing vehicle; and\n\n(b) remain in operation for at least 15 minutes after a break‑away; and\n\n(c) be able to hold the trailer on a 12% grade while in operation after a break-away.\n\n\t128 Air or vacuum brakes on trailers\n\n(1) If a trailer has air brakes, its braking system must include at least one air storage tank.\n\n(2) If a trailer has vacuum brakes, its braking system must include at least one vacuum storage tank.\n\n(3) An air or vacuum storage system must—\n\n(a) be built to give a visible or audible warning to the driver of the towing vehicle, while in a normal driving position, of a lack of air or vacuum that would prevent the brakes from meeting the performance standards of clause 122; and\n\n(b) be safeguarded by a check valve or other device against loss of air or vacuum if the supply fails or leaks.\n\n(4) Subclauses (1), (2) and (3) do not apply to a trailer with a GTM of 2 tonnes or less.\n\nPart 9—Control of emissions\n\nThis Part sets out requirements to ensure that motor vehicles do not emit too much smoke or noise and that exhaust gases cannot enter the passenger compartment of a vehicle.\n\nDivision 1—Crank case gases and visible emissions\n\n\t129 Crank case gases\n\n(1) This clause applies to a motor vehicle built after 1971 that—\n\n(a) has 4 or more wheels; and\n\n(b) is powered by a petrol engine.\n\n(2) The vehicle must be built to prevent, or fitted with equipment that prevents, crank case gases from escaping to the atmosphere.\n\n\t130 Visible emissions—vehicles with internal combustion engines\n\nThe visible emissions of a motor vehicle with an internal combustion engine must not exceed the levels set out in regulations 136, 137 and 138 of the Environment Protection Regulations 2021[[4]](#endnote-5).\n\n\t131 Exhaust emissions—diesel powered vehicles\n\nThe exhaust emissions of a diesel powered vehicle must not exceed the levels set out in regulations 139 and 140 of the Environment Protection Regulations 2021.\n\n **132 * * * * ***\n\n **133 * * * * ***\n\nDivision 2—Exhaust systems\n\n\t134 Exhaust systems\n\nThe exhaust system fitted to a motor vehicle must be constructed to ensure that exhaust gases are only emitted from a place designed by the manufacturer to emit such gases.\n\nDivision 3—Noise emissions\n\nSubdivision 1—General\n\n\t135 Measurement of stationary noise levels\n\nFor this Division, the stationary noise level of a motor vehicle is to be measured in accordance with the procedure set out for the kind of vehicle in the National Stationary Exhaust Noise Test Procedures for In-Service Motor Vehicles – September 2006 published from time to time by the National Transport Commission.\n\nThe  National Stationary Exhaust Noise Test Procedures for In‑Service Motor Vehicles – September 2006 is available on the Commission's web site at [www.ntc.gov.au](http://www.ntc.gov.au).\n\n\t136 Meaning of \"certified to ADR 83/00\"\n\nFor the purposes of this Division, a vehicle is certified to ADR 83/00 if—\n\n(a) an approval was given under section 10A of the Motor Vehicle Standards Act (as in force before its repeal) to place an identification plate showing compliance with ADR 83/00 on the vehicle; or\n\n(b) an approval is given under item 4(2) or 6(2) of Schedule 3 to the Road Vehicle Standards (Consequential and Transitional Provisions) Act 2018 of the Commonwealth; or\n\n(c) the vehicle has satisfied an entry pathway under section 15(2) of the Road Vehicle Standards Act, including compliance with ADR 83/00, and the vehicle is entered on the RAV.\n\n\t137 Silencing device for exhaust systems\n\n(1) A motor vehicle propelled by an internal combustion engine must be fitted with a silencing device through which all the exhaust from the engine passes.\n\n(2) For subclause (1), any silencing device designed to be manipulated by the vehicle's operator, such as by means of in-vehicle controls, must be designed so that it can be tested with the device fully opened.\n\nSubdivision 2—Noise levels applying to vehicles certified prior to the application of ADR 83/00\n\n **138 * * * * ***\n\n\t139 Stationary noise levels—car-type vehicles and motor cycles and motor trikes\n\n***car-type vehicle*** means—\n\n(a) a car; or\n\n(b) a utility truck, panel van, or another motor vehicle derived from a car design; or\n\n(c) another motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels that is built mainly to carry not over 9 people, including the driver;\n\n***dB(A)*** has the same meaning as in regulation 4 of the Environment Protection Regulations 2021.\n\n(2) The stationary noise level of a forward-control passenger vehicle (MB), off-road passenger vehicle (MC), passenger car (MA) or passenger car derivative must not exceed the relevant noise levels set out in regulation 143(2) of the Environment Protection Regulations 2021.\n\n(3) The stationary noise level of a motor cycle or trike must not exceed the relevant noise levels set out in regulation 145(2) of the Environment Protection Regulations 2021.\n\n\t140 Stationary noise levels—other vehicles with spark ignition engines\n\n(1) This clause applies to a motor vehicle (except a motor vehicle to which clause 139 of this Schedule applies) with a spark ignition engine.\n\n(2) The stationary noise level of the motor vehicle must not exceed the noise level applying to that vehicle under regulation 144(2) of the Environment Protection Regulations 2021.\n\n\t141 Stationary noise levels—other vehicles with diesel engines\n\n(1) This clause applies to a motor vehicle (except a motor vehicle to which clause 132 of this Schedule applies) with a diesel engine.\n\n(2) The stationary noise level of the motor vehicle must not exceed the noise level applying to that vehicle under regulation 144(4) of the Environment Protection Regulations 2021.\n\nSubdivision 3—Noise levels applying to vehicles certified to ADR 83/00\n\n\t142 Stationary noise levels\n\nThe stationary noise level of a motor vehicle certified to ADR 83/00 must not exceed the relevant noise levels set out in regulation 142 of the Environment Protection Regulations 2021.\n\nPart 10—Alternative fuel systems\n\nThis Part sets out requirements to ensure that LPG (Liquid Petroleum Gas) and CNG (Compressed Natural Gas) fuel systems are safely installed in motor vehicles. In the case of vehicles with LPG system installed, there is an additional requirement to ensure that they can be identified as LPG-powered vehicles*.*\n\n\t143 LPG-powered vehicles\n\n(1) An LPG system installed in a motor vehicle, and the vehicle, must comply with all relevant requirements set out in the version of Australian Standard AS 1425 that was current at the time the system was installed in the vehicle.\n\n(2) A motor vehicle that has an LPG system installed must have fixed conspicuously to its front and rear number plates the labels required by the version of Australian Standard AS 1425 that was current at the time the system was installed in the vehicle.\n\n(3) If a motor vehicle had an LPG system installed before Australian Standard AS 1425 was first published, the vehicle must have fixed conspicuously to its front and rear number plates a label—\n\n(a) that is made of durable material; and\n\n(b) that is at least 25 millimetres wide and 25 millimetres high; and\n\n(c) that is of a reflective red that conforms with either Australian Standard AS 1743 Road signs—Specifications or Australian Standard AS 1906 Retroreflective materials and devices for road traffic control purposes (Part 1: Retroreflective sheeting); and\n\n(d) that states \"LPGAS\" or \"LPG\", or similar words or acronyms that have the same meaning, in capital letters at least 6 millimetres high.\n\n\t144 Vehicles powered by natural gas\n\nA natural gas system installed in a motor vehicle, and the vehicle, must comply with all relevant requirements set out in the version of Australian Standard AS 2739 that was current at the time the system was installed in the vehicle.\n\nForms of natural gas include CNG (Compressed Natural Gas) and LNG (Liquid Natural Gas).\n\n","sortOrder":337},{"sectionNumber":"144A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Hydrogen-powered vehicles","content":"\t144A Hydrogen-powered vehicles\n\n(1) A hydrogen-powered vehicle or a vehicle modified to be a hydrogen-powered vehicle must have fixed conspicuously to each number plate—\n\n(a) in the case of a hydrogen-powered vehicle fitted with one hydrogen fuel container, a label that complies with subclause (2); or\n\n(b) in the case of a hydrogen-powered vehicle fitted with 2 or more hydrogen fuel containers, 2 labels that comply with subclause (2).\n\n(2) For the purposes of subclause (1), a label complies with this subclause if the label is a regular pentagonal shape—\n\n(a) each side of which is 20 millimetres long; and\n\n(b) that is made of metal and at least one millimetre thick; and\n\n(c) that is reflective yellow; and\n\n(d) that is marked \"H\" in an upright position on the label in a black capital letter at least 10 millimetres high in the orientation shown in the example; and\n\n(e) that does not wholly or partly obscure any characters on the number plates.\n\nThe example of the label is for illustrative purposes only and does not represent the label's actual size, dimensions or colour.\n\n","sortOrder":338},{"sectionNumber":"144B","sectionType":"section","heading":"Electric-powered vehicles","content":"\t144B Electric-powered vehicles\n\n(1) An electric-powered vehicle or a vehicle modified to be an electric-powered vehicle must have fixed conspicuously to each number plate a label that is an equilateral triangular shape—\n\n(a) each side of which is 30 millimetres in length; and\n\n(b) that must be made of metal and at least one millimetre thick; and\n\n(c) that is reflective blue; and\n\n(d) that is marked \"EV\" in an upright position on the label in white capital letters at least 8 millimetres high in the orientation shown in the example; and\n\n(e) that does not wholly or partly obscure any characters on the number plates.\n\nThe example of the label is for illustrative purposes only and does not represent the label's actual size, dimensions or colour.\n\n(2) This clause does not apply to a hydrogen-powered vehicle even if the vehicle is fitted with an electric motor or traction motor that is used in conjunction with a hydrogen fuel system for the propulsion of the vehicle.\n\n","sortOrder":339},{"sectionNumber":"Part 11","sectionType":"part","heading":"Mechanical connections between vehicles","content":"Part 11—Mechanical connections between vehicles\n\nThis Part sets out various requirements to ensure that the couplings used when operating motor vehicles and trailers in combinations are strong enough to hold them together.\n\n","sortOrder":340},{"sectionNumber":"145","sectionType":"section","heading":"General coupling requirements","content":"\t145 General coupling requirements\n\n(1) A fifth wheel coupling, the mating parts of a coupling, a kingpin or a towbar must not be used for a load that exceeds the load rating specified by the manufacturer.\n\n(2) A kingpin must be used only with a fifth wheel coupling that has a corresponding jaw size.\n\nAn adaptor must not to be used to fit a kingpin to a fifth wheel coupling.\n\n(3) The mating parts of a coupling used to connect a semi-trailer to a towing vehicle must not allow the semi-trailer to roll to an extent that makes the towing vehicle unstable.\n\n\t146 Drawbar couplings\n\n(1) A coupling for attaching a trailer, except a semi‑trailer or pole‑type trailer, to a towing vehicle must be built and fitted so—\n\n(a) the coupling is equipped with a positive locking mechanism; and\n\n(b) the positive locking mechanism can be released regardless of the angle of the trailer to the towing vehicle.\n\n(2) If the trailer is in a combination and is not fitted with breakaway brakes in accordance with clause 127(2) of this Schedule, it must be connected to the towing vehicle by at least one chain, cable or other flexible device, as well as the coupling required by subclause (1).\n\n(3) The connection must be built and fitted so—\n\n(a) the trailer is kept in tow if the coupling breaks or accidentally detaches; and\n\n(b) normal angular movement of the coupling is permitted without unnecessary slack.\n\n(4) If practicable, the connection must be built and fitted so the drawbar of the trailer is prevented from hitting the ground if the coupling accidentally detaches.\n\n(5) For the purposes of subclauses (3) and (4), a connection between a trailer and a towing vehicle includes anything which connects the trailer and the towing vehicle.\n\nExamples of a connection between a trailer and the towing vehicle include—\n\n(a) chains; or\n\n(b) cables; or\n\n(c) a thing fixed to a trailer or a towing vehicle to which a chain is attached; or\n\n(d) shackles.\n\n","sortOrder":341},{"sectionNumber":"Sch 2","sectionType":"schedule","heading":"Concessional fees for registration and renewal of registration","content":"Schedule 2—Concessional fees for registration and renewal of registration\n\nRegulation 120\n\nThe applicable fee for registration or renewal of registration for a vehicle of a category specified in column 1 of the Table is the concessional fee specified in column 2 of the Table, and not the base fee.\n\nSch. 2 (Table) amended by S.R. Nos 51/2022 reg. 5, 130/2022 reg. 4, 53/2023 reg. 5, 67/2023 reg. 10, 43/2024 reg. 5, 36/2025 reg. 12, 83/2025 reg. 5.\n\n**Table**\n\n**Fees for registration and renewal of registration**\n\n| *Column 1*<br>*Vehicle category* | *Column 2*<br>*Fee payable* |\n| **1 Motor cycle** |  |\n| A motor cycle not otherwise eligible to be registered for a nil fee or for a lesser fee. | 20% base fee |\n| **2 Recreation motor cycle** |  |\n| A recreation motor cycle that is— |  |\n| (a) restricted to highways that are— |  |\n| (i) located outside built-up areas    as defined by speed zones of less than 100 kilometres per hour; and |  |\n| (ii) not declared as freeways or arterial roads under the **Road Management Act 2004**; or |  |\n| (b) used exclusively in an area that is    not a road solely for the training and assessment of a holder of a motor cycle learner permit by an organisation approved by the Secretary for that purpose. | 0·63 fee units |\n| **3 Vehicle registered in the name of a benevolent organisation** |  |\n| A vehicle not for the carriage of passengers or a load for hire or reward that— |  |\n| (a) is owned by a benevolent organisation; and |  |\n| (b) is used principally in connection with the management or business of the benevolent organisation or by or on behalf of the authority controlling the benevolent organisation. | nil |\n| **4 Primary producer vehicles** |  |\n| (1) A vehicle registered or to be registered in the name of a primary producer used or to be    used solely in the business of the registered operator as a primary producer, being— |  |\n| (a) a prime mover that is— |  |\n| (i) a light motor vehicle; or | 50% base fee |\n| (ii) a 2 axle prime mover nominated as a short combination prime mover; or | 50% base fee |\n| (iii) a heavy vehicle with 4 axles that is registered as a single unit with an MRC exceeding 20 tonnes; or | 20% base fee |\n| (iv) a 2 axle prime mover nominated as a medium combination prime mover or a long combination prime mover; or | 20% base fee |\n| (v) a prime mover with 3 or more axles; or | 20% base fee |\n| (b) a vehicle that is constructed for carrying a load, being— |  |\n| (i) a light motor vehicle; or | 50% base fee |\n| (ii) a light trailer; or | nil |\n| (iii) a heavy vehicle that is a 2 axle or 3 axle rigid truck registered as a single unit or as a 2 axle truck nominated as a short combination truck; or | 50% base fee |\n| (iv) a heavy vehicle that is a 4 axle rigid truck registered as a single unit with an MRC not exceeding 20 tonnes; or | 44⋅44% base fee |\n| (v) a heavy vehicle with 4 axles registered as a single unit with an MRC exceeding 20 tonnes; or | 20% base fee |\n| (vi) a rigid truck with 3 or more axles nominated as any combination; or | 20% base fee |\n| (vii) a 2 axle rigid truck nominated as a medium combination or a long combination truck; or | 20% base fee |\n| (viii) a heavy trailer. | 20% base fee |\n| (2) A vehicle registered or to be registered in the name of a primary producer used or to be used solely in the business of the applicant for registration or the registered operator as a primary producer, being— |  |\n| (a) a motor vehicle— |  |\n| (i) so constructed that its engine is used to drive or operate an agricultural implement forming an integral part of the vehicle; and |  |\n| (ii) the primary purpose of which is not to carry a load; or |  |\n| (b) a tractor with an MRC of 4⋅5 tonnes or less; or |  |\n| (c) a special work vehicle. | nil |\n| (3) A vehicle registered or to be registered in the name of a primary producer used or to be used for travelling within a radius of 25 kilometres from the registered operator's residence or residential address for the purpose of working the land of another primary producer, being— |  |\n| (a) a motor vehicle— |  |\n| (i) so constructed that its engine is used to drive or operate an agricultural implement forming an integral part of the vehicle; and |  |\n| (ii) the primary purpose of which is not to carry a load; or |  |\n| (b) a tractor with an MRC of 4·5 tonnes or less; or |  |\n| (c) a special work vehicle. | nil |\n| (4) A special purpose vehicle (type O) as defined in Schedule 3 that is— |  |\n| (a) conditionally registered or to be registered in the name of a primary producer to operate on a highway    at any distance from the registered operator's residence or residential address; and |  |\n| (b) used or to be used solely in the business of the registered operator    as a primary producer. | 20% base fee |\n| (5) A motor vehicle registered or to be registered in the name of a primary producer that is certified by the Country Fire Authority to    be a motor vehicle specifically equipped    for and exclusively used for combating outbreaks of fire. | nil |\n| **5 Mobile Plant** |  |\n| A mobile plant not otherwise eligible to be registered for a lesser fee. | 50% base fee |\n| **6 French Island Motor Vehicle** |  |\n| A motor vehicle registered or to be registered in the name of a person resident on French Island and used solely on French Island. | nil |\n| **7 Transport for disabled, handicapped or injured** |  |\n| (a) is registered or to be registered in the name of St John's Ambulance Australia (Victoria) Inc. and is used for the transport of the disabled, handicapped or injured; or |  |\n| (b) is registered or to be registered in the name of a body established for a public purpose and not for private gain and is only used for the conveyance of disabled or handicapped people for training, education or employment. | nil |\n| **8 Incapacitated person's vehicle** |  |\n| A vehicle registered or to be registered in the name of an incapacitated person if— |  |\n| (a) the vehicle is designed solely for the conveyance of one incapacitated person; and |  |\n| (b) the person's mobility is seriously impaired; and |  |\n| (c) the vehicle will not be used to convey any other person. | nil |\n| **9 Private vehicle used to convey incapacitated person** |  |\n| A vehicle registered or to be registered in the name of— |  |\n| (a) an incapacitated person; or |  |\n| (b) the relative or carer of an incapacitated person who is a minor; or |  |\n| (c) the parent or legal guardian of an incapacitated person who is a minor— |  |\n| if the vehicle— |  |\n| (d) is specially converted to provide wheelchair access to and egress    from the vehicle; and |  |\n| (e) is capable of carrying at least one occupied wheelchair; and |  |\n| (f) is or is to be used for conveying an incapacitated person whose mobility    is seriously impaired; and |  |\n| (g) is not a commercial passenger vehicle. | nil |\n| **10 Vehicle owned by Government or benevolent organisation used to convey incapacitated person** |  |\n| A vehicle registered or to be registered in the name of— |  |\n| (a) a benevolent organisation; or |  |\n| (b) the Crown; or |  |\n| (c) a public statutory authority; or |  |\n| (d) a Council within the meaning of section 3(1) of the **Local Government Act 2020**— |  |\n| if the vehicle— |  |\n| (e) is specially converted to provide wheelchair access to and egress    from the vehicle; and |  |\n| (f) is capable of carrying at least one occupied wheelchair; and |  |\n| (g) is or is to be used for conveying an incapacitated person whose mobility    is seriously impaired; and |  |\n| (h) is not a commercial passenger vehicle. | nil |\n| **11 Incapacitated war veteran's vehicle** |  |\n| A motor vehicle not used except for social, domestic or pleasure purposes registered or to be registered in the name of, or to be transferred to, a person who owns no other vehicle currently registered without fee in accordance with this item and is either— |  |\n| (a) assessed pursuant to the Veterans' Entitlements Act 1986 of the Commonwealth— |  |\n| (i) as a veteran to whom section 22 of that Act applies at the 100% or higher rate; or |  |\n| (ii) as a veteran to whom section 23, 24, 25 or 104 of that Act applies; or |  |\n| (b) assessed pursuant to Part 2 of Chapter 4 of the Military Rehabilitation and Compensation Act 2004 of the Commonwealth, as a veteran who has suffered an impairment resulting from one or more service injuries or diseases, the degree of which constitutes 40 impairment points or more. | nil |\n| **12 School tractor** |  |\n| A tractor that is registered or to be registered in the name of a school council established under Division 2 of Part 2.3 of the **Education and Training Reform Act 2006** and that— |  |\n| (a) is marked with the name of the registered operator or the person who applies to become the registered operator; and |  |\n| (b) is used exclusively in connection with the management and care of lands used by the school for which the school council is established. | 20% base fee |\n| **13 Light trailer** |  |\n| A light trailer not otherwise eligible to be registered for a nil fee or for a lesser fee. | 20% base fee |\n| **13A Light trailer (other than a caravan or camper trailer) registered in the name of an eligible veteran** |  |\n| A light trailer (other than a caravan or camper trailer) registered or to be registered in the name of an eligible veteran if— |  |\n| (a) the eligible veteran is not the registered operator of another light trailer (other than a caravan or camper trailer) the registration fee for which was determined under this item; and |  |\n| (b) the eligible veteran notifies the Secretary of their eligibility for this discount before the registration or renewal of registration of the light trailer (other than a caravan or camper trailer). | nil |\n| **13B Caravan or camper trailer registered in the name of an eligible veteran** |  |\n| A caravan or camper trailer registered or to be registered in the name of an eligible veteran if— |  |\n| (a) the eligible veteran is not the registered operator of another caravan or camper trailer the registration fee for which was determined under this item; and |  |\n| (b) the eligible veteran notifies the Secretary of their eligibility for this discount before the registration or renewal of registration of the caravan or camper trailer. | nil |\n| **14 Firefighting and emergency response vehicle** |  |\n| (a) is owned by a State Emergency Service volunteer unit or a Country Fire Authority brigade or a municipal council or the Shepparton Search & Rescue Squad Inc. or the Echuca and Moama Search and Rescue Squad Inc.; and |  |\n| (b) is registered or to be registered in the name of a nominee on behalf of the unit, brigade or squad or in the name of a municipal council; and |  |\n| (c) is certified by the State Emergency Service or the Country Fire Authority or the Shepparton Search & Rescue Squad Inc. or the Echuca and Moama Search and Rescue Squad Inc. as a vehicle that is specifically equipped for and exclusively used for combating outbreaks of fire or for emergency response. | nil |\n| **15 Consular vehicle** |  |\n| (a) is owned by a consulate; or<br> (b) is registered or to be registered in the name of a person who holds a diplomatic post of the rank of Consul-General, Consul or Vice Consul; or |  |\n| (c) is registered or to be registered in the name of a person who is an Honorary Head of Post or a person employed in the administrative or technical service of a consulate-general, consulate, vice-consulate or consular agency who— |  |\n| (i) is not an Australian citizen; and |  |\n| (ii) is not holding the post of Trade Commissioner. | nil |\n| **16 Vehicle necessary for apprenticeship** |  |\n| A light motor vehicle (other than a motor cycle) that is registered or to be registered in the name of a person who— |  |\n| (a) is an apprentice—<br> (i) within the meaning of the **Education and Training Reform Act 2006** and the vocation of the apprentice is one to which sections 5.5.15(1), 5.5.16(2), 5.5.16(3), 5.5.16(4), 5.5.17(1)(d) and 5.5.19 of that Act apply; or<br> (ii) within the meaning of the South Australian Skills Act 2008 of South Australia; or<br> (iii) within the meaning of the Apprenticeship and Traineeship Act 2001 of New South Wales; and |  |\n| (b) is participating in—<br> (i) an approved training scheme within the meaning of Part 5.5 of the **Education and Training Reform Act 2006**; or<br> (ii) training required under a ***training contract*** (within the meaning of the South Australian Skills Act 2008 of South Australia) or a ***training plan*** (within the meaning of the South Australian Skills Act 2008 of South Australia); or<br> (iii) training required under a ***training contract*** (within the meaning of the Apprenticeship and Traineeship Act 2001 of New South Wales) or a ***training plan*** (within the meaning of the Apprenticeship and Traineeship Act 2001 of New South Wales); and |  |\n| (c) either— |  |\n| (i) needs to drive the vehicle in the course of the person's apprenticeship (for example, in order to transport tools that are necessary for that apprenticeship); or |  |\n| (ii) as part of the person's apprenticeship, needs to regularly drive the vehicle to or from the person's place of employment between 8.30 p.m. and 5.30 a.m.; and |  |\n| (d) is not the registered operator of another vehicle the registration fee for which was determined under this item. | nil |\n| **17 Vehicle modified to accommodate a driver who is a wheelchair user** |  |\n| A vehicle that is registered or to be registered in the name of a person who is a wheelchair user if— |  |\n| (a) the vehicle has been modified to allow that person to drive the vehicle; and |  |\n| (b) an authorised vehicle inspector has issued a VASS approval certificate for the vehicle under regulation 38. | nil |\n| **18 Club eligible vehicle** |  |\n| A club eligible vehicle— |  |\n| (a) issue of club permit for 45 days; or | 1⋅6 fee units |\n| (b) issue of club permit for 90 days. | 3⋅2 fee units. |\n\n","sortOrder":342},{"sectionNumber":"Sch 3","sectionType":"schedule","heading":"Registration fees for heavy vehicles","content":"Schedule 3—Registration fees for heavy vehicles\n\nRegulation 115\n\nPart 1—Preliminary\n\n\t1 Application\n\nThis Schedule applies to heavy vehicles that have an MRC of more than 4·5 tonnes.\n\n\t2 Definitions\n\nIn this Schedule—\n\n***converter dolly*** means a trailer with a fifth wheel coupling designed to support a semi-trailer for hauling purposes;\n\n***dog trailer*** means a trailer with—\n\n(a) one axle group or single axle at the front that is steered by connection to the towing vehicle by a drawbar; and\n\n(b) one axle group or single axle at the rear;\n\n***low loader*** means a gooseneck semi-trailer with a loading deck no more than one metre above the ground;\n\n***medium combination truck*** means a truck, other than a short combination truck, nominated to haul one trailer;\n\n***multi-combination prime mover*** means a prime mover nominated to haul 2 or more trailers;\n\n***nominated***  means nominated by the person applying for registration;\n\n***semi-trailer***  means a trailer (including a pole-type trailer) that has—\n\n(a) one axle group or a single axle towards the rear; and\n\n(b) a means of attachment to a prime mover or a converter dolly that results in some of the load being imposed on the prime mover, or the converter dolly, as the case may be;\n\n***special purpose vehicle (type O)***  means a special purpose vehicle (other than a ***special purpose vehicle (type P)***)—\n\n(a) built, or permanently modified, primarily for use on roads; and\n\n(b) that has at least one axle or axle group loaded in excess of the axle load limits specified in the Table at the foot of this definition;\n\nMobile cranes, fire engines, truck-mounted concrete pumps and boring plants are all a ***special purpose vehicle (type O)***.\n\nA special purpose vehicle (type O) may also fall within the definition of ***special purpose vehicle (type T)*** if it has no axle or axle group loaded in excess of the axle load limits specified in the Table at the foot of this definition.\n\n**Table**\n\n**Axle load limits**\n\n| *Column 1*<br>*Item No.* | *Column 2*<br>*Type of axle or axle group* | *Column 3*<br>*Axle load limit (tonnes)* |\n| 1 | Single axles |  |\n|  | (a) 2 tyres | 6⋅0 |\n|  | (b) 2 wide profile tyres— |  |\n|  | (i) 375 millimetres to 450 millimetres | 6⋅7 |\n|  | (ii) over 450 millimetres | 7⋅0 |\n|  | (c) 4 or more tyres— |  |\n|  | (i) on pig trailers | 8⋅5 |\n|  | (ii) on other vehicles | 9⋅0 |\n| 2 | Twinsteer axle groups |  |\n|  | (a) non-load sharing suspensions | 10⋅0 |\n|  | (b) load sharing suspensions | 11⋅0 |\n| 3 | Tandem axle groups |  |\n|  | (a) 4 tyres | 11⋅0 |\n|  | (b) 4 wide profile tyres— |  |\n|  | (i) 375 millimetres to 450 millimetres | 13⋅3 |\n|  | (ii) over 450 millimetres | 14⋅0 |\n|  | (c) 6 tyres | 13⋅0 |\n|  | (d) 8 or more tyres— |  |\n|  | (i) on pig trailers | 15⋅0 |\n|  | (ii) on other vehicles | 16⋅5 |\n| 4 | Tri-axle groups |  |\n|  | (a) 6, 8 or 10 tyres | 15⋅0 |\n|  | (b) 6 wide profile tyres (375 millimetres or over)— |  |\n|  | (i) on pig trailers | 18⋅0 |\n|  | (ii) on other vehicles | 20⋅0 |\n|  | (c) 12 or more tyres— |  |\n|  | (i) on pig trailers | 18⋅0 |\n|  | (ii) on other vehicles | 20⋅0 |\n\n***special purpose vehicle (type P)*** means a special purpose vehicle built, or permanently modified, primarily for—\n\n(a) off-road use; or\n\n(b) use on a road related area; or\n\n(c) use on an area of road that is under construction or repair;\n\nAgricultural tractors, self-propelled agricultural harvesters, bulldozers, backhoes, graders and front‑end loaders are all a ***special purpose vehicle (type P)***.\n\n***special purpose vehicle (type T)*** means a special purpose vehicle (other than a ***special purpose vehicle (type P)***)—\n\n(a) built, or permanently modified, primarily for use on roads; and\n\n(b) that has no axle or axle group loaded in excess of the axle load limits specified in the Table at the foot of the definition of ***special purpose vehicle (type O)***;\n\nMobile cranes, fire engines, truck-mounted concrete pumps and boring plants are all a ***special purpose vehicle (type T)***.\n\nA special purpose vehicle (type T) may also fall within the definition of ***special purpose vehicle (type O)*** if it has at least one axle or axle group loaded in excess of the axle load limits specified in the Table at the foot of that definition.\n\n***truck (type 1)*** means a truck that has—\n\n(a) 2 axles and an MRC not exceeding 12 tonnes; or\n\n(b) 3 axles and an MRC not exceeding 16·5 tonnes; or\n\n(c) 4 or more axles and an MRC not exceeding 20 tonnes;\n\n***truck (type 2)*** means a truck that has—\n\n(a) 2 axles and an MRC exceeding 12 tonnes; or\n\n(b) 3 axles and an MRC exceeding 16·5 tonnes; or\n\n(c) 4 or more axles and an MRC exceeding 20 tonnes.\n\n\t3 Close-spaced axles\n\n(1) For the purposes of this Schedule (other than the definitions of ***single axle group***, ***tandem axle* *group***, ***twinsteer axle group***, ***tri-axle group*** and ***quad-axle group***)—\n\n(a) 2 axles less than one metre apart are to be regarded as one axle; and\n\n(b) 3 axles not more than 2 metres apart are to be regarded as 2 axles; and\n\n(c) 4 axles not more than 3·2 metres apart are to be regarded as 3 axles.\n\n(2) A reference to a distance in subclause (1) is a reference to the horizontal distance between the centre lines of—\n\n(a) in the case of subclause (1)(a), the 2 axles; and\n\n(b) in any other case, the outermost axles.\n\n\t4 Determination of number of trailers\n\nFor the purposes of determining the number of trailers that a prime mover or truck is nominated to haul—\n\n(a) a converter dolly and a semi-trailer when used together are to be regarded as one trailer; and\n\n(b) a low loader dolly and a low loader when used together are to be regarded as one trailer.\n\nNothing in this clause affects the requirement under Part 2 of this Schedule that a separate annual registration fee be paid for each converter dolly or low loader dolly and for each semi-trailer.\n\nPart 2—Fees\n\nSch. 3 Pt 2 cl. 5 substituted by S.R. Nos 54/2023 reg. 4(1), 43/2024 reg. 6(1), 83/2025 reg. 6(1).\n\n\t5 Registration fees—1 September 2025 to 30 June 2026\n\nThe registration fee for a vehicle to which this Schedule applies from 1 September 2025 to 30 June 2026 is the sum of the relevant amounts set out in Tables 1 and 2 for the vehicle.\n\nThe registration fee for a vehicle is made up of 2 separate components—a road component (Table 1), which is designed to recover expenditure relating to roads that can be attributed to the use of heavy vehicles either generally or particularly; and a regulatory component (Table 2), which is designed to recover expenditure related to the regulation of heavy vehicles. It is intended that the regulatory component will be paid to the Regulator, subject to offsets where jurisdictions provide regulatory services under service level agreements.\n\nThe registration fee for a truck (type 1) with 2 axles is $714, which is the sum of $512 shown in Table 1 for that type of truck, and $202 shown in Table 2 for that type of truck.\n\n**Table 1—Road component of registration fees**\n\n**1 September 2025—30 June 2026**\n\nDivision 1—Load carrying vehicles\n\n|  |  | *2 axles* | *3 axles* | *4 axles* | *5 or more axles* |\n| *Item No.* | *Vehicle type* | *Fee per vehicle* | *Fee per vehicle* | *Fee per vehicle* | *Fee per vehicle* |\n|  | **Trucks** | | | | |\n| 1 | Truck (type 1) | $512 | $942 | $942 | $942 |\n| 2 | Truck (type 2) | $942 | $1069 | $1069 | $1069 |\n| 3 | Short combination truck | $942 | $1069 | $2106 | $2106 |\n| 4 | Medium combination truck | $11 652 | $11 652 | $12 585 | $12 585 |\n| 5 | Long combination truck | $16 109 | $16 109 | $16 109 | $16 109 |\n|  | **Prime movers** | | | | |\n| 6 | Short combination prime mover | $895 | $5105 | $5488 | $5488 |\n| 7 | Multi-combination prime mover | $12 950 | $12 950 | $14 245 | $14 245 |\n\nDivision 2—Load carrying trailers\n\n|  |  | *Single axle* | *Tandem axle group* | *Tri-axle group* | *Quad-axle group and above* |\n| *Item No.* | *Trailer type* | *Fee per axle* | *Fee per axle* | *Fee per axle* | *Fee per axle* |\n| 1 | Pig trailer | $761 | $761 | $761 | $761 |\n| 2 | Dog trailer | $761 | $761 | $761 | $761 |\n| 3 | Semi-trailer | $761 | $967 | $687 | $516 |\n| 4 | B-double lead trailer and B‑triple lead and middle trailers | $761 | $967 | $687 | $516 |\n| 5 | Converter dolly or low loader dolly | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 |\n\nAll axles on a dog trailer are treated as part of one group for registration charging purposes. For example, a dog trailer with a single axle at the front and a tandem axle at the rear is treated as a tri-axle group for registration charging purposes.\n\nDivision 3—Buses\n\n|  | *Column 1* | *Column 2* | *Column 3* | *Column 4* |\n|  |  | *2 axles* | *3 axles* | *4 or more axles* |\n| *Item No.* | *Bus type* | *Fee per vehicle* | *Fee per vehicle* | *Fee per vehicle* |\n| 1 | Bus (type 1) | $384 | $0 | $0 |\n| 2 | Bus (type 2) | $404 | $2957 | $2957 |\n| 3 | Articulated bus | $0 | $404 | $404 |\n\nDivision 4—Special purpose vehicles\n\n|  | *Column 1* | *Column 2* |\n| *Item No.* | *Vehicle type* | *Fee per vehicle* |\n| 1 | Special purpose vehicle (type P) | $0 |\n| 2 | Special purpose vehicle (type T) | $373 |\n| 3 | Special purpose vehicle (type O) | Calculated using the formula:    $466 + ($466 × number of axles over 2). |\n\n**Table 2—Regulatory component of registration fees**\n\n**1 September 2025—30 June 2026**\n\nDivision 1—Load carrying vehicles\n\n|  |  | *2 axles* | *3 axles* | *4 axles* | *5 or more axles* |\n| *Item No.* | *Vehicle type* | *Fee per vehicle* | *Fee per vehicle* | *Fee per vehicle* | *Fee per vehicle* |\n|  | **Trucks** | | | | |\n| 1 | Truck (type 1) | $202 | $239 | $254 | $254 |\n| 2 | Truck (type 2) | $264 | $337 | $358 | $358 |\n| 3 | Short combination truck | $295 | $376 | $359 | $359 |\n| 4 | Medium combination truck | $673 | $673 | $728 | $728 |\n| 5 | Long combination truck | $930 | $930 | $930 | $930 |\n|  | **Prime movers** | | | | |\n| 6 | Short combination prime mover | $419 | $419 | $419 | $419 |\n| 7 | Multi-combination prime mover | $947 | $947 | $1040 | $1040 |\n\nDivision 2—Load carrying trailers\n\n|  |  | *Single axle* | *Tandem axle group* | *Tri-axle group* | *Quad-axle group and above* |\n| *Item No.* | *Trailer type* | *Fee per axle* | *Fee per axle* | *Fee per axle* | *Fee per axle* |\n| 1 | Pig trailer | $55 | $28 | $18 | $14 |\n| 2 | Dog trailer | $55 | $28 | $18 | $14 |\n| 3 | Semi-trailer | $55 | $28 | $18 | $14 |\n| 4 | B-double lead trailer and B‑triple lead and middle trailers | $55 | $28 | $18 | $14 |\n| 5 | Converter dolly or low loader dolly | $55 | $28 | $18 | $14 |\n\nAll axles on a dog trailer are treated as part of one group for registration charging purposes. For example, a dog trailer with a single axle at the front and a tandem axle at the rear is treated as a tri-axle group for registration charging purposes.\n\nDivision 3—Buses\n\n|  | *Column 1* | *Column 2* | *Column 3* | *Column 4* |\n|  |  | *2 axles* | *3 axles* | *4 or more axles* |\n| *Item No.* | *Bus type* | *Fee per vehicle* | *Fee per vehicle* | *Fee per vehicle* |\n| 1 | Bus (type 1) | $211 | $0 | $0 |\n| 2 | Bus (type 2) | $346 | $429 | $429 |\n| 3 | Articulated bus | $0 | $343 | $343 |\n\nDivision 4—Special purpose vehicles\n\n|  | *Column 1* | *Column 2* |\n| *Item No.* | *Vehicle type* | *Fee per vehicle* |\n| 1 | Special purpose vehicle (type P) | $0 |\n| 2 | Special purpose vehicle (type T) | $209 |\n| 3 | Special purpose vehicle (type O) | $209 |\n\nSch. 3 Pt 2 cl. 6 (Heading) amended by S.R. Nos 54/2023 reg. 4(2), 43/2024 reg. 6(2), 83/2025 reg. 6(2).\n\n\t6 Annual registration fees—after 30 June 2026\n\nSch. 3 Pt 2 cl. 6(1) amended by S.R. Nos 54/2023 reg. 4(3)(a), 43/2024 reg. 6(3), 83/2025 reg. 6(3).\n\n(1) The annual registration fees for vehicles to which this Schedule applies for any financial year commencing after 30 June 2026 are to be fixed under this clause, except in relation to a financial year for which a determination is published in conformity with clause 7.\n\nSch. 3 Pt 2 cl. 6(2) amended by S.R. Nos 54/2023 reg. 4(3)(b), 43/2024 reg. 6(3), 83/2025 reg. 6(3).\n\n(2) The annual registration fee for a vehicle to which this Schedule applies for any financial year commencing after 30 June 2026 (the ***relevant financial year***) is to be calculated as follows—\n\n(a) step 1—the road component is to be determined as follows—\n\n(i) the road component of the annual registration fee that was payable for the vehicle for the financial year immediately preceding the relevant financial year (***the road component of the previous annual registration fee***) is to be multiplied by the annual adjustment factor percentage determined under clause 10 for the relevant financial year;\n\n(ii) the result is to be added to, or subtracted from (if the percentage was negative), the road component of the previous annual registration fee;\n\n(iii) the result is to be rounded up or down to the nearest whole dollar amount (rounding an amount of 50 cents upwards);\n\n(iv) the result is the road component of the annual registration fee for the vehicle for the relevant financial year;\n\n(b) step 2—the regulatory component of the annual registration fee for the vehicle is to be determined by reference to the most recent table published by the National Transport Commission on or before 28 February immediately before the start of the relevant financial year;\n\n(c) step 3—the amount determined under  \nstep 1 (the ***road component***) is to be added to the amount determined under step 2 (the ***regulatory component***) and the result is the annual registration fee for the vehicle for the relevant financial year.\n\n(3) In this clause, ***most recent table*** means the table last published by the National Transport Commission in the Commonwealth Government Gazette for the purpose of determining the regulatory component (whether published for the relevant financial year or for any other financial year).\n\nSch. 3 Pt 2 cl. 7 (Heading) amended by S.R. Nos 54/2023 reg. 4(4), 43/2024 reg. 6(4), 83/2025 reg. 6(4).\n\n\t7 Determination of annual registration fees—after 30 June 2026\n\n(1) The annual registration fees fixed under this clause for vehicles to which this Schedule applies for a financial year apply instead of the fees fixed under clause 6.\n\nIf any registration fees are fixed under this clause for a financial year, they replace all registration fees that would otherwise be applicable under clause 6 for that year.\n\n(2) The annual registration fees for vehicles for the financial year are fixed under this clause by a determination made by the Council on or before 28 February immediately before that financial year, but only if the National Transport Commission has published the determination in the Commonwealth Government Gazette on or before that date.\n\n(3) A determination may apply for one financial year or for 2 or more consecutive financial years, but nothing in this subclause prevents more than one determination being made so long as they are made for consecutive financial years.\n\n(4) Subclauses (1) to (3) cease to have effect—\n\nSch. 3 Pt 2 cl. 7(4)(a) amended by S.R. Nos 54/2023 reg. 4(5), 43/2024 reg. 6(5), 83/2025 reg. 6(5).\n\n(a) if a determination has not been published for the financial year 2026/2027 on or before the preceding 28 February 2026—on the day after that date; or\n\n(b) if a determination has been published for a financial year and a further determination has not been published for the next financial year on or before 28 February immediately before that next financial year—on the day after that date.\n\n\t8 Meaning of *previous annual registration fee*\n\n(1) A reference to the ***previous annual registration fee*** for a vehicle in clause 6 is a reference to the fee that was payable for the vehicle under this Schedule had the vehicle been registered for the entire relevant financial year, and regardless of whether the amount of the fee was paid or not.\n\nAccordingly, if the annual registration fee for a year (**year 1**) was fixed under clause 7 but not for the following year (**year 2**), the fee for year 2 would be fixed under clause 6 based on the fee for year 1 (that is, as fixed under clause 7).\n\n(2) Subclause (1) applies to a vehicle even if the fee was not payable in respect of the relevant financial year referred to in that subclause.\n\nThe fee may not have been payable for the previous financial year because the vehicle did not then exist.\n\n\t9 Vehicles in 2 or more categories\n\nIf a vehicle falls within 2 or more categories of vehicle that are relevant to this Schedule, the fee for the vehicle is the higher or highest of the fees that could apply to the vehicle.\n\nPart 3—Annual adjustment factor\n\n\t10 Annual adjustment factor\n\n(1) The annual adjustment factor for a financial year (the ***relevant year***) is to be calculated in accordance with this clause.\n\n(2) First, the Revised Adjusted Base Cost (***RABC***) is to be calculated in accordance with Part 4 of this Schedule.\n\n(3) Next, the following formula is to be applied—\n\n **FR** is the estimated total amount of the road user charge as calculated in accordance with clause 11;\n\n **RR** is the estimated revenue raised in relation to heavy vehicles by the road component of registration charges in Australia as calculated in accordance with clause 12.\n\n(4) Finally, the amount determined under subclause (3) is to be rounded up or down to one decimal place (rounding an amount of 0·05 upwards).\n\n(5) The result is the annual adjustment factor expressed as a percentage.\n\n\t11 Calculation of the estimated total amount of the road user charge\n\n(1) The estimated total amount of the road user charge (**FR**) is to be calculated in accordance with this clause.\n\n(2) First, the following formula is to be applied—\n\n **TFU** is the total fuel use by heavy vehicles in litres determined by adding together the estimated annual fuel use shown in the most recent annual report of the National Transport Commission for each category of heavy vehicle;\n\n **RUC** is the road user charge rate (expressed in dollars) for the previous year that applied under section 43-10 of the Fuel Tax Act 2006  of the Commonwealth, or if more than one rate applied in that year, the last rate that applied in that year.\n\n(3) Second, the amount determined under subclause (2) is to be divided by 1 000 000.\n\n(4) Third, the amount determined under subclause (3) is to be rounded up or down to 2 decimal places (rounding an amount of 0·005 upwards).\n\n(5) The result is the estimated total amount of the road user charge.\n\n(6) In this clause—\n\n***most recent annual report*** of the National Transport Commission means the last annual report of the Commission that was tabled in each House of the Parliament of the Commonwealth before the start of the relevant year;\n\n***previous year*** means the financial year that immediately preceded the relevant year;\n\n***relevant year*** means the financial year for which the annual adjustment factor is being calculated.\n\n\t12 Calculation of estimated revenue raised from the road component of registration charges\n\n(1) The estimated revenue raised in relation to heavy vehicles by the road component of registration charges in Australia (**RR**) is to be calculated in accordance with this clause.\n\n(2) First, the following formula is to be applied—\n\n **HV** is the sum of the amounts shown in the most recent annual report of the National Transport Commission as the estimated revenue from the road component of registration charges for vehicles excluding trailers for each category of heavy vehicle;\n\n **TRR** is the sum of the amounts shown in the most recent annual report of the National Transport Commission as the estimated registration charges for trailers for each category of heavy vehicle.\n\n(3) Second, the amount determined under subclause (2) is to be divided by 1 000 000.\n\n(4) Third, the amount determined under subclause (3) is to be rounded up or down to 2 decimal places (rounding an amount of 0·005 upwards).\n\n(5) The result is the estimated revenue raised from the road component of registration charges for heavy vehicles in Australia.\n\n(6) In this clause—\n\n***most recent annual report*** of the National Transport Commission means the last annual report of the Commission that was tabled in each House of the Parliament of the Commonwealth before the start of the financial year for which the annual adjustment factor is being calculated.\n\nPart 4—Calculation of RABC (Revised Adjusted Base Cost)\n\n\t13 Revised Adjusted Base Cost\n\nThe Revised Adjusted Base Cost (***RABC***) for a financial year (the ***relevant year***) needed to enable the calculation of the annual adjustment factor for that year is to be calculated in accordance with this Part.\n\n\t14 Definitions\n\nIn this Part—\n\n***AGM-km*** (Average Gross Mass-km), in respect of a group of vehicles, is an average derived from estimated aggregates of the total mass of each vehicle in the group and its load multiplied by the estimated total distance travelled by the vehicle in the relevant period;\n\n***Allocable Road Expenditure Table*** means the table headed \"Allocable Road Expenditure\" published in the most recent annual report of the National Transport Commission;\n\n***Cost Allocation Rules Table*** means the table headed \"Cost Allocation Rules\" published in the most recent annual report of the National Transport Commission;\n\n***ESA-km*** (Equivalent Standard Axle-km), in respect of a group of vehicles, is an average derived from estimated aggregates of the relative pavement wear associated with different loads, axle groups and tyre configurations and is calculated for each vehicle in the group by multiplying the sum of the equivalent standard axles for each of the rows of tyres of the vehicle by the estimated total distance travelled by the vehicle in the relevant period;\n\n***most recent annual report*** of the National Transport Commission means the last annual report of the Commission that was tabled in each House of the Parliament of the Commonwealth before the start of the financial year for which the annual adjustment factor is being determined;\n\n***PCU-km*** (Passenger Car Unit-km), in respect of a group of vehicles, is an average derived from estimated aggregates of the passenger car equivalent units of each of the vehicles in the group (which is a measure of occupied road space) multiplied by the total distance travelled by the vehicle in the relevant period;\n\n***Road Usage Parameters Table*** means the table headed \"Road Usage Parameters\" published in the most recent annual report of the National Transport Commission;\n\n***VKT*** (Vehicle Kilometres Travelled), in respect of a group of vehicles, is an average derived from the estimated aggregate kilometres travelled by the vehicles in the relevant period.\n\n\t15 Rounding\n\nThe results of all calculations made for the purposes of this Part are to be rounded up or down to one decimal place (rounding an amount of 0·05 upwards).\n\n\t16 Interim calculations\n\nThe steps set out in clauses 17 to 19 need to be taken in turn for each category of expenditure shown in the Allocable Road Expenditure Table.\n\n\t17 Determine the amount attributable to arterial roads\n\n(1) Take the amount shown as the Arterial Roads Total (***ART***) for the category of expenditure.\n\n(2) This amount needs to be adjusted to take account of the most appropriate weighting of methods of measuring road use and to isolate the heavy vehicle component of the road use, which is achieved by taking the following 5 substeps—\n\n(a) substep 1—take account of the vehicle kilometres travelled parameter and the heavy vehicle component as follows—\n\n(i) multiply ART by the percentage shown in the Cost Allocation Rules Table for the category with respect to VKT;\n\n(ii) if the result is zero (or the amount is deemed to be zero because no percentage is shown), go to subparagraph (iv) below;\n\n(iii) if the result is not zero, multiply the result by the HV% shown in the Road Usage Parameters Table for Arterial for VKT;\n\n(iv) the result is Arterial Interim Amount 1 (***AIA(1)***);\n\n(b) substep 2—take account of the passenger car unit-km parameter and the heavy vehicle component as follows—\n\n(i) multiply ART by the percentage shown in the Cost Allocation Rules Table for the category with respect to PCU-km;\n\n(ii) if the result is zero (or the amount is deemed to be zero because no percentage is shown), go to subparagraph (iv) below;\n\n(iii) if the result is not zero, multiply the result by the HV% shown in the Road Usage Parameters Table for Arterial for PCU-km;\n\n(iv) the result is Arterial Interim Amount 2 (***AIA(2)***);\n\n(c) substep 3—take account of the equivalent standard axle-km parameter and the heavy vehicle component as follows—\n\n(i) multiply ART by the percentage shown in the Cost Allocation Rules Table for the category with respect to ESA-km;\n\n(ii) if the result is zero (or the amount is deemed to be zero because no percentage is shown), go to subparagraph (iv) below;\n\n(iii) if the result is not zero, multiply the result by the HV% shown in the Road Usage Parameters Table for Arterial for ESA-km;\n\n(iv) the result is Arterial Interim Amount 3 (***AIA(3)***);\n\n(d) substep 4—take account of the average gross mass-km parameter and the heavy vehicle component as follows—\n\n(i) multiply ART by the percentage shown in the Cost Allocation Rules Table for the category with respect to AGM-km;\n\n(ii) if the result is zero (or the amount is deemed to be zero because no percentage is shown), go to subparagraph (iv) below;\n\n(iii) if the result is not zero, multiply the result by the HV% shown in the Road Usage Parameters Table for Arterial for AGM-km;\n\n(iv) the result is Arterial Interim Amount 4 (***AIA(4)***);\n\n(e) substep 5—add up the interim amounts as follows—\n\n(i) add together AIA(1), AIA(2), AIA(3) and AIA(4);\n\n(ii) the result is the Total Arterial Amount.\n\n\t18 Determine the amount attributable to local roads\n\n(1) Take the amount shown as the Local Roads Total for that category (***LRT***).\n\n(2) This amount needs to be adjusted to take account of the most appropriate weighting of methods of measuring road use and to isolate the heavy vehicle component of the road use, which is achieved by taking the following 5 substeps—\n\n(a) substep 1—take account of the vehicle kilometres travelled parameter and the heavy vehicle component as follows—\n\n(i) multiply LRT by the percentage shown in the Cost Allocation Rules Table for the category with respect to VKT;\n\n(ii) if the result is zero (or the amount is deemed to be zero because no percentage is shown), go to subparagraph (iv) below;\n\n(iii) if the result is not zero, multiply the result by the HV% shown in the Road Usage Parameters Table for Local for VKT;\n\n(iv) the result is Local Roads Interim Amount 1 (***LRIA(1)***);\n\n(b) substep 2—take account of the passenger car unit-km parameter and the heavy vehicle component as follows—\n\n(i) multiply LRT by the percentage shown in the Cost Allocation Rules Table for the category with respect to PCU-km;\n\n(ii) if the result is zero (or the amount is deemed to be zero because no percentage is shown), go to subparagraph (iv) below;\n\n(iii) if the result is not zero, multiply the result by the HV% shown in the Road Usage Parameters Table for Local for PCU-km;\n\n(iv) the result is Local Roads Interim Amount 2 (***LRIA(2)***);\n\n(c) substep 3—take account of the equivalent standard axle-km parameter and the heavy vehicle component as follows—\n\n(i) multiply LRT by the percentage shown in the Cost Allocation Rules Table for the category with respect to ESA-km;\n\n(ii) if the result is zero (or the amount is deemed to be zero because no percentage is shown), go to subparagraph (iv) below;\n\n(iii) if the result is not zero, multiply the result by the HV% shown in the Road Usage Parameters Table for Local for ESA-km;\n\n(iv) the result is Local Roads Interim Amount 3 (***LRIA(3)***);\n\n(d) substep 4—take account of the average gross mass-km parameter and the heavy vehicle component as follows—\n\n(i) multiply LRT by the percentage shown in the Cost Allocation Rules Table for the category with respect to AGM-km;\n\n(ii) if the result is zero (or the amount is deemed to be zero because no percentage is shown), go to subparagraph (iv) below;\n\n(iii) if the result is not zero, multiply the result by the HV% shown in the Road Usage Parameters Table for Local for AGM-km;\n\n(iv) the result is Local Roads Interim Amount 4 (***LRIA(4)***);\n\n(e) substep 5—add up the interim amounts as follows—\n\n(i) add together LRIA(1), LRIA(2), LRIA(3) and LRIA(4);\n\n(ii) the result is the Total Local Roads Amount.\n\n\t19 Add up the arterial and local roads results\n\n(1) Add the Total Arterial Amount from clause 17 and the Total Local Roads Amount from clause 18 together.\n\n(2) The result is the Total Relevant Amount for the relevant category.\n\n\t20 Initial Base Cost\n\n(1) The Total Relevant Amounts for each of the 10 categories must be added together.\n\n(2) The result is the Initial Base Cost (***IBC***) for the relevant year.\n\n\t21 Base Cost Adjustment Factor\n\nCalculate the Base Cost Adjustment Factor (***BCAF***) using the following formula—\n\n **IBC** is the Initial Base Cost calculated in accordance with clause 20.\n\n\t22 Final calculation\n\n(1) Calculate the RABC using the following formula—\n\n **PRABC** is the Revised Adjusted Base Cost derived in calculating the annual adjustment factor in the previous financial year;\n\n **RABC** is the Revised Adjusted Base Cost;\n\n **BCAF** is the Base Cost Adjustment Factor calculated in accordance with clause 21.\n\n(2) The result is the RABC for the relevant year.\n\nSch. 3 Pt 4 cl. 23 revoked by S.R. No. 54/2023 reg. 4(6).\n\n* * * * *\n\nSch. 4 amended by S.R. Nos 51/2022 reg. 6, 53/2023 reg. 6, 67/2023 reg. 11, 43/2024 reg. 7, 155/2025 reg. 5.\n\n","sortOrder":343},{"sectionNumber":"Sch 4","sectionType":"schedule","heading":"Miscellaneous fees","content":"Schedule 4—Miscellaneous fees\n\nRegulations 21, 45, 46, 47, 51, 57, 59, 60,  \n61, 69, 79, 93, 121, 123, 124, 125,  \n148, 154, 157, 175, 194, 224,  \n232, 237, 240, 255 and 274\n\n| *Column 1*<br>*Item* | *Column 2*<br>*Description* | *Column 3*<br>*Regulation* | | *Column 4*<br>*Fee* |\n| 1 | VASS approval certificate | | 21(1)(a) | 3·59 fee units | |\n| 2 | Electronic VASS approval certificate | | 21(1)(b) | 3·59 fee units | |\n| 3 | VIV certificate books—per book of 50 certificates | | 21(1)(a) | 87·91 fee units | |\n| 4 | Electronic VIV certificate | | 21(1)(b) | 1·75 fee units | |\n| 5 | Fee to make an appointment for a vehicle inspection or to provide evidence and documents | | 45(2)(a) | 1·28 fee units | |\n| 6 | Fee to change the time or place of an appointment or vehicle inspection | | 45(2)(b) and 47(5)(a) | 1·28 fee units | |\n| 7 | Vehicle inspection performed at the Department's premises or a vehicle inspection centre | | 45(2)(c) and 47(5)(b) | 2·04 fee units | |\n| 8 | Vehicle inspection performed at a location other than a location specified in item 7 | | 45(2)(c) and 47(5)(b) | 3·63 fee units | |\n| 9 | Dealer inspection fee | | 51(3)(a) | 1·54 fee units | |\n| 10 | Issue of a replacement certificate of registration | | 57 | 1·24 fee units | |\n| 11 | Assignment of registration number | | 59(4) | 8·67 fee units | |\n| 12 | Issue of a number plate (per plate) | | 60(1) | 1·28 fee units | |\n| 13 | Issue of national heavy vehicle number plate for a heavy vehicle (per set) or a heavy trailer (per plate) | | 60(1) | $31.10 | |\n| 14 | Replacement of number plate with standard number plate (per plate) | | 61(2)(a) | 2·37 fee units | |\n| 15 | Replacement of national heavy vehicle number plate for a heavy vehicle or a heavy trailer (per plate) | | 61(2)(b) | $31.10 | |\n| 16 | Replacement of number plate with non-standard number plate (per plate) | | 61(2)(c) | 2·37 fee units | |\n| 17 | Issue of labels for a hydrogen-powered vehicle (per pair) | | 69(a) | 1·55 fee units | |\n| 18 | Issue of labels for an electric-powered vehicle (per pack of    20 pairs) | | 69(b) | 6·28 fee units | |\n| 19 | Issue of labels for an electric-powered vehicle (per pair) | | 69(b) | 0·33 fee units | |\n| 20 | Application for transfer of registration of vehicle repossessed by financiers | | 93(3) | 0·28 fee units | |\n| 21 | Transfer of registration—<br>(a) of a light motor vehicle or a category 8, 9 or 11 vehicle referred to in the Table in Schedule 2 from the name of a deceased person, or the deceased person's legal personal representative, to the surviving spouse or domestic partner of the deceased person | | 121 | Nil | |\n|  | (b) of a vehicle that is, or that as a result of the transfer becomes, a category 4(1)(b)(viii), 4(2), 4(3), 4(4), 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 14 or 15 vehicle referred to in the Table in Schedule 2 | | 121 | Nil | |\n|  | (c) to a dealer of a motor vehicle other than a motor cycle or trailer | | 121 | 1·4 fee units | |\n|  | (d) of a motor cycle or trailer | | 121 | 0·44 fee units | |\n|  | (e) in any other case | | 121 | 2·75 fee units | |\n| 22 | Processing a refund relating to cancellation or change of vehicle registration | | 123(3) | 1·28 fee units | |\n| 23 | Application for unregistered vehicle permit—for each 28 day period or part of such period of the permit's validity | | 148(3)(a) | 1·7 fee units | |\n| 24 | Application for general identification mark | | 154(2)(b) | 7·97 fee units | |\n| 25 | Annual fee for general identification mark | | 157(1)(a) | 7·97 fee units | |\n| 26 | Application for trade plates (per plate) | | 154(2)(b) | 3·26 fee units | |\n| 27 | Annual fee for trade plates (per plate) | | 157(1)(b) | 3·26 fee units | |\n| 28 | Issue of standard club permit number plate (per plate) | | 194(1) | 1·28 fee units | |\n| 29 | Application for a class O permit | | 224(2)(c) | 4·77 fee units | |\n| 30 | Application for tester's licence or for approval of additional or replacement premises | | 232(3)(c) | 8 fee units | |\n| 31 | Renewal of tester's licence | | 237(2)(c) | 1·6 fee units | |\n| 32 | Replacement tester's licence | | 240 | 1·54 fee units | |\n| 33 | Certificate of roadworthiness books—per book of 100 certificates | | 255(1)(a) | 21∙46 fee units | |\n| 34 | Electronic certificate of roadworthiness | | 255(1)(b) | 0·21 fee units | |\n|  |  | |  |  | |\n| 35 | Fee to clear a vehicle defect notice on weekdays | | 274(3) | 1·28 fee units | |\n| 36 | Fee to clear a vehicle defect notice on weekends | | 274(3) | 1·89 fee units | |\n\nSch. 5 amended by S.R. Nos 51/2022 reg. 7, 53/2023 reg. 7, 43/2024 reg. 8.\n\n","sortOrder":344},{"sectionNumber":"Sch 5","sectionType":"schedule","heading":"Search and extract fees","content":"Schedule 5—Search and extract fees\n\nRegulations 111 and 122\n\n- *Item* *Description* *Fee*\n- 1 Certificate under section 84(1) or (4A) of the Act 0·65 fee units\n- 2 Search or extract of current information 0·65 fee units\n- 3 Search or extract of historical information 1·3 fee units\n- 4 Information by telephone on telephone enquiry from a municipal council 0·65 fee units\n- 5 Search for any other purposes— (i) of current records\n(ii) of historical records 0·65 fee units1·3 fee units\n\n","sortOrder":345},{"sectionNumber":"Sch 6","sectionType":"schedule","heading":"Dimension limits and other requirements for class O vehicles","content":"Schedule 6—Dimension limits and other requirements for class O vehicles\n\nRegulation 219\n\nPart 1—Dimension limits and other requirements for all class O vehicles\n\nDivision 1—General\n\n\t1 Application of this Part\n\n(1) Subject to subclause (2), this Part applies to all class O vehicles.\n\n(2) If a dimension limit or other requirement provided for in this Part is inconsistent with a dimension limit or other requirement set out in Part 2, 3 or 4 of this Schedule, the dimension limit or requirement in Part 2, 3, or 4 applies to that vehicle instead of the dimension limit or requirement in this Part.\n\nDivision 2—Dimension limits\n\n\t2 Dimension limits\n\n(1) The relevant dimension limit for a dimension set out in column 2 of Table 1 in relation to a type of class O vehicle described in column 1 of that Table is the limit specified for that dimension in column 3 of that Table or the corresponding limit in Part 4 of these Regulations, whichever is the greater.\n\n(2) If a dimension limit is not specified in Table 1 in relation to a class O vehicle, the relevant dimension limit is the limit specified for that vehicle in Part 4 of these Regulations.\n\n(3) For the purposes of Table 1, any flags, lights or mirrors required to be placed on a vehicle in accordance with the standards for registration must be disregarded when measuring the dimensions of a vehicle.\n\n**Table 1**\n\n|  | *Column 1* | *Column 2* | *Column 3* |\n| --- | --- | --- | --- |\n| *Item No.* | *Type of vehicle or combination* | *Dimension* | *Limit* |\n| 1 | Any class O vehicle other than—<br>(a) a trailer; or<br>(b) a class O agricultural vehicle | Width | 3⋅5 metres |\n| 2 | Any vehicle other than a class O agricultural vehicle | Height | 4⋅6 metres |\n| 3 | Any combination other than a class O agricultural combination | Length | 25⋅0 metres |\n| 4 | Special purpose vehicle | Length | 14⋅5 metres |\n| 5 | Special purpose vehicle | Distance from the rear overhang line to rear of the vehicle | Lesser of 4⋅0 metres or 90% of the wheelbase |\n| 6 | Semi-trailer | Distance from the rear overhang line to the rear of the vehicle (or load) | Lesser of 5⋅5 metres or 25% of the overall length of the laden combination |\n| 7 | Special purpose vehicle | Projection in front of the centre of the steering wheel | 3⋅5 metres |\n\n\t3 Centre lines of adjacent axles in an axle group\n\nThe centre lines of adjacent axles in an axle group on a class O vehicle must be at least 1⋅2 metres apart.\n\nDivision 3—Other requirements\n\n\t4 Class O vehicles only permitted on specified highways and at specified times\n\n(1) A class O vehicle may only be used on a highway in an area, or on a route, specified—\n\n(a) by the Secretary by notice published in the Government Gazette; or\n\n(b) in a class O permit issued in relation to the vehicle.\n\n(2) A class O vehicle may only be used on a highway at the times specified—\n\n(a) by the Secretary by notice published in the Government Gazette; or\n\n(b) in a class O permit issued in relation to the vehicle.\n\n\t5 Making an unloaded class O vehicle smaller\n\nA class O vehicle that is not carrying a load must be reduced to its smallest practicable dimensions, with booms (if any) fully retracted, when being used on a highway.\n\n\t6 Warning devices for class O vehicles\n\n(1) A class O vehicle that is wider than 2·5 metres or longer than 25 metres must have—\n\n(a) one warning sign at its front; and\n\n(b) one warning sign at its rear or, if it is carrying a rear-projecting load, at the rear of the load; and\n\n(c) 4 flags, each at least 450 millimetres long and at least 450 millimetres wide and brightly coloured—\n\n(i) red; or\n\n(ii) yellow; or\n\n(iii) red and yellow.\n\n(2) A flag of the kind referred to in subclause (1)(c) must be positioned at each side of the front and rear—\n\n(a) of any projecting load; or\n\n(b) if there is no projecting load, of the vehicle.\n\n(3) A class O vehicle that is not wider than 2·5 metres, and whose length is more than 22 metres but not more than 25 metres, must have one warning sign—\n\n(a) at its rear; or\n\n(b) if it is carrying a rear-projecting load, at the rear of the load.\n\n(4) Subclauses (1), (2) and (3) do not apply to—\n\n(a) a road construction vehicle travelling within 1 kilometre of a construction site, if the vehicle has a warning light which is operating; or\n\n(b) a tractor; or\n\n(c) a rigid mobile crane less than 3·1 metres wide.\n\n(5) If a load projects more than 150 millimetres beyond one side of a class O vehicle, and the projection is less than 500 millimetres thick from top to bottom, there must be—\n\n(a) a warning light attached to the vehicle; and\n\n(b) at least 2 yellow, rigid pieces of material (***delineators***), one attached to the front and the other attached to the rear of the projection.\n\n(6) A delineator must—\n\n(a) be at least 300 millimetres long and at least 300 millimetres wide; and\n\n(b) conform with class 1 or 2 of Australian Standard AS 1906 Retroreflective materials and devices for road traffic control purposes (Part 1: Retroreflective sheeting); and\n\n(c) if at the front of the projection, be attached so that its reflective surface is facing forward of the vehicle; and\n\n(d) if at the rear of the projection, be attached so that its reflective surface is facing rearward from the vehicle.\n\n(7) In the daylight,  a class O vehicle must display a warning light if the vehicle is wider than 3 metres.\n\n\t7 Additional warning lights at night\n\n(1) At night, a class O vehicle that has a load projection must have each of the following on any part of a load that projects out from the vehicle—\n\n(a) front clearance lights;\n\n(b) rear clearance lights;\n\n(c) side marker lights.\n\n(2) A class O vehicle that is wider than 2·5 metres or longer than 22 metres must display a warning light at night.\n\n\t8 Characteristics of warning lights on class O vehicles\n\nWhen switched on, a warning light on a class O vehicle must—\n\n(a) emit a rotating, flashing, yellow-coloured light; and\n\n(b) flash between 120 and 200 times a minute; and\n\n(c) have a power of at least—\n\n(i) if LED technology is used, 24 watts; or\n\n(ii) if another technology is used, 55 watts; and\n\n(d) not be a strobe light.\n\n\t9 Visibility of warning lights on class O vehicles\n\n(1) Subject to subclause (2), a warning light on a class O vehicle must be clearly visible at a distance of 500 metres in all directions.\n\n(2) If a warning light is not clearly visible at a distance of 500 metres in all directions, it must be supplemented by one or more additional warning lights so that the light emanating from at least one of them is clearly visible at a distance of 500 metres in all directions.\n\n\t10 When must warning lights be switched on?\n\nAny warning light that a class O vehicle is required to have must only be switched on when the vehicle is—\n\n(a) travelling; or\n\n(b) stationary in a position that is likely to cause danger to other highway users.\n\n\t11 Warning sign specifications on class O vehicles\n\n(1) The face of a warning sign on a class O vehicle must—\n\n(a) be made from yellow retro-reflective material that conforms with class 1 or 2 of Australian Standard AS 1906 Retroreflective materials and devices for road traffic control purposes; and\n\n(b) have the manufacturer's name or trademark, and the brand and class of retro-reflective material permanently marked in block letters at least 3 millimetres but not more than 10 millimetres high; and\n\n(c) have a black border at least 20 millimetres wide.\n\n(2) The marking referred to in subclause (1)(b) may appear in any visible location on the sign.\n\n(3) The outermost edge of the border must be set at least 10 millimetres in from the edge of the sign unless the warning sign has been made with a box edge.\n\n\t12 Material for warning signs on class O vehicles\n\n(1) A warning sign on a class O vehicle must be made of stiff, flat, weatherproof material.\n\n(2) Despite subclause (1), the sign on the front or rear of a class O vehicle may be made of flexible material if—\n\n(a) the load is unsuitable for a stiff sign; and\n\n(b) the warning sign is held taut, is clearly visible, and is attached securely.\n\n\t13 Size of warning signs on class O vehicles\n\n(1) A warning sign on a class O vehicle must be at least 1200 millimetres long and at least 450 millimetres high.\n\n(2) The sign may be split into 2 parts, in which case the combined length of its parts must be at least 1200 millimetres.\n\n\t14 Face of warning signs on class O vehicles\n\n(1) A warning sign on a class O vehicle must show the word \"OVERSIZE\", in black upper case lettering that conforms with typeface Series C(N) in Australian Standard AS 1744 Forms of Letters and Numerals for Road Signs.\n\n(2) The lettering must be at least 200 millimetres high.\n\n(3) The top and the bottom of the lettering must be at least 125 millimetres from the top and bottom of the sign, respectively.\n\n(4) If the sign is split into 2 parts—\n\n(a) the part mounted on the left must show the letters \"OVER\" and the part mounted on the right must show the letters \"SIZE\"; and\n\n(b) despite clause 11(1)(c) and (3), there must be no border between the 2 parts.\n\n**200 CN**\n\n**LETTERING**\n\n**SERIES**\n\n**1200 mm**\n\n**200 mm**\n\n**450 mm**\n\n**125 mm**\n\n**125 mm**\n\n**OVERSIZE**\n\nFigure 13: Illustration of a warning sign for a class O vehicle.\n\n\t15 Keeping signs clean\n\nA warning sign on a class O vehicle must be kept clean enough so that it can be easily read by other highway users.\n\n\t16 Mounting a warning sign on a class O vehicle\n\n(1) A warning sign on a class O vehicle must be mounted vertically.\n\n(2) The lower edge of the sign must be—\n\n(a) above the bottom of the bumper bar; or\n\n(b) if there is no bumper bar, at least 500 millimetres from the ground level.\n\n(3) If the sign is split into 2 parts, each part must be fitted at the same height as the other.\n\n\t17 Headlights on class O vehicles to be on while travelling in the daylight\n\nA class O vehicle, or the front vehicle in a class O combination, must have its low-beam headlights on while travelling in the daylight, unless the standards for registration provide otherwise.\n\n\t18 Travel restrictions at night for class O vehicles\n\nAt night, a class O vehicle that is wider than 3·1 metres or longer than 22 metres must not—\n\n(a) travel outside an urban area; or\n\n(b) travel in an urban area without being accompanied by a pilot vehicle.\n\n\t19 No travelling if low visibility\n\n(1) A class O vehicle must not begin to travel if—\n\n(a) visibility is less than 250 metres in the daylight; or\n\n(b) the headlights of a vehicle approaching within 250 metres could not be seen at night.\n\n(2) If a class O vehicle is already travelling when visibility is reduced to the level described in subclause (1), the driver must drive it into the nearest safe parking area and wait until visibility improves beyond that level before continuing to travel.\n\n\t20 Minimum following distance\n\nA person driving a class O vehicle must maintain a distance of at least 200 metres from another class O vehicle travelling in front of it, unless—\n\n(a) it is overtaking the class O vehicle in front of it or the class O vehicle in front of it is stopping; or\n\n(b) there is a separate lane available for the use of overtaking traffic; or\n\n(c) it is in an urban area and it is not reasonably practicable to maintain a distance of 200 metres.\n\n\t21 Communication between drivers of class O vehicles and accompanying pilot or escort vehicles\n\n(1) A class O vehicle must have an electronic device that allows the driver of the class O vehicle to communicate with the driver of an accompanying pilot or escort vehicle.\n\n(2) Subclause (1) does not apply to a class O vehicle that is—\n\n(a) an agricultural machine; or\n\n(b) an agricultural combination that includes an agricultural machine.\n\nPart 2—Class O vehicles that are load‑carrying vehicles\n\nDivision 1—General\n\n\t22 Application\n\nThis Part applies to—\n\n(a) vehicles that are carrying large indivisible items; and\n\n(b) vehicles that are specially designed to carry a large indivisible item.\n\nDivision 2—Dimension limits\n\n\t23 Maximum width of an unladen low loader, low loader dolly or jinker\n\n(1) The maximum width for a class O vehicle that is an unladen low loader, low loader dolly or jinker, with 4 tyres on each axle, is 2·5 metres.\n\n(2) The maximum width for a class O vehicle that is an unladen low loader, low loader dolly or jinker, with 8 tyres on each axle, is 2·7 metres.\n\nDivision 3—Other requirements\n\n\t24 Minimising width\n\nIf a load can be safely loaded in more than one way, it must be loaded in a way that minimises the width of the class O vehicle and its load.\n\n\t25 Prohibition on carrying certain large indivisible items\n\n(1) Subject to subclause (2), a class O vehicle to which this Part applies must not carry more than one large indivisible item.\n\n(2) A class O vehicle may carry more than one large indivisible item if the carrying of any additional large indivisible item does not cause the vehicle together with its load to exceed—\n\n(a) a relevant mass limit set out in Division 2 of Part 4 of these Regulations; or\n\n(b) a relevant dimension limit set out in Division 3 of Part 4 of these Regulations—\n\nthat would not have been exceeded by the carrying of only one large indivisible item.\n\n\t26 Prohibition on carrying certain goods in addition to large indivisible items\n\nA class O vehicle carrying one or more large indivisible items must not carry any other goods if that vehicle, because of those other goods, would exceed—\n\n(a) a relevant mass limit set out in Division 2 of Part 4 of these Regulations; or\n\n(b) a relevant dimension limit set out in Division 3 of Part 4 of these Regulations.\n\nPart 3—Special purpose vehicles\n\n\t27 Side lights for travel at night\n\n(1) When travelling at night, a special purpose vehicle with a projection extending more than 1·2 metres in front of the vehicle body must have a yellow light fixed on each side of the projection, mounted as far forward as possible, and shielded from the driver's view.\n\n(2) Both lights must be visible to any traffic approaching the vehicle from its front, and at least one of the lights must be visible to any traffic approaching the vehicle from either side.\n\n\t28 Markings for special purpose vehicles\n\n(1) Rear marking plates that comply with third edition ADR 13 must be displayed at the rearmost part of the body of a special purpose vehicle.\n\n(2) A pattern covering an area of at least 0·16 m2 and consisting of diagonal stripes at least 150 millimetres wide and alternately coloured—\n\n(a) red and white; or\n\n(b) black and white—\n\nmust be displayed on the left and right sides of any rigid projection extending more than 1·2 metres in front of the body of a special purpose vehicle.\n\n\t29 Prohibition on towing other vehicles\n\nA special purpose vehicle must not tow a vehicle.\n\nPart 4—Class O vehicles that are trailers constructed to transport a sport device and associated equipment\n\n\t30 Exemption for class O vehicle that is a trailer constructed to transport a sport device and associated equipment\n\nSubject to clause 31, a trailer constructed to transport a sport device and associated equipment that is a class O vehicle is exempt from the maximum rear overhang limits in regulation 208(3) if the trailer and its contents comply with the dimensions and conditions set out in this Part.\n\n\t31 Dimensions\n\n(1) The length of a laden trailer referred to in clause 30 measured from the point of articulation between the trailer and the towing vehicle to the rearmost point of the load carried on the trailer must not exceed 13·5 metres.\n\n(2) The rear overhang of a trailer referred to in clause 30 (measured from the centre of the trailer's axle or axle group and the rearmost part of the load carried on the trailer) must not exceed 5 metres.\n\n(3) Any part of the load of a trailer referred to in clause 30 that exceeds the rear overhang of 3·7 metres must not exceed a total width of 2·0 metres.\n\n(4) The maximum width of a trailer referred to in clause 30 must not exceed 2·5 metres.\n\n(5) The rear overhang of a trailer referred to in clause 30, other than a glider trailer, as constructed must not exceed 3·7 metres.\n\n(6) Any part of a load of a trailer referred to in clause 30 must not extend more than 1·2 metres forward of the point of articulation between a trailer and the towing vehicle when secured.\n\n\t32 Conditions\n\nThe exemption in clause 30 applies if the following conditions are met—\n\n(a) the trailer must be specifically built for and used only to transport a sport device and associated equipment;\n\n(b) the registered operator of the towing vehicle must ensure the combination can be safely operated on its intended routes;\n\n(c) the registered operator of the towing vehicle must ensure that the load is properly restrained to prevent unacceptable movement when travelling;\n\n(d) the towing vehicle and trailer must have sufficient capacity to carry and tow the load safely, and the load must not exceed the manufacturer's rating for the vehicle, trailer and any towing components;\n\n(e) the registered operator of the towing vehicle must ensure that the load is reduced or retracted to its smallest practicable dimensions when travelling on the road;\n\n(f) if the load projects more than 1·2 metres behind the trailer it must—\n\n(i) at all times be fitted with brightly coloured flags at least 300 millimetres by 300 millimetres that delineate the outer extremities of the load; and\n\n(ii) at night time be fitted with a red light or lights to the rear visible at a distance of 200 metres;\n\n(g) the trailer must be fitted only with a single axle or one axle group;\n\n(h) the trailer must exert a positive downward force on the towing vehicle's trailer coupling.\n\n\t33 Glider Trailers\n\nThe rear overhang of a glider trailer as constructed must not exceed 5 metres.\n\nPart 5—Class O vehicles that are agricultural vehicles and agricultural combinations\n\n\t34 Height limit\n\n(1) Subject to subclause (2), the maximum height for an agricultural vehicle (except an agricultural trailer) is 4·6 metres.\n\n(2) The maximum height for a class O agricultural vehicle (except a class O agricultural trailer) in the Zone 4 area of operation as specified by the Secretary under regulation 8(1)(a) is 5 metres.\n\n(3) For a class O agricultural trailer, the maximum height is the height limit set out in Division 3 of Part 4 of these Regulations.\n\n\t35 Rear overhang limit\n\n(1) The maximum rear overhang for a class O agricultural vehicle that is not an agricultural trailer, an auger or conveyer is 4·5 metres.\n\n(2) The maximum rear overhang for an agricultural vehicle that is a class O agricultural trailer is the relevant maximum rear overhang set out in Division 3 of Part 4 of these Regulations.\n\n(3) The maximum rear overhang for a class O agricultural vehicle that is an auger or conveyer is—\n\n(a) in the Zone 4 area of operation specified by the Secretary under regulation 8(1)(a) as Zone 4, 10 metres; or\n\n(b) in all other areas, 8 metres.\n\n(4) The rear overhang limit for a class O agricultural vehicle when used as a field bin, harvester or comb trailer is—\n\n(a) in the area of operation specified by the Secretary under regulation 8(1)(a) as Zone 4, 6·5 metres; or\n\n(b) in all other areas, 4·5 metres.\n\n\t36 Length limit\n\n(1) The maximum length for an agricultural vehicle that is an agricultural machine is 12·5 metres.\n\n(2) The maximum length for an agricultural vehicle that is an auger or conveyor is 16 metres.\n\n(3) The maximum length for an agricultural combination other than an auger or conveyor is 15 metres.\n\n(4) The maximum length for a class O agricultural implement (other than an agricultural trailer) in the Zone 4 area of operation specified by the Secretary under regulation 8(1)(a) is 25 metres.\n\n(5) The maximum length for a class O agricultural combination that does not include an agricultural trailer is—\n\n(a) in the Zone 4 area of operation specified by the Secretary under regulation 8(1)(a), 35 metres if—\n\n(i) the class O agricultural combination does not tow more than 2 vehicles, one of which is a class O agricultural vehicle; and\n\n(ii) the class O agricultural combination is not used on prohibited major roads, as specified by the Secretary by notice published in the Government Gazette; and\n\n(iii) the class O agricultural combination is not used on a road between sunset and sunrise; or\n\n(b) in all other areas, 25 metres.\n\n(6) The length limit for a class O agricultural combination that includes an agricultural trailer is the length limit for a combination set out in Division 3 of Part 4 of these Regulations.\n\nFor the purpose of clause 35, a comb trailer carrying a comb header is not an agricultural trailer.\n\n\t37 Width limit\n\n(1) Subject to subclause (2), the maximum width for a class O agricultural vehicle (other than an agricultural trailer) is 2·5 metres.\n\n(2) If a class O agricultural vehicle (other than an agricultural trailer) is used in a zone specified in column 1 of Table 2, the maximum width for that class O agricultural vehicle is the width set out in column 2 of that Table, opposite the area of operation.\n\nThe Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 3 and Zone 4 areas of operation for agricultural vehicles are as specified by the Secretary under regulation 8(1)(a).\n\n**Table 2**\n\n| *Item No.* | *Column 1*<br>*Agricultural vehicle area of operation* | *Column 2*<br>*Width limit for agricultural vehicles and combinations* |\n| 1 | Zone 1 | 2·5 metres |\n| 2 | Zone 2 | 3·5 metres |\n| 3 | Zone 3 | 5·0 metres |\n| 4 | Zone 4 | 6·5 metres |\n\n(3) Subject to subclause (4), the maximum width for a class O agricultural trailer is 2·5 metres.\n\n(4) The maximum width for a class O agricultural trailer that is carrying a load is 3 metres if the vehicle is used in Zone 2, Zone 3 or Zone 4.\n\n\t38 Warning devices for class O agricultural vehicles\n\n(1) A class O agricultural vehicle that is wider than 2·5 metres or longer than 22 metres when it is used on any highway that is a major road specified by the Secretary under regulation 8(1)(b) must have—\n\n(a) a warning light fixed to its highest practicable point; and\n\n(b) if it is an agricultural implement being towed by a tractor, a warning sign displayed at the rear.\n\n(2) A pattern covering an area of at least 0⋅16 m2 must be displayed at the sides of the rear of any class O agricultural vehicle that is an auger, conveyor or harvester comb carried on a comb trailer and must consist of—\n\n(a) diagonal stripes at least 150 millimetres wide; and\n\n(b) alternately coloured—\n\n(i) red and white; or\n\n(ii) black and white.\n\n(3) If any part of an axle of a class O agricultural vehicle extends more than 150 millimetres from the outside wall of that vehicle's tyres, that part of the axle must be painted fluorescent yellow or have yellow fluorescent or other high-visibility material wrapped around it.\n\n(4) A class O agricultural vehicle that is wider than 2·5 metres or longer than 25 metres must display flags in accordance with clause 6(1)(c) of Part 1 of this Schedule, at each side of the front and rear of the vehicle.\n\n(5) In this clause—\n\n***warning light*** means a warning light of the kind described in Part 1 of this Schedule;\n\n***warning sign*** means a warning sign of the kind described in Part 1 of this Schedule.\n\n\t39 Pilot vehicle requirements for agricultural vehicles\n\n(1) If a class O agricultural vehicle with a dimension described in column 1 of Table 3 exceeds the maximum dimension limit described in column 2 of that Table, that vehicle must be accompanied by the number of pilot vehicles that are listed in the column 3 for that vehicle.\n\n(2) If a class O agricultural vehicle exceeds 2 or more of the maximum dimension limits described in column 2 of Table 3, that vehicle must be accompanied by the greater number of pilot vehicles that applies in column 3 for that vehicle.\n\n(3) Despite subclause (1), a class O agricultural vehicle does not have to be accompanied by a pilot vehicle if it is travelling less than 500 metres.\n\n**Table 3**\n\n| *Item No.* | *Column 1*<br>*Dimension description* | *Column 2*<br>*Maximum dimension* | *Column 3*<br>*Number of pilot vehicles* | *Column 4*<br>*Positioning of pilot vehicle* |\n| 1 | Combination Length | 30m on arterial roads only | 2 pilots | Front and rear of combination |\n| 2 | Width | 5m | 2 pilots | Front and rear of combination |\n| 3 | Rear Overhang | 6·5m | 1 pilot | Rear of combination |\n\n\t40 Escort vehicle requirements for agricultural vehicles\n\n(1) If a class O agricultural vehicle exceeds the height dimension of 5 metres and will cross or travel under overhead powerlines during a journey, the vehicle must be accompanied by an escort vehicle that travels in front of the class O agriculture vehicle.\n\n(2) Despite clause 39, if a class O agricultural vehicle exceeds the height dimension of 5 metres and any other maximum dimension limit described in column 2 of Table 3, that vehicle must be accompanied by—\n\n(a) the greater number of pilot vehicles that applies in the column 3 of Table 3 for that vehicle; and\n\n(b) an escort vehicle.\n\n\t41 Agricultural vehicles not to be used on freeways\n\nA class O agricultural vehicle must not be used on the following—\n\n(a) a freeway within the meaning of the **Road Management Act 2004** other than the Princes Freeway at Orbost;\n\n(b) the Link road within the meaning of section 3 of the **Melbourne City Link Act 1995**;\n\n(c) the Extension road within the meaning of section 3 of the **Melbourne City Link Act 1995**;\n\nSch. 6 clause 41(d) amended by S.R. No. 101/2025 reg. 3(a).\n\n(d) EastLink within the meaning of the **EastLink Project Act 2004**;\n\nSch. 6 clause 41(e) inserted by S.R. No. 101/2025 reg. 3(b).\n\n(e) the West Gate Tunnel tollway within the meaning of section 3 of the **West Gate Tunnel (Truck Bans and Traffic Management) Act 2019**.\n\n\t42 Agricultural vehicles that are agricultural implements not to carry loads\n\nAn agricultural vehicle that is an agricultural implement must not carry a load.\n\n\t43 Speed limits for agricultural vehicles that are agricultural implements that have no brakes\n\nA vehicle towing a class O agricultural vehicle that is an agricultural implement that does not have brakes must travel at a speed at least 20 kilometres per hour less than the general speed limit that applies to the part of the highway on which the vehicle is travelling.\n\n\t44 Conditions applicable to certain areas or routes\n\n(1) A requirement or restriction of this Schedule that is specified in column 2 of Table 4 does not apply to a class O agricultural vehicle of a type specified in column 1 of Table 4 if that vehicle is used—\n\n(a) in the areas or routes specified in column 3 of that Table; and\n\n(b) in accordance with the conditions specified in column 4 of that Table.\n\n(2) The Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 3 and Zone 4 areas of operation for class O agricultural vehicles listed in column 3 of Table 4 are as specified by the Secretary under regulation 8(2).\n\n**Table 4—Conditions applicable to certain routes and areas**\n\n| *Item No.* | *Column 1*<br>*Type of class O agricultural vehicle* | *Column 2*<br>*Provision of this Schedule not applying* | *Column 3*<br>*Areas or routes* | *Column 4*<br>*Conditions* |\n| 1 | Agricultural vehicle or agricultural combination | Requirement to display warning devices under clauses 6 and 38 | Zones 1, 2, 3 and 4 | The vehicle is only—<br>(a) crossing a road; or<br>(b) being used on a road‑related area beside the road. |\n| 2 | Agricultural vehicle other than an agricultural trailer | Requirement to display a warning light under clauses 7 and 38 | Zones 1, 2, 3 and 4 | The vehicle is only—<br>(a) crossing a road; or |\n|  |  |  |  | (b) being used on a road‑related area beside the road. |\n| 3 | Agricultural vehicle or agricultural combination | Requirement to be accompanied by a pilot vehicle under clause 39 | Zones 1, 2, 3 and 4 | The vehicle is only—<br>(a) crossing a road or being used on a road‑related area beside the road; and<br>(b) it is safe to travel without a pilot vehicle. |\n| 4 | Agricultural vehicle that is a boom sprayer wider than 3·1m or longer than 22m | Travel restrictions at night under clause 18 | Zone 4 | (a) The vehicle is no wider than 3·5m; and<br>(b) the combination is no longer than 25m when the vehicle is being towed; and<br>(c) the vehicle has a yellow rotating warning light conforming with clauses 8 and 9; and<br>(d) an OVERSIZE warning sign conforming with clause 14 is fitted to the rear of the vehicle; and<br>(e) a delineator conforming with clause 6 is attached to the rear of any rear‑projecting spray booms that project more than 2m from the body of the vehicle; and |\n|  |  |  |  | (f) the rear-projecting spray booms do not project more than 4·5m from the centre of the rear axle or axle group; and<br>(g) the vehicle complies with the lights requirements of Part 7 of Schedule 1; and<br>(h) if the spray booms project to the rear more than 1·2m past the stop, turn and brake lights, an additional red light is affixed to the end of each boom that can be seen from at least 200m; and<br>(i) the vehicle is not used on a prohibited major road as specified by the Secretary by notice published in the Government Gazette. |\n| 5 | Agricultural auger or agricultural conveyor | Requirement for warning signs under clause 11 | Zone 4 | An OVERSIZE warning sign conforming to clause 14 is fitted on the rear of the vehicle. |\n| 6 | A field bin (a trailer that is a bulk bin used exclusively for holding grain) | Requirement to display a warning light under clauses 6(7) and 38 | Zones 1, 2, 3 and 4 | The towing vehicle displays a warning light complying with clause 8. |\n| 7 | Agricultural vehicle that is a combination which includes a field bin (a trailer that is a bulk bin used exclusively for holding grain) | Requirement to be accompanied by a pilot vehicle under clause 39 | Zones 1, 2, 3 and 4 | (a) when travelling along a sealed road the combination is kept wholly to the left of the centre of the road except when overtaking or signalling an intention to turn; and<br>(b) it is safe to travel without a pilot vehicle; and<br>(c) the combination does not exceed a combination length of 25·0 metres. |\n\n\t45 Class O field bin dimension limits and other matters\n\nClauses 46, 47 and 48 apply to a class O field bin combination.\n\n\t46 Exemption\n\nA class O field bin combination is exempt from the dimension limits, travel restrictions and pilot vehicle requirements otherwise required by Parts 5 and 6 of this Schedule, provided that the class O field bin combination complies with—\n\n(a) all the requirements of this Division concerning dimensions and approved areas of travel; and\n\n(b) the operating conditions and general route restrictions specified by the Secretary by notice published in the Government Gazette under regulation 8(1)(a).\n\n\t47 Dimensions\n\n(1) The overall combination length of a class O field bin combination must not exceed 20·0 metres.\n\n(2) The length of a class O field bin combination must not exceed 11**·**0 metres.\n\n(3) The width of a class O field bin combination must not exceed 5·0 metres.\n\n(4) When fitted with an auger attachment, the rear projection of a class O field bin combination (measured from the edge of the field bin to the tip of the auger) must not exceed 90% of the bin's diameter.\n\n\t48 Approved areas of travel\n\nA class O field bin combination is only authorised to travel within the boundaries of the Zone 4 area of operation, as specified by the Secretary under regulation 8(1)(a).\n\nPart 6—Pilot vehicles and escort vehicles that accompany class O vehicles\n\nDivision 1—Application\n\n\t49 Application of Part\n\nThis Part applies to a vehicle that is used as a pilot vehicle or escort vehicle in accordance with a requirement specified in—\n\n(a) this Schedule; or\n\n(b) a class O notice; or\n\n(c) a class O permit.\n\nDivision 2—Requirements for pilot vehicles only\n\n\t50 Requirements for a pilot vehicle\n\n(1) A pilot vehicle must have—\n\n(a) 4 or more wheels; and\n\n(b) a GVM of 4·5 tonnes or less.\n\n(2) A pilot vehicle must have a warning sign on its roof.\n\n(3) A pilot vehicle must have one or 2 warning lights on its roof, attached only—\n\n(a) above or below the warning sign; or\n\n(b) at either side of the warning sign.\n\n\t51 Where must a pilot vehicle be driven?\n\n(1) When one pilot vehicle accompanies a class O vehicle, the pilot vehicle must travel—\n\n(a) behind the class O vehicle if they are on a highway that is divided; or\n\n(b) in front of the class O vehicle if they are on a highway  that is not divided.\n\n(2) When 2 pilot vehicles accompany a class O vehicle, one pilot vehicle must travel in front of the class O vehicle, the other behind it.\n\n(3) A pilot vehicle must travel far enough away from the class O vehicle it is accompanying to give adequate warning to other highway  users of the presence of the class O vehicle.\n\n\t52 Characteristics of warning lights on pilot vehicles\n\nWhen switched on, a warning light on a pilot vehicle must—\n\n(a) emit a rotating, flashing, yellow-coloured light or a coloured light that is approved by the Secretary; and\n\n(b) have a power of at least—\n\n(i) if LED technology is used, 24 watts; or\n\n(ii) if another technology is used, 55 watts; and\n\n(c) not be a strobe light.\n\n\t53 Warning sign specifications for pilot vehicles\n\n(1) The face of a warning sign on a pilot vehicle must—\n\n(a) be coated with yellow retro-reflective material that conforms with class 1 or 2 of Australian Standard AS 1906 Retroreflective materials and devices for road traffic control purposes; and\n\n(b) have the manufacturer's name or trademark, and the brand and class of retro-reflective material permanently marked in block letters at least 3 millimetres but not more than 10 millimetres high; and\n\n(c) have a black border at least 20 millimetres wide.\n\n(2) The outermost edge of the border of a warning sign on a pilot vehicle must be set at least 10 millimetres in from the edge of the sign unless the warning sign has been made with a box edge.\n\n(3) The marking referred to in subclause (1)(b) may appear in any visible location on the sign except in a bottom corner of the sign.\n\n\t54 Material for warning signs on pilot vehicles\n\nA warning sign on a pilot vehicle must be made of stiff, flat, weatherproof material.\n\n\t55 Size and shape of a warning sign on a pilot vehicle\n\n(1) A warning sign on a pilot vehicle must be at least 1200 millimetres long and at least 600 millimetres high.\n\n(2) The warning sign on a pilot vehicle may have bottom corner cut‑outs not more than 150 millimetres wide and not more than 100 millimetres high if they are needed for mounting the warning lights.\n\n\t56 Faces of a warning sign on a pilot vehicle\n\n(1) Both faces of a warning sign on a pilot vehicle must show—\n\n(a) the word \"OVERSIZE\", in black upper case lettering at least 200 millimetres high that conforms with typeface Series C(N) in Australian Standard AS 1744 Forms of Letters and Numerals for Road Signs; and\n\n(b) the words \"LOAD AHEAD\" in black upper case lettering at least 100 millimetres high that conforms with typeface Series D(N) in Australian Standard AS 1744 Forms of Letters and Numerals for Road Signs.\n\n(2) The bottom of the lettering of the word \"OVERSIZE\" must be at least 300 millimetres from the bottom of the sign.\n\n(3) The bottom of the lettering of the words \"LOAD AHEAD\" must be at least 100 millimetres from the bottom of the sign.\n\n![Figure13]()\n\nFigure 14: Illustration of a warning sign for a pilot vehicle.\n\n\t57 Keeping warning signs clean\n\nA warning sign on a pilot vehicle must be kept clean enough so that it can be easily read by other highway users.\n\n\t58 Mounting a warning sign on a pilot vehicle\n\nA warning sign on a pilot vehicle must be mounted in a manner that ensures it does not lean back more than 200 millimetres as measured horizontally from the top of the sign to a vertical line running through the bottom of the sign.\n\nFigure 15: Illustration of maximum slant of warning sign.\n\nDivision 3—Requirements for escort vehicles only\n\n\t59 Requirements for an escort vehicle\n\n(1) An escort vehicle must have—\n\n(a) 4 or more wheels; and\n\n(b) a GVM of 4·5 tonnes or less; and\n\n(c) on its roof, a light that flashes or 2 lights that flash when switched on.\n\n(2) A light referred to in subclause (1) must flash yellow or another colour approved by the Secretary.\n\nDivision 4—Requirements for both pilot vehicles and escort vehicles\n\n\t60 Visibility of warning lights on pilot or escort vehicles\n\n(1) Subject to subclause (2), a warning light on a pilot or escort vehicle must be clearly visible at a distance of 500 metres in all directions.\n\n(2) If a warning light is not clearly visible at a distance of 500 metres in all directions, it must be supplemented by one or more additional warning lights so that the light emanating from at least one of them is clearly visible at a distance of 500 metres in all directions.\n\n(3) In the case of a pilot vehicle travelling in front of a class O vehicle, a filter may be placed behind a warning light on the pilot vehicle to reduce the intensity of the light directed to the driver of the class O vehicle.\n\n\t61 When must warning lights on pilot or escort vehicles be switched on?\n\nAny warning light that a pilot vehicle or escort vehicle is required to have must be switched on—\n\n(a) when the vehicle is travelling and accompanying a class O vehicle; or\n\n(b) when the vehicle is stationary in a position that is likely to cause danger to other highway users.\n\n\t62 Headlights on pilot or escort vehicles to be switched on when accompanying a class O vehicle\n\nThe low-beam headlights on a pilot vehicle or escort vehicle must be switched on when it is accompanying a class O vehicle during the daylight.\n\n\t63 What must a pilot vehicle or escort vehicle carry?\n\nA pilot vehicle or escort vehicle must not tow a trailer or carry a load, but it may carry tools, equipment or substances for—\n\n(a) use in connection with the class O vehicle that it is accompanying; or\n\n(b) restraining the load carried on the class O vehicle that it is accompanying.\n\n\t64 Communication with driver\n\n(1) A pilot vehicle or escort vehicle must have an electronic device that allows the driver of the pilot vehicle or escort vehicle to communicate with the driver of a class O vehicle that the pilot vehicle or escort vehicle is accompanying.\n\n(2) Subclause (1) does not apply if the class O vehicle is—\n\n(a) an agricultural machine; or\n\n(b) an agricultural combination that includes an agricultural machine.\n\n═════════════\n\nEndnotes\n\n1 General information\n\nSee [www.legislation.vic.gov.au](http://www.legislation.vic.gov.au) for Victorian Bills, Acts and current Versions of legislation and up-to-date legislative information.\n\nThe Road Safety (Vehicles) Regulations 2021, S.R. No. 116/2021 were made on 14 September 2021 by the Governor in Council under section 95 of the **Road Safety Act 1986**, No. 127/1986 and came into operation on 30 September 2021: regulation 3.\n\nThe Road Safety (Vehicles) Regulations 2021 will sunset 10 years after the day of making on 14 September 2031 (see section 5 of the **Subordinate Legislation Act 1994**).\n\nINTERPRETATION OF LEGISLATION ACT 1984 (ILA)\n\nStyle changes\n\nSection 54A of the ILA authorises the making of the style changes set out in Schedule 1 to that Act.\n\nReferences to ILA s. 39B\n\nSidenotes which cite ILA s. 39B refer to section 39B of the ILA which provides that where an undivided regulation, rule or clause of a Schedule is amended by the insertion of one or more subregulations, subrules or subclauses the original regulation, rule or clause becomes subregulation, subrule or subclause (1) and is amended by the insertion of the expression \"(1)\" at the beginning of the original regulation, rule or clause.\n\nInterpretation\n\nAs from 1 January 2001, amendments to section 36 of the ILA have the following effects:\n\n• Headings\n\nAll headings included in a Statutory Rule which is made on or after  \n1 January 2001 form part of that Statutory Rule. Any heading inserted in a Statutory Rule which was made before 1 January 2001, by a Statutory Rule made on or after 1 January 2001, forms part of that Statutory Rule.  \nThis includes headings to Parts, Divisions or Subdivisions in a Schedule; Orders; Parts into which an Order is divided; clauses; regulations; rules; items; tables; columns; examples; diagrams; notes or forms.  \nSee section 36(1A)(2A)(2B).\n\n• Examples, diagrams or notes\n\nAll examples, diagrams or notes included in a Statutory Rule which is made on or after 1 January 2001 form part of that Statutory Rule. Any examples, diagrams or notes inserted in a Statutory Rule which was made before 1 January 2001, by a Statutory Rule made on or after 1 January 2001, form part of that Statutory Rule. See section 36(3A).\n\n• Punctuation\n\nAll punctuation included in a Statutory Rule which is made on or after  \n1 January 2001 forms part of that Statutory Rule. Any punctuation inserted in a Statutory Rule which was made before 1 January 2001, by a Statutory Rule made on or after 1 January 2001, forms part of that Statutory Rule.  \nSee section 36(3B).\n\n• Provision numbers\n\nAll provision numbers included in a Statutory Rule form part of that Statutory Rule, whether inserted in the Statutory Rule before, on or after  \n1 January 2001. Provision numbers include regulation numbers, rule numbers, subregulation numbers, subrule numbers, paragraphs and subparagraphs. See section 36(3C).\n\n• Location of \"legislative items\"\n\nA \"legislative item\" is a penalty, an example or a note. As from 13 October 2004, a legislative item relating to a provision of a Statutory Rule is taken to be at the foot of that provision even if it is preceded or followed by another legislative item that relates to that provision. For example, if a penalty at the foot of a provision is followed by a note, both of these legislative items will be regarded as being at the foot of that provision. See section 36B.\n\n• Other material\n\nAny explanatory memorandum, table of provisions, endnotes, index and other material printed after the Endnotes does not form part of a Statutory Rule. See section 36(3)(3D)(3E).\n\n2 Table of Amendments\n\nThis publication incorporates amendments made to the Road Safety (Vehicles) Regulations 2021 by statutory rules, subordinate instruments and Acts.\n\n–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––\n\nRoad Safety (General) and (Vehicles) Amendment Regulations 2022, S.R. No. 47/2022\n\n| *Date of Making:* | 21.6.22 |\n| *Date of Commencement:* | Reg. 6 on 21.6.22 |\n\nRoad Safety (Drivers) and (Vehicles) Amendment Regulations 2022, S.R. No. 51/2022\n\n| *Date of Making:* | 30.6.22 |\n| *Date of Commencement:* | Regs 5–7 on 1.7.22: reg. 3 |\n\nRoad Safety (Drivers) and (Vehicles) Further Amendment Regulations 2022, S.R. No. 129/2022\n\n| *Date of Making:* | 25.10.22 |\n| *Date of Commencement:* | Reg. 6 on 25.10.22 |\n\nRoad Safety (Vehicles) Amendment (Apprentice) Regulations 2022, S.R. No. 130/2022\n\n| *Date of Making:* | 25.10.22 |\n| *Date of Commencement:* | 1.3.23: reg. 3 |\n\nRoad Safety (Drivers) and (Vehicles) Amendment (Fees) Regulations 2023, S.R. No. 53/2023\n\n| *Date of Making:* | 14.6.23 |\n| *Date of Commencement:* | Regs 5–7 on 1.7.23: reg. 3 |\n\nRoad Safety (Vehicles) Amendment (Heavy Vehicle Registration Fees) Regulations 2023, S.R. No. 54/2023\n\n| *Date of Making:* | 14.6.23 |\n| *Date of Commencement:* | 1.7.23: reg. 3 |\n\nRoad Safety (General) and (Vehicles) Amendment Regulations 2023, S.R. No. 67/2023\n\n| *Date of Making:* | 27.6.23 |\n| *Date of Commencement:* | Regs 5–11 on 1.7.23: reg. 3 |\n\nRoad Safety (Drivers) and (Vehicles) Amendment (Fees) Regulations 2024, S.R. No. 43/2024\n\n| *Date of Making:* | 4.6.24 |\n| *Date of Commencement:* | Regs 5–8 on 1.7.24: reg. 3 |\n\nRoad Safety (General) and (Vehicles) Amendment Regulations 2025, S.R. No. 36/2025\n\n| *Date of Making:* | 27.5.25 |\n| *Date of Commencement:* | Regs 11, 12 on 27.5.25 |\n\nRoad Safety (Vehicles) Amendment (Fees) Regulations 2025, S.R. No. 83/2025\n\n| *Date of Making:* | 26.8.25 |\n| *Date of Commencement:* | 1.9.25: reg. 3 |\n\nRoad Safety (Vehicles) Amendment (West Gate Tunnel) Regulations 2025, S.R. No. 101/2025\n\n| *Date of Making:* | 30.9.25 |\n| *Date of Commencement:* | 30.9.25 |\n\nRoad Safety (General) and (Vehicles) Further Amendment Regulations 2025, S.R. No. 155/2025\n\n| *Date of Making:* | 23.12.25 |\n| *Date of Commencement:* | Reg. 5 on 1.1.26: reg. 3 |\n\n–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––\n\n3 Explanatory details\n\n1. Reg. 4: S.R. No. 96/2020 as amended by S.R. Nos 105/2020 and 75/2021. [↑](#endnote-ref-2)\n\n2. Reg. 5 def. of ***personal particulars***: S.R. No. 100/2019 as amended by S.R. Nos 120/2019, 172/2019, 105/2020, 123/2020, 36/2021 and 75/2021. [↑](#endnote-ref-3)\n\n3. Reg. 59(5)(b): S.R. No. 84/2018 as amended by S.R. Nos 53/2019, 166/2019, 65/2020, 122/2020 and 146/2020. [↑](#endnote-ref-4)\n\n4. Sch. 1 cl. 130: S.R. No. 47/2021 as amended by S.R. Nos 82/2021 and 92/2021.\n\n  ——\n\n  **Fee Units**\n\n  These Regulations provide for fees by reference to fee units within the meaning of the **Monetary Units Act 2004**. The amount of the fee is to be calculated, in accordance with section 7 of that Act, by multiplying the number of fee units applicable by the value of a fee unit.\n\n  The value of a fee unit for the financial year commencing 1 July 2025 is $16.81. The amount of the calculated fee may be rounded to the nearest 10 cents.\n\n  The value of a fee unit for future financial years is to be fixed by the Treasurer under section 5 of the **Monetary Units Act 2004**. The value of a fee unit for a financial year must be published in the Government Gazette and a Victorian newspaper before 1 June in the preceding financial year.\n\n  **Penalty Units**\n\n  These Regulations provide for penalties by reference to penalty units within the meaning of section 110 of the **Sentencing Act 1991**. The amount of the penalty is to be calculated, in accordance with section 7 of the **Monetary Units Act 2004**, by multiplying the number of penalty units applicable by the value of a penalty unit.\n\n  The value of a penalty unit for the financial year commencing 1 July 2025 is $203.51. The amount of the calculated penalty may be rounded to the nearest dollar.\n\n  The value of a penalty unit for future financial years is to be fixed by the Treasurer under section 5 of the **Monetary Units Act 2004**. The value of a penalty unit for a financial year must be published in the Government Gazette and a Victorian newspaper before 1 June in the preceding financial year.\n\n  ——\n\n  \n\n  **Table of Applied, Adopted or Incorporated Matter**\n\n  The following table of applied, adopted or incorporated matter was included in S.R. No. 116/2021 in accordance with the requirements of regulation 5 of the Subordinate Legislation Regulations 2014.\n\n    | **Statutory rule provision** | **Title of applied, adopted or incorporated document** | **Matter in applied, adopted or incorporated document** | |\n    | --- | --- | --- | --- |\n    | Regulation 5 (definitions of ***ADR 13/00*** and ***conspicuity marking***) | Vehicle Standard (Australian Design Rule 13/00—Installation of Lighting and Light Signalling Devices on other than L-Group Vehicles) 2005 as published by the Commonwealth Department of Infrastructure, Transport, Regional Development and Communications | The whole | |\n    | Regulation 5 (definition of ***ADR 83/00***) and clauses 136 and 142 in Schedule 1 | Vehicle Standard (Australian Design Rule 83/00—External Noise) 2005 made under the Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989 of the Commonwealth as published from time to time by the Commonwealth Department of Infrastructure, Transport, Regional Development and Communications | The whole | |\n    | Regulation 5 (definitions of ***ADR (Definitions and*** ***Vehicle Categories)*** and ***passenger car (MA***)) and Note to clauses 44(8), 53(1A) and 81(1) and clauses 46(1) of Schedule 1 | Vehicle Standard (Australian Design Rule—Definitions and Vehicle Categories) 2005 published by the Commonwealth Department of Infrastructure, Transport, Regional Development and Communications | The whole | |\n    |  |  |  | |\n    |  |  |  | |\n    | **Statutory rule provision** | **Title of applied, adopted or incorporated document** | **Matter in applied, adopted or incorporated document** | |\n    | Regulation 5 (definitions of ***Australian Design Rule*** and ***second edition ADR***) and clauses 17, 21, 25(2) and 44(9), Example in clause 15(1) and Note to Part 3 of Schedule 1 | Australian Design Rules for Motor Vehicle Safety, Second Edition, published by the Commonwealth Department of Infrastructure, Transport, Regional Development and Communications | The whole | |\n    | Regulation 5 (definitions of ***Australian Design Rule*** and ***third edition ADR***) and Example to clause 15(1) and clauses 21(3), 22, 25(2), 44(9), 111(6), 112(6) and 114(7) and (8), Note to Part 3 and clauses 81(4) and 96(3) in Schedule 1 and clause 28(1) in Schedule 6 | Australian Design Rules for Motor Vehicles and Trailers, Third Edition, published by the Commonwealth Department of Infrastructure, Transport, Regional Development and Communications | The whole | |\n    | Regulation 5 (definitions of ***rear marking plate*** and ***VSB 12***)  and Note to clause 115 of Schedule 1 | Vehicle Standards Bulletin VSB 12—National Code of Practice Rear Marking Plates for all motor vehicles over 12 tonnes GVM and for all trailers over 10 tonnes GTM as published from time to time by the Commonwealth Department of Infrastructure, Transport, Regional Development and Communications, hosted by the National Heavy Vehicle Regulator | The whole | |\n    | **Statutory rule provision** | **Title of applied, adopted or incorporated document** | **Matter in applied, adopted or incorporated document** |\n    | Regulation 5 (definition of ***VSB 6***) and regulation 35 | Vehicle Standards Bulletin VSB 6—National Code of Practice for Heavy Vehicle Modifications as published from time to time by the Commonwealth Department of Infrastructure, Transport, Regional Development and Communications, hosted by the National Heavy Vehicle Regulator | The whole |\n    | Regulation 5 (definitions of ***replica*** and ***VSB 14***) and Note to Part 3 of Schedule 1 | Vehicle Standards Bulletin VSB 14—National Code of Practice for Light Vehicle Construction and Modification as published from time to time by the Commonwealth Department of Infrastructure, Transport, Regional Development and Communications, hosted by the National Heavy Vehicle Regulator | The whole |\n    | Regulations 67 and 68 | Vehicles Standards Guide 27—Labelling requirements for Hydrogen and Electric-powered vehicles published by the National Heavy Vehicle Regulator in December 2019 | The whole |\n    | Regulation 285(d) | Load Restraint Guide for Light Vehicles 2018, published by the National Transport Commission | The whole |\n    | **Statutory rule provision** | **Title of applied, adopted or incorporated document** | **Matter in applied, adopted or incorporated document** |\n    | Clause 25(2)(a) of Schedule 1 | Third edition ADR 4 Australian/New Zealand Standard AS/NZS 2596:2003: Seat belt assemblies for motor vehicles, published jointly by Standards Australia and Standards New Zealand on 29 December 2003; and the relevant British standard for seat belts | The whole |\n    | Clause 25(2)(b) of Schedule 1 | Australian Design Rule 5A for Seat Belt Anchorage Points, Australian Design Rules for Motor Vehicle Safety, Second Edition, published by the Commonwealth Department of Infrastructure, Transport, Regional Development and Communications<br>Australian Design Rule 5B for Seat Belt Anchorages, Australian Design Rules for Motor Vehicle Safety, Second Edition, published by the Commonwealth Department of Infrastructure, Transport, Regional Development and Communications<br>Australian Design Rule 5—Anchorages for Seatbelts, Australian Design Rules for Motor Vehicles and Trailers, Third Edition, published by the Commonwealth Department of Infrastructure, Transport, Regional Development and Communications | The whole |\n    | **Statutory rule provision** | **Title of applied, adopted or incorporated document** | **Matter in applied, adopted or incorporated document** |\n    | Clause 25(2)(c) of Schedule 1 | Australian Design Rule 5A for Seat Belt Anchorage Points, Australian Design Rules for Motor Vehicle Safety, Second Edition, published by the Commonwealth Department of Infrastructure, Transport, Regional Development and Communications<br>Australian Design Rule 5B for Seat Belt Anchorages, Australian Design Rules for Motor Vehicle Safety, Second Edition, published by the Commonwealth Department of Infrastructure, Transport, Regional Development and Communications<br>Australian Design Rule 34 for Child Restraint Anchorages, Australian Design Rules for Motor Vehicle Safety, Second Edition, published by the Commonwealth Department of Infrastructure, Transport, Regional Development and Communications<br>Australian Design Rule 34A for Child Restraint Anchorages, Australian Design Rules for Motor Vehicle Safety, Second Edition, published by the Commonwealth Department of Infrastructure, Transport, Regional Development and Communications | The whole |\n    | **Statutory rule provision** | **Title of applied, adopted or incorporated document** | **Matter in applied, adopted or incorporated document** |\n    |  | Australian Design Rule 5—Anchorages for Seatbelts, Australian Design Rules for Motor Vehicles and Trailers, Third Edition, published by the Commonwealth Department of Infrastructure, Transport, Regional Development and Communications<br>Australian Design Rule 34—Child Restraint Anchorages and Child Restraint Anchor Fittings, Australian Design Rules for Motor Vehicles and Trailers, Third Edition, published by the Commonwealth Department of Infrastructure, Transport, Regional Development and Communications |  |\n    | Clause 25(2)(d) of Schedule 1 | Australian Design Rule 22 for Head Restraints, Australian Design Rules for Motor Vehicle Safety, Second Edition, published by the Commonwealth Department of Infrastructure, Transport, Regional Development and Communications<br>Australian Design Rule 22A for Head Restraints, Australian Design Rules for Motor Vehicle Safety, Second Edition, published by the Commonwealth Department of Infrastructure, Transport, Regional Development and Communications | The whole |\n    | **Statutory rule provision** | **Title of applied, adopted or incorporated document** | **Matter in applied, adopted or incorporated document** |\n    |  | Australian Design Rule 22—Head Restraints, Australian Design Rules for Motor Vehicles and Trailers, Third Edition, published by the Commonwealth Department of Infrastructure, Transport, Regional Development and Communications |  |\n    | Clause 40(3)(a) of Schedule 1 | Australian Standard    AS 2513–1982 Electrical connectors for trailer vehicles, published on 25 January 1982 by the Standards Association of Australia | The whole |\n    | Clause 40(3)(b) of Schedule 1 | International Organization for Standardization ISO 1185:1997: Road Vehicles—Electrical connections between towing and towed vehicles with 24 V systems–7 pole connector type 24 N (normal), published in October 1997 | The whole |\n    | Clause 40(3)(c) of Schedule 1 | Society of Automotive Engineers SAE J560–1998: Seven Conductor Electrical Connector for Truck-Trailer Jumper Cable, published in July 1998 | The whole |\n    | Clause 40(3)(d) of Schedule 1 | Australian Standard    AS 4735–2003 Heavy road vehicles—Electrical connectors for articulated vehicles, published on    16 June 2003 by Standards Australia | The whole |\n    | **Statutory rule provision** | **Title of applied, adopted or incorporated document** | **Matter in applied, adopted or incorporated document** |\n    | Clause 43(1) of Schedule 1 | Australian Standard    AS R1–1965 Safety Glass for Land Transport, published on 1 January 1965 by Standards Australia<br>Australian Standard AS R1–1968 Safety Glass for Land Transport, published on 2 February 2008 by Standards Australia<br>Australian Standard    AS 2080–1977 Safety Glass for Vehicles, published on 1 October 1977 by Standards Australia<br>British Standard BS 857:1967 Specification for Safety Glass for Land Transport, published on 30 June 1967 by British Standards<br>British Standard BS 5282:1975 Specification for Road Vehicle Safety Glass, published on November 1975 by British Standards<br>British Standard BS AU178:1980 Specification for Road Vehicle Safety Glass, published November 1980<br>Japanese Industrial Standard JIS R 3211–1979 Safety Glasses for Road Vehicles | The whole |\n    | **Statutory rule provision** | **Title of applied, adopted or incorporated document** | **Matter in applied, adopted or incorporated document** |\n    |  | American National Standard ANSI Z26.1–1980 Safety Code for Safety Glazing Materials for Glazing Motor Vehicles Operating on Land Highway |  |\n    | Regulation 5 (Note to definition of ***adopted standard***) and clause 51(2) of Schedule 1 | Australian Standard    AS 1973–1993 Pneumatic tyres—Passenger car, light truck and truck/bus—Retreading and repair processes, published on 15 November 1993 by Standards Australia | The whole |\n    | Clause 51(2) | Australian Standard    AS 1973–1976 Retreaded pneumatic passenger car and light truck tyres, published January 1976 by Standards Australia | The whole |\n    | Clause 51(2) | Australian Standard    AS 1973–1985 Retreaded pneumatic passenger car and light truck tyres, published on 10 May 1985 by Standards Australia | The whole |\n    | Clauses 113(1)(b), 113(2) and 143(3)(c) of Schedule 1 | Australian Standard AS 1743:2018 Road Signs—Specifications, published on 26 March 2018 by Standards Australia | Image W6-3 |\n    | **Statutory rule provision** | **Title of applied, adopted or incorporated document** | **Matter in applied, adopted or incorporated document** | |\n    | Clauses 113(3)(c) and 143(3)(c) of Schedule 1 and clauses 6(6)(b), 11(1)(a), 53(1)(a) of Schedule 6 | Australian Standard AS 1906:2017   Retroreflective materials and devices for road traffic control purposes (Part 1: Retroreflective sheeting), published on 26 June 2017 by Standards Australia, as amended January 2020 | The whole | |\n    | Clause 135 of Schedule 1 | National Stationary Exhaust Noise Test Procedures for In‑Service Motor Vehicles—September 2006 (ISBN: 1 921168 50 1) published by National Transport Commission | The whole | |\n    | Clause 143 of Schedule 1 | Australian Standard AS/NZS 1425:2013 LP Gas fuel systems for vehicle engines, published on 4 October 2013 by Standards Australia | The whole | |\n    | Clause 144 of Schedule 1 | Australian Standard AS/NZS 2739:2009 Natural Gas (NG) fuel systems for vehicle engines, published on 16 March 2009 by Standards Australia | The whole | |\n    | Clauses 14(1) and 58 of Schedule 6 | Australian Standard    1744–1975 Forms of Letters and Numerals known as Standard Alphabets for Road Signs (metric units), published on 20 January 1975 by Standards Association of Australia | The whole | |\n\n   [↑](#endnote-ref-5)","sortOrder":346}],"analysis":{"kimi_summary":{"_metrics":{"completionTokens":878},"content_quality":"ok","complexity_score":9,"scope_assessment":{"changed":false,"description":"The legislation appears consistent with its original intent as stated in regulation 1: establishing a registration system, ensuring vehicle safety, providing mass/dimension limits, and improving road safety. The 2021 version consolidates previous interim regulations and incorporates amendments through to January 2026, including updates for zero/low emission vehicles and veterans' concessions, but does not appear to have expanded beyond its core vehicle registration and safety purpose."},"complexity_factors":["Extensive cross-referencing between Parts, Divisions, and Schedules (e.g., Schedule 1 Vehicle Standards contains 144+ clauses with their own internal divisions)","Multiple overlapping permit and exemption systems (unregistered vehicle permits, trade plates, club permits, class O permits, hazardous area authorities)","Detailed technical standards in Schedule 1 covering vehicle construction, lights, brakes, dimensions with precise measurements","Numerous defined terms (100+) including complex vehicle categories (B-double, B-triple, pig trailer, dog trailer, etc.)","Nested conditional logic throughout (e.g., different rules apply based on vehicle age, build date, type, weight, and use case)","Integration with multiple Commonwealth and State statutes (Road Safety Act, Heavy Vehicle National Law, Transport Accident Act, etc.)","Multiple review and appeal pathways (internal review, external review to VCAT, appeals to Magistrates' Court)","Extensive fee schedules with conditional calculations and concessional categories","Transitional provisions and references to repealed legislation (Motor Vehicle Standards Act)","Technical requirements referencing external standards (ADRs, Australian Standards, British Standards, ISO standards, VSB bulletins)"],"plain_english_summary":"This is Victoria's **Road Safety (Vehicles) Regulations 2021**, a comprehensive set of rules governing how vehicles are registered, inspected, and used on Victorian roads.\n\n**What it does:**\n\n- **Vehicle Registration**: Establishes a system for registering motor vehicles and trailers, including who can register vehicles (individuals aged 16+ for most vehicles, 18+ for heavy vehicles and motor cycles; corporations), what vehicles are eligible, and how to apply. Covers registration periods, fees, number plates, and renewal processes.\n\n- **Vehicle Standards**: Sets safety and construction standards that vehicles must meet. This includes requirements for brakes, lights, tyres, steering, dimensions, and noise. Vehicles must comply with Australian Design Rules (ADRs) and specific Victorian standards.\n\n- **Inspection and Certification**: Creates a framework for vehicle inspections by authorised inspectors and licensed testers. Covers certificates of roadworthiness, vehicle identity certificates, and special certificates for modified vehicles (VASS), alternative fuel systems (AFSA), and written-off vehicles (VIV).\n\n- **Written-off Vehicles**: Establishes a register for written-off vehicles, with obligations for insurers, motor wreckers, and motor car traders to report write-offs. Distinguishes between \"statutory write-offs\" (cannot be re-registered) and \"repairable write-offs\" (can be re-registered after inspection).\n\n- **Unregistered Vehicle Use**: Provides exemptions from registration requirements in limited circumstances, and creates permit systems for unregistered vehicles, including trade plates for dealers/manufacturers and club permits for historic vehicles.\n\n- **Oversize Vehicles (Class O)**: Sets dimension limits for light vehicles and creates a permit system for vehicles that exceed standard dimensions, with requirements for pilot vehicles and escorts.\n\n- **Fees and Concessions**: Establishes registration fees with concessions for eligible beneficiaries, primary producers, veterans, and zero/low emission vehicles.\n\n**Who it affects:**\n\n- Anyone who owns or operates a vehicle in Victoria\n- Vehicle dealers, manufacturers, and importers\n- Insurers and motor wreckers\n- Licensed vehicle testers and authorised inspectors\n- Vehicle clubs and historic vehicle enthusiasts\n\n**Why it matters:**\n\nThese regulations ensure vehicles on Victorian roads are safe, properly identified, and appropriately insured. They protect consumers through the written-off vehicle register (preventing unsafe \"rebirthed\" cars from re-entering the market), establish clear safety standards, and provide flexible arrangements for special uses like historic vehicles or temporary permits."},"flash_summary_failed":{"failed":true,"reason":"A positive credit balance is required for all requests, including BYOK, so fallback providers remain available. Add credits at https://vercel.com/d?to=%2F%5Bteam%5D%2F%7E%2Fai%3Fmodal%3Dtop-up to continue.","source":"analysis-cron"},"flash_summary":{"complexity_score":9,"scope_assessment":{"changed":true,"description":"This version materially broadened the instrument beyond a basic registration-and-safety code in several concrete ways: (1) it adds targeted incentives and identifiers for low/zero‑emission and alternative‑fuel vehicles (labelling rules, reg 67–69 and fee reductions reg 119 and reg 120A), introducing a direct regulatory interaction with vehicle energy type; (2) it embeds a sophisticated, nationally‑linked heavy‑vehicle fee indexation and allocation mechanism (Schedule 3) that ties Victorian charges to National Transport Commission data and multi‑step calculations, increasing fiscal and administrative scope; (3) it substantially elaborates oversize/class O and agricultural vehicle regimes (Part 5 and Schedule 6) with detailed zones, pilot/escort requirements and equipment standards—expanding operational controls; (4) it expands administrative discretion and delegated commercial mechanisms (sale and cancellation of registration number rights, dealer certification, broad Secretary powers to declare areas and approve modifications—Regs 8, 51, 71–76); and (5) it strengthens the written‑off vehicle reporting and labelling regime (Div 9) and tester/licensing oversight (Part 6). Together these changes move the instrument from a primarily safety/registration rulebook toward a broader regulatory apparatus that combines safety, fiscal policy, market signalling (plates and rights), and significant administrative control."},"complexity_factors":["Very large interpretation section (Regulation 5) spanning many pages with several hundred defined terms and cross‑definitions","Multiple interlocking Parts and Schedules (10 Parts plus 6 major Schedules) with extensive cross‑references between regulations and schedules","Nested permit and registration systems: full/conditional registration, club permits (many sub‑rules), unregistered permits, trade plates, class O permits and notices","Heavy vehicle fee regime (Schedule 3): multi‑step indexed calculation referencing National Transport Commission tables and multi‑year determinative paths — computationally complex and data dependent","Extensive incorporation of external instruments (third and second edition ADRs, multiple Australian Standards, VSBs) with conditional application rules","Numerous conditional exemptions and exceptions (zones, vehicle classes, historic vehicles, agricultural zones) with nested rules for when limits do and do not apply","Wide administrative discretion vested in the Secretary (declarations, guidelines, authorisations, revocations) combined with detailed review/appeal pathways (internal review, VCAT, Magistrates' Court)","Many fee and penalty permutations (different fees by vehicle class, concessions, fee‑unit mechanism and differentiated penalty units for natural persons and bodies corporate)","Technical manufacturing/engineering standards (lights, brakes, axles, coupling) with detailed measurable criteria (many clauses in Schedule 1)"],"plain_english_summary":"**What this instrument does (mechanically)**\n\n- Creates a single, detailed regulatory framework for vehicle registration, permits, inspection, certification, and road‑safety requirements for vehicles used on Victorian highways (Regs 1, 2; Part 2).\n- Defines who can be a registered operator, what makes a vehicle eligible for (conditional or full) registration, and the documentary and inspection evidence required (Regs 23–49).\n- Establishes a register of vehicles and record‑keeping rules and prescribes how registration numbers, number plates and registration‑number rights are assigned, sold, transferred or cancelled (Regs 52–76).\n- Sets out a broad system of fees, concessional rates, refunds and fee allocation rules (Divisions 10, Schedule 2–4; reg 115 et seq.).\n- Prescribes vehicle standards for light vehicles (Schedule 1) and general mass, dimension and projection limits for light vehicles (Part 4), and a separate regime for light vehicles that exceed those limits (class O vehicles, Part 5 and Schedule 6). \n- Creates multiple permit and temporary regimes: unregistered vehicle permits, trade plates/general identification marks, club permits for historic/recreational vehicles, class O permits and notices for oversized light vehicles (Part 3; regs 148–179; regs 221–225).\n- Licences and supervises vehicle testers and authorised vehicle inspectors, sets out test, certificate of roadworthiness and vehicle‑defect procedures, and provides powers to impound or cancel certificates (Part 6; regs 231–266).\n- Requires reporting and handling for written‑off vehicles, and imposes obligations on insurers, motor wreckers and dealers (Division 9, regs 100–114).\n- Authorises the Secretary wide administrative powers: publish notices (e.g. declare hazardous areas, major roads, agricultural zones), make guidelines and written directions, approve forms, authorise inspectors and revoke authorisations (Regs 8–21, 9–14).\n- Incorporates and applies external technical standards (Australian Design Rules, Vehicle Standards Bulletins and Australian Standards) as the benchmarks for registration and equipment (Schedule 1 notes and many cross references).\n\n**Who is affected**\n\n- Vehicle owners and registered operators: must register correctly, keep details up to date, pay fees and comply with technical standards (Regs 23–25, 46, 70).\n- Dealers, fleet owners and manufacturers: special dealer certification, trade plate and general identification mark regimes affect pre‑registration and moving stock (regs 51, 154–156).\n- Licensed testers and authorised vehicle inspectors: licensing, record‑keeping, testing and supervision obligations (Part 6; regs 231–256).\n- Insurers, self‑insurers, motor wreckers and motor car traders: reporting duties and labelling obligations for written‑off vehicles (regs 101–107; 105–106).\n- Operators of oversize and special vehicles, and persons who organise or escort them: class O rules, pilot/escort vehicle requirements and route/time restrictions (Part 5; Schedule 6 Parts 1–6).\n- Owners of electric, hydrogen and alternative‑fuel vehicles: must display fuel‑type labels and may get fee adjustments (regs 67–69, Schedule 1 Part 10; regs 119, 120, 120A).\n- The Secretary and enforcement officers: extensive powers to authorise, direct, grant, vary and revoke; police and authorised officers get enforcement powers (Regs 8–15; multiple offence provisions).\n\n**Why it matters (practical effects)**\n\n- Safety and compliance: the rules set minimum safety and equipment standards, inspection and testing requirements, and an offence/regulatory regime with graduated penalties to discourage unsafe vehicles (Schedule 1; Parts 6–7; many offence regs).\n- Administrative burden and transaction costs: registration, inspection, testing and permit processes create recurring paperwork, inspection fees and potential validation delays for sellers, buyers, fleet operators and small businesses (Regs 41–47, Schedule 4 fees).\n- Fiscal effects and incentives: comprehensive fee schedules and concessions (including zero/low emission vehicle discounts and veteran concessions) change operating costs; heavy vehicle charges use a multi‑step indexed formula tied to national data (Schedule 3) which alters long‑term cost profiles for heavy operators (regs 115–124; Sch 3).\n- Market effects: sale and transfer of registration number rights create a regulated market for personalised plates (Regs 71–76); dealer certification can shift registration processing out of government offices (reg 51).\n- Operational constraints: detailed dimension/mass, escort/pilot and route/time rules constrain when and how oversize and agricultural vehicles operate; class O regime allows conditional exemptions but imposes tight operational and marking requirements (Part 4, Part 5, Sch 6).\n\n**Official purpose claims and a brief test against trade‑offs**\n\n- Official statement of objectives (Reg 1): provide a registration and permit system, ensure safety of vehicles on highways, set mass/dimension limits and reduce road wear. These aims are realised by technical standards, inspection/certification regimes and fees that both regulate use and provide revenue (Reg 1; Schedule 1; Schedule 3).\n\n- Costs and incentives: the regime shifts compliance costs onto vehicle operators (inspection fees, certificates, labelling, record‑keeping). For heavy‑vehicle operators, Schedule 3 ties fees to national road‑use metrics and fuel tax equivalents, exposing firms to data‑driven annual adjustments — this reduces political arbitrariness but raises volatility and administrative complexity (Sch 3 clauses 5–22). Concessions (e.g. for zero/low emission vehicles, veterans, primary producers and clubs — regs 119–120A; Sch 2) concentrate benefits on particular groups while general fees are spread among all operators.\n\n- Bureaucratic discretion and implementation risk: the Secretary has broad powers to declare roads/zones, approve forms, issue guidelines, authorise inspectors, issue or cancel permits and number rights, and set conditions (Regs 8–21, 9, 12, 14, 71–79). This enables administrative adaptiveness but increases dependence on departmental guidance, Gazette notices, and inter‑jurisdictional data (e.g. National Transport Commission reports) — which adds operational risk if guidance is delayed or inconsistent.\n\n- Compliance burden and substitution effects: many conditional regimes (conditional registration, club permits, unregistered permits, trade plates) allow vehicles that do not meet full standards to be used under limits. That reduces upfront scrappage/retrofitting costs but creates monitoring and enforcement burdens and potential safety substitution (Reg 49; Part 3).\n\n- Potential for concentrated rent captures and disputes: discretionary sale or refusal of registration number rights (Regs 71–76) and the Secretary's discretion on non‑standard plates and exemptions can create opportunities for contest, lobbying or perception of unfairness unless transparent criteria and review (internal/external) are consistently applied.\n\n**Who pays, who decides, what behaviour changes (plain statements with citations)**\n\n- Who pays: registered operators and applicants pay registration fees, transfer fees, inspection and certificate fees, and various administrative fees (Regs 46, 115–124; Schedule 4). Heavy vehicle fees are charged annually under Schedule 3.\n- Who decides: the Secretary (Department) has delegated powers to issue permits, authorise inspectors, approve forms and make guidelines (Regs 8–21); police and authorised officers enforce onsite (Reg 11(4), Part 8 enforcement provisions).\n- Behaviour changes encouraged or required: vehicle owners will present vehicles for inspection and testing, affix specified labels and plates (Regs 60–69; Sch 1 cl 144A–144B), apply for permits where needed (regs 148, 223), and adjust vehicle dimensions/loads or accompany oversize loads with pilots/escorts per Schedule 6.\n\n**Key implementation/administration risks to watch**\n\n- Reliance on external data and national reports for fee indexing (Schedule 3) links Victoria's heavy‑vehicle charges to national datasets; any delay or change in national reporting can affect fee-setting.\n- Large delegated discretion to the Secretary (notably in issuing class O notices/permits, exemptions and guidelines) concentrates administrative power and raises the importance of timely guidance and clear criteria (Regs 8, 9, 221–225).\n- The regime depends on authorised inspectors and licensed testers; shortages, uneven capability or inconsistent application of guidelines can create bottlenecks and variable compliance outcomes (Part 6; regs 231–256).\n\n(Primary source references: Regulation 1 objectives; Regulations 8–21 Secretary powers; Part 2 (Vehicle registration) regs 22–136; Part 3 (Use of unregistered vehicles) regs 145–198; Part 4 (Mass & dimensions) regs 199–218; Part 5 (Class O) regs 219–230 and Schedule 6; Part 6 (Testing) regs 231–265; Part 7 (Defect notices) regs 266–277; Schedule 1 (Vehicle Standards); Schedule 3 (Heavy vehicle fees).)"},"summary":{"complexity_score":7,"scope_assessment":{"changed":false,"description":"Insufficient detail in the provided source document to assess whether scope changed from original intent. The document contains only metadata and version history information, with no substantive legislative content visible. Assessment cannot be made with confidence."},"complexity_factors":["Regulations of this type typically contain hundreds of technical provisions covering diverse vehicle categories","Heavy cross-referencing with national vehicle standards (like the Australian Design Rules) and the parent Road Safety Act","Distinction between different vehicle classes (passenger, heavy, motorcycle, trailer) creates multiple parallel rule sets","Technical engineering and safety specifications require specialist knowledge to interpret","Interaction with Commonwealth and other state regulations creates a layered compliance framework","Consolidated versioning means the current law may differ significantly from the 'as made' original, requiring careful tracking of amendments","Insufficient source text provided to fully assess all complexity factors — score reflects typical complexity of this regulation type"],"plain_english_summary":"## Road Safety (Vehicles) Regulations 2021 (Victoria)\n\nThis is a set of Victorian government rules (**regulations** — detailed rules made under a broader law called the Road Safety Act) that govern **vehicles on Victorian roads**.\n\n**What it likely covers:**\n- Standards that vehicles must meet to be registered and legally driven\n- Requirements for vehicle inspections and roadworthiness certificates\n- Rules about vehicle modifications (what you can and can't change on your car)\n- Lighting, brakes, tyres, and other safety equipment requirements\n- Rules for heavy vehicles, trailers, and special-purpose vehicles\n\n**Who it affects:**\n- **Everyday drivers** — your car must meet these standards to stay registered\n- **Vehicle modifiers and enthusiasts** — limits what changes you can legally make to your vehicle\n- **Mechanics and inspectors** — sets the standards they must check against\n- **Vehicle dealers and importers** — vehicles sold must comply\n- **Truck and fleet operators** — specific rules apply to commercial vehicles\n\n**Why it matters:**\nIf your vehicle doesn't meet these regulations, you could face fines, have your registration cancelled, or be ordered off the road. These rules exist to keep all road users safe.\n\n> ⚠️ **Note:** The source document provided contains very limited detail — mostly metadata and version history. This summary is based on the regulation's known title and statutory context."}},"importantCases":[],"_links":{"self":"/api/acts/road-safety-vehicles-regulations-2021","history":"/api/acts/road-safety-vehicles-regulations-2021/history","analysis":"/api/acts/road-safety-vehicles-regulations-2021/analysis","conflicts":"/api/acts/road-safety-vehicles-regulations-2021/conflicts","importantCases":"/api/acts/road-safety-vehicles-regulations-2021/important-cases","documents":"/api/acts/road-safety-vehicles-regulations-2021/documents"}}